Commit graph

18069 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Peter Eisentraut
5afaba6297 doc: Meson is not experimental on Windows
The installation documentation stated that using Meson is
experimental.  But since this is the only way to build using Visual
Studio on Windows, this would imply that that whole build procedure is
experimental, which isn't true.  So qualify this statement a bit more.
We keep the statement that Meson is experimental on other platforms,
since it doesn't have full, confirmed feature parity with the make
build system.

Author: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a3e76618-4cb5-4d54-a71c-da4fb8ba571b@eisentraut.org
2025-01-27 12:02:00 +01:00
Tom Lane
d83a108c10 Doc: recommend "psql -X" for restoring pg_dump scripts.
This practice avoids possible problems caused by non-default psql
options, such as disabling AUTOCOMMIT.

Author: Shinya Kato <Shinya11.Kato@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Treat <rob@xzilla.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/96ff23a5d858ff72ca8e823a014d16fe@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2025-01-25 12:42:22 -05:00
Jeff Davis
d2ca16bb50 Fix PDF doc build.
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/608525.1737781222@sss.pgh.pa.us
2025-01-25 00:12:30 -08:00
Jeff Davis
bfc5992069 Add SQL function CASEFOLD().
Useful for caseless matching. Similar to LOWER(), but avoids edge-case
problems with using LOWER() for caseless matching.

For collations that support it, CASEFOLD() handles characters with
more than two case variations or multi-character case variations. Some
characters may fold to uppercase. The results of case folding are also
more stable across Unicode versions than LOWER() or UPPER().

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a1886ddfcd8f60cb3e905c93009b646b4cfb74c5.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick
2025-01-24 14:56:22 -08:00
Daniel Gustafsson
035f99cbeb pgcrypto: Make it possible to disable built-in crypto
When using OpenSSL and/or the underlying operating system in FIPS
mode no non-FIPS certified crypto implementations should be used.
While that is already possible by just not invoking the built-in
crypto in pgcrypto, this adds a GUC which prohibit the code from
being called.  This doesn't change the FIPS status of PostgreSQL
but can make it easier for sites which target FIPS compliance to
ensure that violations cannot occur.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Author: Joe Conway <mail@joeconway.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Conway <mail@joeconway.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/16b4a157-9ea1-44d0-b7b3-4c85df5de97b@joeconway.com
2025-01-24 14:25:08 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson
924d89a354 pgcrypto: Add function to check FIPS mode
This adds a SQL callable function for reading and returning the status
of FIPS configuration of OpenSSL.  If OpenSSL is operating with FIPS
enabled it will return true, otherwise false.  As this adds a function
to the SQL file, bump the extension version to 1.4.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Joe Conway <mail@joeconway.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8f979145-e206-475a-a31b-73c977a4134c@joeconway.com
2025-01-24 14:18:40 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
aeb8ea361a Convert sepgsql tests to TAP
Add a TAP test for sepgsql.  This automates the previously required
manual setup before the test.  The actual tests are still run by
pg_regress, as before, but now called from within the TAP Perl script.

The previous manual test script (test_sepgsql) is left in place, since
its purpose is (also) to test whether a running instance was properly
initialized for sepgsql.  But it has been changed to call pg_regress
directly and no longer require make.

Reviewed-by: Andreas Karlsson <andreas@proxel.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/651a5baf-5c45-4a5a-a202-0c8453a4ebf8@eisentraut.org
2025-01-24 12:39:47 +01:00
Amit Kapila
6fc4fc42da Doc: Fix a typo introduced in 4a0e7314f1.
Author: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6e625c81-968e-42d0-802d-edfaf9cfac11@xs4all.nl
2025-01-24 08:25:21 +05:30
Amit Kapila
117f9f328e Doc: Fix column name in pg_publication catalog.
Commit e65dbc9927 incorrectly spelled the column name in the
pg_publication catalog. In passing make the order of columns in the doc
match the actual catalog.

Author: Shinoda, Noriyoshi <noriyoshi.shinoda@hpe.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM4PR84MB1734F8F140E4477580761F93EEE02@DM4PR84MB1734.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2025-01-24 08:11:29 +05:30
Tom Lane
01463e1ccc Ensure that AFTER triggers run as the instigating user.
With deferred triggers, it is possible that the current role changes
between the time when the trigger is queued and the time it is
executed (for example, the triggering data modification could have
been executed in a SECURITY DEFINER function).

Up to now, deferred trigger functions would run with the current role
set to whatever was active at commit time.  That does not matter for
foreign-key constraints, whose correctness doesn't depend on the
current role.  But for user-written triggers, the current role
certainly can matter.

Hence, fix things so that AFTER triggers are fired under the role
that was active when they were queued, matching the behavior of
BEFORE triggers which would have actually fired at that time.
(If the trigger function is marked SECURITY DEFINER, that of course
overrides this, as it always has.)

This does not create any new security exposure: if you do DML on a
table owned by a hostile user, that user has always had various ways
to exploit your permissions, such as the aforementioned BEFORE
triggers, default expressions, etc.  It might remove some security
exposure, because the old behavior could potentially expose some
other role besides the one directly modifying the table.

There was discussion of making a larger change, such as running as
the trigger's owner.  However, that would break the common idiom of
capturing the value of CURRENT_USER in a trigger for auditing/logging
purposes.  This change will make no difference in the typical scenario
where the current role doesn't change before commit.

Arguably this is a bug fix, but it seems too big a semantic change
to consider for back-patching.

Author: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Reviewed-by: Joseph Koshakow <koshy44@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77ee784cf248e842f74588418f55c2931e47bd78.camel@cybertec.at
2025-01-23 12:25:55 -05:00
Álvaro Herrera
b663b9436e
Allow NOT VALID foreign key constraints on partitioned tables
This feature was intentionally omitted when FKs were first implemented
for partitioned tables, and had been requested a few times; the
usefulness is clear.

Validation can happen for each partition individually, which is useful
to contain the number of locks held and the duration; or it can be
executed for the partitioning hierarchy as a single command, which
validates all child constraints that haven't been validated already.

This is also useful to implement NOT ENFORCED constraints on top.

Author: Amul Sul <sulamul@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b96Bp=-ZwihPPtuaNX=SrZ0U6ZsXD3+fgARO0JuKa8v2jQ@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-23 15:54:38 +01:00
Amit Kapila
e65dbc9927 Change publication's publish_generated_columns option type to enum.
The current boolean publish_generated_columns option only supports a
binary choice, which is insufficient for future enhancements where
generated columns can be of different types (e.g., stored or virtual). The
supported values for the publish_generated_columns option are 'none' and
'stored'.

Author: Vignesh C <vignesh21@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d718d219-dd47-4a33-bb97-56e8fc4da994@eisentraut.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B80D17B2-2C8E-4C7D-87F2-E5B4BE3C069E@gmail.com
2025-01-23 15:28:37 +05:30
Tom Lane
172e6b3adb Support RN (roman-numeral format) in to_number().
We've long had roman-numeral output support in to_char(),
but lacked the reverse conversion.  Here it is.

Author: Hunaid Sohail <hunaidpgml@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maciek Sakrejda <m.sakrejda@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas@vondra.me>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMWA6ybh4M1VQqpmnu2tfSwO+3gAPeA8YKnMHVADeB=XDEvT_A@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-22 15:18:50 -05:00
Amit Kapila
4a0e7314f1 Doc: Update the interaction of tablesync with wal_retrieve_retry_interval.
In passing, update the documentation that explains the process of initial
data replication to explicitly state that it uses a table synchronization
worker.

Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Shlok Kyal, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm3RxGcD4cDAV5Q0_A4n06F3+AAMpxiyND9Zn0dB86hFmg@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-22 10:54:53 +05:30
Tom Lane
4907ba304c Doc: simplify the tutorial's window-function examples.
For the purposes of this discussion, row_number() is just as good
as rank(), and its behavior is easier to understand and describe.
So let's switch the examples to using row_number().

Along the way to checking the results given in the tutorial,
I found it helpful to extract the empsalary table we use in the
regression tests, which is evidently the same data that was used
to make these results.  So I shoved that into advanced.source
to improve the coverage of that file a little.  (There's still
several pages of the tutorial that are not included in it,
but at least now 3.5 Window Functions is covered.)

Suggested-by: "David G. Johnston" <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Author: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/173737973383.1070.1832752929070067441@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2025-01-21 14:43:21 -05:00
Jeff Davis
d3d0983169 Support PG_UNICODE_FAST locale in the builtin collation provider.
The PG_UNICODE_FAST locale uses code point sort order (fast,
memcmp-based) combined with Unicode character semantics. The character
semantics are based on Unicode full case mapping.

Full case mapping can map a single codepoint to multiple codepoints,
such as "ß" uppercasing to "SS". Additionally, it handles
context-sensitive mappings like the "final sigma", and it uses
titlecase mappings such as "Dž" when titlecasing (rather than plain
uppercase mappings).

Importantly, the uppercasing of "ß" as "SS" is specifically mentioned
by the SQL standard. In Postgres, UCS_BASIC uses plain ASCII semantics
for case mapping and pattern matching, so if we changed it to use the
PG_UNICODE_FAST locale, it would offer better compliance with the
standard. For now, though, do not change the behavior of UCS_BASIC.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ddfd67928818f138f51635712529bc5e1d25e4e7.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/27bb0e52-801d-4f73-a0a4-02cfdd4a9ada@eisentraut.org
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Daniel Verite
2025-01-17 15:56:30 -08:00
Tom Lane
86e4efc52b Add documentation about calling version-1 C functions from C.
This topic wasn't really covered before, so fill in some details.

Author: Florents Tselai <florents.tselai@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/90853055-5BBD-493D-91E5-721677C7C59B@gmail.com
2025-01-17 14:37:38 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
0869ea43e9 Remove flex version checks
Remove the flex version checks from configure and meson.  The cutoff
versions are all so ancient that this is no longer relevant, and what
the actual cutoff should be is a bit fuzzy.

This also removes the ancient behavior that configure would also
accept a "lex" program if it is actuall flex.  This aligns the check
with meson in this respect.

For future reference, as of this commit, these are relevant flex
versions:

- The hard required minimum is flex 2.5.34 as of commit b1ef48980d,
  but this has not actually been tested.

- Prior to this, the minimum enforced by configure/meson was flex
  2.5.35, which is the oldest present in the buildfarm right now.

- As of commit 6fdd5d9563, the oldest version that will compile
  without warnings due to flex-generated code is flex 2.5.36.

- The oldest version that probably still has some practical relevance
  is flex 2.5.37, which ships with CentOS/RHEL 7.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/1a204ccd-7ae6-478c-a431-407b5c48ccc6@eisentraut.org
2025-01-17 09:30:42 +01:00
Tom Lane
d7674c9fab Seek zone abbreviations in the IANA data before timezone_abbreviations.
If a time zone abbreviation used in datetime input is defined in
the currently active timezone, use that definition in preference
to looking in the timezone_abbreviations list.  That allows us to
correctly handle abbreviations that have different meanings in
different timezones.  Also, it eliminates an inconsistency between
datetime input and datetime output: the non-ISO datestyles for
timestamptz have always printed abbreviations taken from the IANA
data, not from timezone_abbreviations.  Before this fix, it was
possible to demonstrate cases where casting a timestamp to text
and back fails or changes the value significantly because of that
inconsistency.

While this change removes the ability to override the IANA data about
an abbreviation known in the current zone, it's not clear that there's
any real use-case for doing so.  But it is clear that this makes life
a lot easier for dealing with abbreviations that have conflicts across
different time zones.

Also update the pg_timezone_abbrevs view to report abbreviations
that are recognized via the IANA data, and *not* report any
timezone_abbreviations entries that are thereby overridden.
Under the hood, there are now two SRFs, one that pulls the IANA
data and one that pulls timezone_abbreviations entries.  They're
combined by logic in the view.  This approach was useful for
debugging (since the functions can be called on their own).
While I don't intend to document the functions explicitly,
they might be useful to call directly.

Also improve DecodeTimezoneAbbrev's caching logic so that it can
cache zone abbreviations found in the IANA data.  Without that,
this patch would have caused a noticeable degradation of the
runtime of timestamptz_in.

Per report from Aleksander Alekseev and additional investigation.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TOATjJqvhnYsui0=CO5XFMF4dvTGH+skzB--jNhqSQu5g@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-16 14:11:19 -05:00
Dean Rasheed
80feb727c8 Add OLD/NEW support to RETURNING in DML queries.
This allows the RETURNING list of INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE queries
to explicitly return old and new values by using the special aliases
"old" and "new", which are automatically added to the query (if not
already defined) while parsing its RETURNING list, allowing things
like:

  RETURNING old.colname, new.colname, ...

  RETURNING old.*, new.*

Additionally, a new syntax is supported, allowing the names "old" and
"new" to be changed to user-supplied alias names, e.g.:

  RETURNING WITH (OLD AS o, NEW AS n) o.colname, n.colname, ...

This is useful when the names "old" and "new" are already defined,
such as inside trigger functions, allowing backwards compatibility to
be maintained -- the interpretation of any existing queries that
happen to already refer to relations called "old" or "new", or use
those as aliases for other relations, is not changed.

For an INSERT, old values will generally be NULL, and for a DELETE,
new values will generally be NULL, but that may change for an INSERT
with an ON CONFLICT ... DO UPDATE clause, or if a query rewrite rule
changes the command type. Therefore, we put no restrictions on the use
of old and new in any DML queries.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Jian He and Jeff Davis.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWx0J0-v=Qjc6gXzR=KtsdvAE7Ow=D=mu50AgOe+pvisQ@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-16 14:57:35 +00:00
Amit Kapila
965b2cc0a4 Doc: Improve the Replica Identity information.
This commit improves the Replica Identity information and clarifies its
related restrictions.

Reported-by: James Coleman
Author: Peter Smith
Co-authored-by: Robert Treat
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAaqYe_=7qFSqW7qavvhVy58mmzk1uSQ0RReRiUHyKO5znvr7g@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-16 08:53:39 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
761c79508e postgres_fdw: SCRAM authentication pass-through
This enables SCRAM authentication for postgres_fdw when connecting to
a foreign server without having to store a plain-text password on user
mapping options.

This is done by saving the SCRAM ClientKey and ServeryKey from the
client authentication and using those instead of the plain-text
password for the server-side SCRAM exchange.  The new foreign-server
or user-mapping option "use_scram_passthrough" enables this.

Co-authored-by: Matheus Alcantara <mths.dev@pm.me>
Co-authored-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/27b29a35-9b96-46a9-bc1a-914140869dac@gmail.com
2025-01-15 17:58:05 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
630f9a43ce Change gist stratnum function to use CompareType
This changes commit 7406ab623f in that the gist strategy number
mapping support function is changed to use the CompareType enum as
input, instead of the "well-known" RT*StrategyNumber strategy numbers.

This is a bit cleaner, since you are not dealing with two sets of
strategy numbers.  Also, this will enable us to subsume this system
into a more general system of using CompareType to define operator
semantics across index methods.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/E72EAA49-354D-4C2E-8EB9-255197F55330@enterprisedb.com
2025-01-15 11:34:04 +01:00
Dean Rasheed
00f4c2959d psql: Add option to use expanded mode to all list commands.
This allows "x" to be appended to any psql list-like meta-command,
forcing its output to be displayed in expanded mode. This improves
readability in cases where the output is very wide. For example,
"\dfx+" (or equivalently "\df+x") will produce a list of functions,
with additional details, in expanded mode.

This works with all \d* meta-commands, plus \l, \z, and \lo_list, with
the one exception that the expanded mode option "x" cannot be appended
to "\d" by itself, since "\dx" already means something else.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Greg Sabino Mullane.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVXJk3KsmCncf7PAVbxdDAUDm3QzDgGT7mBYySWikuOYw@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-14 16:29:15 +00:00
Dean Rasheed
4cb560b53f Consistently spell "leakproof" without a hyphen.
The overwhelming majority of places already did this, but a small
handful of places had a hyphen.

Yugo Nagata.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXnnuORE2BoGwHw2zbtVvsPOLhbfVmEk9GxRzK%2Bx3OW-Q%40mail.gmail.com
2025-01-14 13:50:54 +00:00
Dean Rasheed
2355e51110 psql: Add leakproof indicator to \df+, \do+, \dAo+, and \dC+ output.
This allows users to determine whether particular functions are
leakproof, and whether the underlying functions used by operators and
casts are leakproof. This is useful to determine whether indexes can
be used in queries on security barrier views or tables with row-level
security policies.

Yugo Nagata, reviewed by Erik Wienhold and Dean Rasheed.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240701220817.483f9b645b95611f8b1f65da%40sranhm.sraoss.co.jp
2025-01-14 13:23:24 +00:00
Michael Paquier
f92c854cf4 Make pg_stat_io count IOs as bytes instead of blocks for some operations
Currently in pg_stat_io view, IOs are counted as blocks of size
BLCKSZ.  There are two limitations with this design:
* The actual number of I/O requests sent to the kernel is lower because
I/O requests may be merged before being sent.  Additionally, it gives
the impression that all I/Os are done in block size, which shadows the
benefits of merging I/O requests.
* Some patches are under work to extend pg_stat_io for the tracking of
operations that may not be linked to the block size.  For example, WAL
read IOs are done in variable bytes and it is not possible to correctly
show these IOs in pg_stat_io view, and we want to keep all this data in
a single system view rather than spread it across multiple relations to
ease monitoring.

WaitReadBuffers() can now be tracked as a single read operation
worth N blocks.  Same for ExtendBufferedRelShared() and
ExtendBufferedRelLocal() for extensions.

Three columns are added to pg_stat_io for reads, writes and extensions
for the byte calculations.  op_bytes, which was always hardcoded to
BLCKSZ, is removed.  IO backend statistics are updated to reflect these
changes.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAN55FZ0oqxBaaHAEsj=xFqkzE3n5P=3RA1V_igXwL-RV7QRzyw@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-14 12:14:29 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
ca87c415e2 Add support for NOT ENFORCED in CHECK constraints
This adds support for the NOT ENFORCED/ENFORCED flag for constraints,
with support for check constraints.

The plan is to eventually support this for foreign key constraints,
where it is typically more useful.

Note that CHECK constraints do not currently support ALTER operations,
so changing the enforceability of an existing constraint isn't
possible without dropping and recreating it.  This could be added
later.

Author: Amul Sul <amul.sul@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Triveni N <triveni.n@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAJ_b962c5AcYW9KUt_R_ER5qs3fUGbe4az-SP-vuwPS-w-AGA@mail.gmail.com
2025-01-11 10:52:30 +01:00
Melanie Plageman
ca9c6a5680 Consolidate docs for vacuum-related GUCs in new subsection
GUCs related to vacuum's freezing behavior were documented in a
subsection of the Client Connection Defaults documentation. These GUCs
don't belong there, as they affect the freezing behavior of all vacuums
-- including autovacuums.

There wasn't a clear alternative location, so this commit makes a new
"Server Configuration" docs subsection, "Vacuuming", with a subsection
for "Freezing". It also moves the "Automatic Vacuuming" subsection and
the docs on GUCs controlling cost-based vacuum delay under the new
"Vacuuming" subsection.

The other vacuum-related GUCs under the "Resource Consumption"
subsection have been left in their current location, as they seem to fit
there.

The GUCs' documentation was largely lifted and shifted. The only
modification made was the addition of a few missing <literal> tags.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAAKRu_aQUOaMYrcjNuXeSkJtaX9oRUzKP57bsYbC0gVVWS%2BcbA%40mail.gmail.com
2025-01-10 18:22:19 -05:00
Tom Lane
bebe904038 Use @extschema:name@ notation in contrib transform modules.
Harden hstore_plperl, hstore_plpython, and ltree_plpython
against search-path-based attacks by using @extschema:name@
notation to refer to the underlying hstore or ltree data type.

This allows removal of the previous documentation warning
suggesting that they must be installed in the same schema as
the underlying data type.  In passing, also improve a para in
extend.sgml to suggest using @extschema:name@ for such purposes.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/692480.1736021695@sss.pgh.pa.us
2025-01-09 15:16:56 -05:00
Fujii Masao
6313a76b35 doc: Clarify synchronous_standby_names parameter.
The synchronous_standby_names GUC allows specifying num_sync,
the number of synchronous standbys transactions must wait for
replies from. This value must be an integer greater than zero.
This commit updates the documentation to clarify this requirement.

Reported-by: Asphator <asphator@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18663-b02f75cb919f1b60@postgresql.org
2025-01-09 21:04:49 +09:00
Nathan Bossart
f7e1b3828a Add passwordcheck.min_password_length.
This new parameter can be used to change the minimum allowed
password length (in bytes).  Note that it has no effect if a user
supplies a pre-encrypted password.

Author: Emanuele Musella, Maurizio Boriani
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Bertrand Drouvot, Japin Li
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BugDNyYtHOtWCqVD3YkSVYDWD_1fO8Jm_ahsDGA5dXhbDPwrQ%40mail.gmail.com
2025-01-07 15:06:40 -06:00
Nathan Bossart
6d01541960 Lower default value of autovacuum_worker_slots in initdb as needed.
Commit c758119e5b increased the default number of semaphores
required for autovacuum workers from 3 to 16.  Unfortunately, some
systems have very low default settings for SEMMNS, and this change
moved the minimum required for Postgres well beyond that limit (see
commit 38da053463 for more details).

With this commit, initdb will lower the default value for
autovacuum_worker_slots as needed, just like it already does for
parameters such as max_connections and shared_buffers.  We test
for (max_connections / 6) slots, which conveniently has the
following properties:

* For the initial max_connections default of 100, the default of
  autovacuum_worker_slots will be 16, which is its initial default
  value specified in the documentation and in guc_tables.c.

* For the lowest possible max_connections default of 25, the
  default of autovacuum_worker_slots will be 4, which means we only
  need one additional semaphore for autovacuum workers (as compared
  to before commit c758119e5b).  This leaves some wiggle room for
  new auxiliary workers, etc. on systems with low SEMMNS, and it
  ensures that the default number of slots will be greater than or
  equal to the default value of autovacuum_max_workers (3).

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Suggested-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1346002.1736198977%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2025-01-07 14:38:55 -06:00
Nathan Bossart
c758119e5b Allow changing autovacuum_max_workers without restarting.
This commit introduces a new parameter named
autovacuum_worker_slots that controls how many autovacuum worker
slots to reserve during server startup.  Modifying this new
parameter's value does require a server restart, but it should
typically be set to the upper bound of what you might realistically
need to set autovacuum_max_workers.  With that new parameter in
place, autovacuum_max_workers can now be changed with a SIGHUP
(e.g., pg_ctl reload).

If autovacuum_max_workers is set higher than
autovacuum_worker_slots, a WARNING is emitted, and the server will
only start up to autovacuum_worker_slots workers at a given time.
If autovacuum_max_workers is set to a value less than the number of
currently-running autovacuum workers, the existing workers will
continue running, but no new workers will be started until the
number of running autovacuum workers drops below
autovacuum_max_workers.

Reviewed-by: Sami Imseih, Justin Pryzby, Robert Haas, Andres Freund, Yogesh Sharma
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240410212344.GA1824549%40nathanxps13
2025-01-06 15:01:22 -06:00
Fujii Masao
632384d0eb doc: Clarify log level for VERBOSE messages in maintenance commands.
VERBOSE messages from ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REINDEX, and VACUUM are logged
at the INFO level, but this detail was missing from the documentation.
This commit updates the docs to mention the log level for these messages.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Reviewed-by: Yugo Nagata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b4a4b7916982dccd9607c8efb3ce5116@oss.nttdata.com
2025-01-06 17:24:10 +09:00
Andrew Dunstan
30f0176263 Document strange jsonb sort order for empty top level arrays
Slightly faulty logic in the original jsonb code (commit d9134d0a35)
results in an empty top level array sorting less than a json null. We
can't change the sort order now since it would affect btree indexes over
jsonb, so document the anomaly.

Backpatch to all live branches (13 .. 17)

In master, also add a code comment noting the anomaly.

Reported-by: Yan Chengpen
Reviewed-by: Jian He

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB45199DD8DA2D1CECD50518188E272@OSBPR01MB4519.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2025-01-03 10:36:30 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
50e6eb731d Update copyright for 2025
Backpatch-through: 13
2025-01-01 11:21:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
38da053463 Try to avoid semaphore-related test failures on NetBSD/OpenBSD.
These two platforms have a remarkably tight default limit on the
number of SysV semaphores in the system: SEMMNS is only 60
out-of-the-box.  Unless manual action is taken to raise that,
we'll only be able to allocate 3 sets of 16 usable semaphores
each, leading to initdb setting max_connections to just 20.
That's problematic because the core regression tests expect
to be able to launch 20 concurrent sessions, leaving us with
no headroom.  This seems to be the cause of intermittent
buildfarm failures on some machines.

While there's no getting around the fact that you'd better raise
SEMMNS for production use on these platforms, it does seem desirable
for "make check" to pass reliably without that.  We can make that
happen, at least for awhile longer, with two small changes:

* Change sysv_sema.c's SEMAS_PER_SET to 19, so that we can eat up
all of the available semas not just most of them.

* Change initdb to make the smallest max_connections value it will
consider be 25 not 20.

As of HEAD this will leave us with four free semaphores (using the
default values for other relevant parameters such as max_wal_senders).
So we won't need to consider this again until we've invented five
more background processes.  Maybe by then we can switch both these
platforms to some other semaphore API.

For the moment, do this only in master; there've not been field
complaints that might justify a back-patch.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/db2773a2-aca0-43d0-99c1-060efcd9954e@gmail.com
2024-12-23 16:46:24 -05:00
David Rowley
02a8d0c452 Remove pg_attribute.attcacheoff column
The column is no longer needed as the offset is now cached in the
CompactAttribute struct per commit 5983a4cff.

Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Victor Yegorov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrBztXP3yx=NKNmo3xwFAFhEdyPnvrDg3=M0RhDs+4vYw@mail.gmail.com
2024-12-20 23:22:37 +13:00
Michael Paquier
9aea73fc61 Add backend-level statistics to pgstats
This adds a new variable-numbered statistics kind in pgstats, where the
object ID key of the stats entries is based on the proc number of the
backends.  This acts as an upper-bound for the number of stats entries
that can exist at once.  The entries are created when a backend starts
after authentication succeeds, and are removed when the backend exits,
making the stats entry exist for as long as their backend is up and
running.  These are not written to the pgstats file at shutdown (note
that write_to_file is disabled, as a safety measure).

Currently, these stats include only information about the I/O generated
by a backend, using the same layer as pg_stat_io, except that it is now
possible to know how much activity is happening in each backend rather
than an overall aggregate of all the activity.  A function called
pg_stat_get_backend_io() is added to access this data depending on the
PID of a backend.  The existing structure could be expanded in the
future to add more information about other statistics related to
backends, depending on requirements or ideas.

Auxiliary processes are not included in this set of statistics.  These
are less interesting to have than normal backends as they have dedicated
entries in pg_stat_io, and stats kinds of their own.

This commit includes also pg_stat_reset_backend_stats(), function able
to reset all the stats associated to a single backend.

Bump catalog version and PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Michael Paquier, Nazir
Bilal Yavuz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZtXR+CtkEVVE/LHF@ip-10-97-1-34.eu-west-3.compute.internal
2024-12-19 13:19:22 +09:00
Michael Paquier
477728b5d6 psql: Add more information about service name
This commit adds support for the following items in psql, able to show a
service name, when available:
- Variable SERVICE.
- Substitution %s in PROMPT{1,2,3}.

This relies on 4b99fed754, that has made the service name available in
PGconn for libpq.

Author: Michael Banck
Reviewed-by: Greg Sabino Mullane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6723c612.050a0220.1567f4.b94a@mx.google.com
2024-12-18 15:16:12 +09:00
Michael Paquier
4b99fed754 libpq: Add service name to PGconn and PQservice()
This commit adds one field to PGconn for the database service name (if
any), with PQservice() as routine to retrieve it.  Like the other
routines of this area, NULL is returned as result if the connection is
NULL.

A follow-up patch will make use of this feature to be able to display
the service name in the psql prompt.

Author: Michael Banck
Reviewed-by: Greg Sabino Mullane
Discusion: https://postgr.es/m/6723c612.050a0220.1567f4.b94a@mx.google.com
2024-12-18 14:53:42 +09:00
Amit Kapila
2364f61488 Doc: Fix the wrong link on pg_createsubscriber page.
Commit 84db9a0eb1 has added the incorrect link to
'initial data synchronization'. It was a subsection of Row Filter and
didn't provide the required information.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Pavel Luzanov
Backpatch-through: 17, where it was introduced
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtnA4DB_pcv4TDr4NjUSM1=P2N_cuZx5DX09k7LVmaqUA@mail.gmail.com
2024-12-17 15:08:29 +05:30
Tomas Vondra
0cc7da4e23 doc: Mention BRIN indexes support parallel builds
Two places in the documentation suggest B-tree is the only index access
method allowing parallel builds. Commit b4375717 added parallel builds
for BRIN too, but failed to update the docs. So fix that, and backpatch
to 17, where parallel BRIN builds were introduced.

Author: Egor Rogov
Backpatch-through: 17
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/114e2d5d-125e-07d8-94aa-5ad175fb7443@postgrespro.ru
2024-12-16 19:17:58 +01:00
Fujii Masao
56499315a7 doc: Clarify old WAL files are kept until they are summarized.
The documentation in wal.sgml explains that old WAL files cannot be
removed or recycled until they are archived (when WAL archiving is used)
or replicated (when using replication slots). However, it did not mention
that, similarly, old WAL files are also kept until they are summarized
if WAL summarization is enabled. This commit adds that clarification
to the documentation.

Back-patch to v17 where WAL summarization was added.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fd0eb0a5-f43b-4e06-b450-cbca011b6cff@oss.nttdata.com
2024-12-15 11:18:18 +09:00
Masahiko Sawada
78c5e141e9 Add UUID version 7 generation function.
This commit introduces the uuidv7() SQL function, which generates UUID
version 7 as specified in RFC 9652. UUIDv7 combines a Unix timestamp
in milliseconds and random bits, offering both uniqueness and
sortability.

In our implementation, the 12-bit sub-millisecond timestamp fraction
is stored immediately after the timestamp, in the space referred to as
"rand_a" in the RFC. This ensures additional monotonicity within a
millisecond. The rand_a bits also function as a counter. We select a
sub-millisecond timestamp so that it monotonically increases for
generated UUIDs within the same backend, even when the system clock
goes backward or when generating UUIDs at very high
frequency. Therefore, the monotonicity of generated UUIDs is ensured
within the same backend.

This commit also expands the uuid_extract_timestamp() function to
support UUID version 7.

Additionally, an alias uuidv4() is added for the existing
gen_random_uuid() SQL function to maintain consistency.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Sergey Prokhorenko, Przemysław Sztoch, Nikolay Samokhvalov
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Jelte Fennema-Nio, Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Lukas Fittl, Michael Paquier, Japin Li
Reviewed-by: Marcos Pegoraro, Junwang Zhao, Stepan Neretin
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vérité
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAhFRxitJv%3DyoGnXUgeLB_O%2BM7J2BJAmb5jqAT9gZ3bij3uLDA%40mail.gmail.com
2024-12-11 15:54:41 -08:00
David Rowley
c2a4078eba Enable BUFFERS with EXPLAIN ANALYZE by default
The topic of turning EXPLAIN's BUFFERS option on with the ANALYZE option
has come up a few times over the past few years.  In many ways, doing this
seems like a good idea as it may be more obvious to users why a given
query is running more slowly than they might expect.  Also, from my own
(David's) personal experience, I've seen users posting to the mailing
lists with two identical plans, one slow and one fast asking why their
query is sometimes slow.  In many cases, this is due to additional reads.
Having BUFFERS on by default may help reduce some of these questions, and
if not, make it more obvious to the user before they post, or save a
round-trip to the mailing list when additional I/O effort is the cause of
the slowness.

The general consensus is that we want BUFFERS on by default with
ANALYZE.  However, there were more than zero concerns raised with doing
so.  The primary reason against is the additional verbosity, making it
harder to read large plans.  Another concern was that buffer information
isn't always useful so may not make sense to have it on by default.

It's currently December, so let's commit this to see if anyone comes
forward with a strong objection against making this change.  We have over
half a year remaining in the v18 cycle where we could still easily consider
reverting this if someone were to come forward with a convincing enough
reason as to why doing this is a bad idea.

There were two patches independently submitted to achieve this goal, one
by me and the other by Guillaume.  This commit is a mix of both of these
patches with some additional work done by me to adjust various
additional places in the documentation which include EXPLAIN ANALYZE
output.

Author: Guillaume Lelarge, David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Greg Sabino Mullane, Michael Christofides
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANNMO++W7MM8T0KyXN3ZheXXt-uLVM3aEtZd+WNfZ=obxffUiA@mail.gmail.com
2024-12-11 22:35:11 +13:00
Jeff Davis
a43567483c Use in-place updates for pg_restore_relation_stats().
This matches the behavior of vac_update_relstats(), which is important
to avoid bloating pg_class.

Author: Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=fc3je+ufv3gsHqjjSSf+t8674RXpuXW62EL55MUEQd-g@mail.gmail.com
2024-12-10 16:30:37 -08:00
David Rowley
36d0229b8f Doc: fix incorrect EXPLAIN ANALYZE output for bloom indexes
It looks like the example case was once modified to increase the number
of rows but the EXPLAIN ANALYZE output wasn't updated to reflect that.

Also adjust the text which discusses the index sizes.  With the example
table size, the bloom index isn't quite 8 times more space efficient
than the btree indexes.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvovx8kQ0=HTt85gFDAwmTJHpCgiSvRmQZ_6u_g-vQYM_w@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13, all supported versions
2024-12-10 09:24:43 +13:00
Peter Eisentraut
263a3f5f7f doc: remove LC_COLLATE and LC_CTYPE from SHOW command
The corresponding read-only server settings have been removed since
in PG16. See commit b0f6c43716.

Author: Pierre Giraud <pierre.giraud@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a75a2fb0-f4b3-4c0c-be3d-7a62d266d760%40dalibo.com
2024-12-07 12:55:55 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
24c1c63387 Return actual error code from FOP failure in PDF build
Previously we returned "1" on error.  Improvement on 77c189cdaf.

Backpatch-through: master
2024-12-04 14:37:24 -05:00
Amit Kapila
87ce27de69 Ensure stored generated columns must be published when required.
Ensure stored generated columns that are part of REPLICA IDENTITY must be
published explicitly for UPDATE and DELETE operations to be published. We
can publish generated columns by listing them in the column list or by
enabling the publish_generated_columns option.

This commit changes the behavior of the test added in commit adedf54e65 by
giving an ERROR for the UPDATE operation in such cases. There is no way to
trigger the bug reported in commit adedf54e65 but we didn't remove the
corresponding code change because it is still relevant when replicating
changes from a publisher with version less than 18.

We decided not to backpatch this behavior change to avoid the risk of
breaking existing output plugins that may be sending generated columns by
default although we are not aware of any such plugin. Also, we didn't see
any reports related to this on STABLE branches which is another reason not
to backpatch this change.

Author: Shlok Kyal, Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANhcyEVw4V2Awe2AB6i0E5AJLNdASShGfdBLbUd1XtWDboymCA@mail.gmail.com
2024-12-04 09:45:18 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
77c189cdaf Properly use $(AWK) in Makefile, not 'awk'
Fix for commit 498f130756.

Backpatch-through: master
2024-12-03 22:31:33 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
498f130756 Fix Makefile so invalid characters warning preserves error code
Fix for commit e4c8865196.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/88cb6ecf-22bb-431e-974b-1cd236a80364@eisentraut.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-12-03 18:27:41 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
8b318a168a Now that we have non-Latin1 SGML detection, restore Latin1 chars
This reverts the change in commit 641a5b7a14 that converted them to
HTML entities.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Z05ssoVheWI-rqax@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: master
2024-12-03 17:09:49 -05:00
Michael Paquier
8817e8d3a4 doc: Clarify some terms for pg_createsubscriber
The last section of pg_createsubscriber used the terms
"publication-name", "replication-slot-name", and "subscription-name".
These terms are not defined on the page, which was confusing, and the
intention is clearly to refer to the values one would give to the
options --publication, --subscription and --replication-slot.  Let's
simplify the documentation by mentioning the option switches, instead of
these terms.

Reported-by: Christophe Courtois
Author: Shubham Khanna
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/173288198026.714.15127074046508836738@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 17
2024-12-03 16:21:07 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
e4c8865196 doc Makefile: issue warning about chars that cannot be output
A follow-up improvement to commit 641a5b7a14.

Reported-by: Tatsuo Ishii, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20241126.182513.1752581942460106099.ishii@postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-12-02 21:25:12 -05:00
Nathan Bossart
db6a4a985b Deprecate MD5 passwords.
MD5 has been considered to be unsuitable for use as a cryptographic
hash algorithm for some time.  Furthermore, MD5 password hashes in
PostgreSQL are vulnerable to pass-the-hash attacks, i.e., knowing
the username and hashed password is sufficient to authenticate.
The SCRAM-SHA-256 method added in v10 is not subject to these
problems and is considered to be superior to MD5.

This commit marks MD5 password support in PostgreSQL as deprecated
and to be removed in a future release.  The documentation now
contains several deprecation notices, and CREATE ROLE and ALTER
ROLE now emit deprecation warnings when setting MD5 passwords.  The
warnings can be disabled by setting the md5_password_warnings
parameter to "off".

Reviewed-by: Greg Sabino Mullane, Jim Nasby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZwbfpJJol7lDWajL%40nathan
2024-12-02 13:30:07 -06:00
Peter Eisentraut
49ae9fd8b7 doc: Fix typo
for commit 1e08905842

Reported-by: Marcos Pegoraro <marcos@f10.com.br>
2024-11-30 08:43:46 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
1e08905842 doc: Improve description of referential actions
Some of the differences between NO ACTION and RESTRICT were not
explained fully.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ea5b2777-266a-46fa-852f-6fca6ec480ad@eisentraut.org
2024-11-29 08:53:00 +01:00
Thomas Munro
1758d42446 Require ucrt if using MinGW.
Historically we tolerated the absence of various C runtime library
features for the benefit of the MinGW tool chain, because it used
ancient msvcrt.dll for a long period of time.  It now uses ucrt by
default (like Windows 10+, Visual Studio 2015+), and that's the only
configuration we're testing.

In practice, we effectively required ucrt already in PostgreSQL 17, when
commit 8d9a9f03 required _create_locale etc, first available in
msvcr120.dll (Visual Studio 2013, the last of the pre-ucrt series of
runtimes), and for MinGW users that practically meant ucrt because it
was difficult or impossible to use msvcr120.dll.  That may even not have
been the first such case, but old MinGW configurations had already
dropped off our testing radar so we weren't paying much attention.

This commit formalizes the requirement.  It also removes a couple of
obsolete comments that discussed msvcrt.dll limitations, and some tests
of !defined(_MSC_VER) to imply msvcrt.dll.  There are many more
anachronisms, but it'll take some time to figure out how to remove them
all.  APIs affected relate to locales, UTF-8, threads, large files and
more.

Thanks to Peter Eisentraut for the documentation change.  It's not
really necessary to talk about ucrt explicitly in such a short section,
since it's the default for MinGW-w64 and MSYS2.  It's enough to prune
references and broken links to much older tools.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d9e7731c-ca1b-477c-9298-fa51e135574a%40eisentraut.org
2024-11-27 23:13:45 +13:00
Peter Eisentraut
85b7efa1cd Support LIKE with nondeterministic collations
This allows for example using LIKE with case-insensitive collations.
There was previously no internal implementation of this, so it was met
with a not-supported error.  This adds the internal implementation and
removes the error.  The implementation follows the specification of
the SQL standard for this.

Unlike with deterministic collations, the LIKE matching cannot go
character by character but has to go substring by substring.  For
example, if we are matching against LIKE 'foo%bar', we can't start by
looking for an 'f', then an 'o', but instead with have to find
something that matches 'foo'.  This is because the collation could
consider substrings of different lengths to be equal.  This is all
internal to MatchText() in like_match.c.

The changes in GenericMatchText() in like.c just pass through the
locale information to MatchText(), which was previously not needed.
This matches exactly Generic_Text_IC_like() below.

ILIKE is not affected.  (It's unclear whether ILIKE makes sense under
nondeterministic collations.)

This also updates match_pattern_prefix() in like_support.c to support
optimizing the case of an exact pattern with nondeterministic
collations.  This was already alluded to in the previous code.

(includes documentation examples from Daniel Vérité and test cases
from Paul A Jungwirth)

Reviewed-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/700d2e86-bf75-4607-9cf2-f5b7802f6e88@eisentraut.org
2024-11-27 08:19:42 +01:00
Michael Paquier
d0eb4297cc Handle better implicit transaction state of pipeline mode
When using a pipeline, a transaction starts from the first command and
is committed with a Sync message or when the pipeline ends.

Functions like IsInTransactionBlock() or PreventInTransactionBlock()
were already able to understand a pipeline as being in a transaction
block, but it was not the case of CheckTransactionBlock().  This
function is called for example to generate a WARNING for SET LOCAL,
complaining that it is used outside of a transaction block.

The current state of the code caused multiple problems, like:
- SET LOCAL executed at any stage of a pipeline issued a WARNING, even
if the command was at least second in line where the pipeline is in a
transaction state.
- LOCK TABLE failed when invoked at any step of a pipeline, even if it
should be able to work within a transaction block.

The pipeline protocol assumes that the first command of a pipeline is
not part of a transaction block, and that any follow-up commands is
considered as within a transaction block.

This commit changes the backend so as an implicit transaction block is
started each time the first Execute message of a pipeline has finished
processing, with this implicit transaction block ended once a sync is
processed.  The checks based on XACT_FLAGS_PIPELINING in the routines
checking if we are in a transaction block are not necessary: it is
enough to rely on the existing ones.

Some tests are added to pgbench, that can be backpatched down to v17
when \syncpipeline is involved and down to v14 where \startpipeline and
\endpipeline are available.  This is unfortunately limited regarding the
error patterns that can be checked, but it provides coverage for various
pipeline combinations to check if these succeed or fail.  These tests
are able to capture the case of SET LOCAL's WARNING.  The author has
proposed a different feature to improve the coverage by adding similar
meta-commands to psql where error messages could be checked, something
more useful for the cases where commands cannot be used in transaction
blocks, like REINDEX CONCURRENTLY or VACUUM.  This is considered as
future work for v18~.

Author: Anthonin Bonnefoy
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO6_XqrWO8uNBQrSu5r6jh+vTGi5Oiyk4y8yXDORdE2jbzw8xw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2024-11-27 09:31:22 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
6e80951f49 Fix commit 641a5b7a14 for "nbsp" output in SVG files
In commit 641a5b7a14, I removed "nbsp" characters from SVG files, not
realizing the SVG files were generated from GV files and that the "nbsp"
characters were caused by trailing ASCII spaces in GV files.  This
commit restores the "nbsp" SVG characters and adds a GV comment about
how the trailing spaces cause the "nbsp" output.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2c5dd601-b245-4092-9c27-6d1ad51609df%40eisentraut.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-26 13:08:13 -05:00
Richard Guo
a8ccf4e93a Reordering DISTINCT keys to match input path's pathkeys
The ordering of DISTINCT items is semantically insignificant, so we
can reorder them as needed.  In fact, in the parser, we absorb the
sorting semantics of the sortClause as much as possible into the
distinctClause, ensuring that one clause is a prefix of the other.
This can help avoid a possible need to re-sort.

In this commit, we attempt to adjust the DISTINCT keys to match the
input path's pathkeys.  This can likewise help avoid re-sorting, or
allow us to use incremental-sort to save efforts.

For DISTINCT ON expressions, the parser already ensures that they
match the initial ORDER BY expressions.  When reordering the DISTINCT
keys, we must ensure that the resulting pathkey list matches the
initial distinctClause pathkeys.

This introduces a new GUC, enable_distinct_reordering, which allows
the optimization to be disabled if needed.

Author: Richard Guo
Reviewed-by: Andrei Lepikhov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs48dR26cCcX0f=8bja2JKQPcU64136kHk=xekHT9xschiQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-11-26 09:25:18 +09:00
Amit Kapila
d05a387d9d Doc: Clarify the inactive_since field description.
Updated to specify that it represents the exact time a slot became
inactive, rather than the period of inactivity.

Reported-by: Peter Smith
Author: Bruce Momjian, Nisha Moond
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith
Backpatch-through: 17
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuvsyA5v8y7rYoY9mkDQzUhwaESM05yCByTMaDoRh30tA@mail.gmail.com
2024-11-25 11:12:32 +05:30
Michael Paquier
2ff7c913d9 doc: Fix example with __next__() in PL/Python function
Per PEP 3114, iterator.next() has been renamed to iterator.__next__(),
and one example in the documentation still used next().  This caused the
example provided to fail the function creation since Python 2 is not
supported anymore since 19252e8ec9.

Author: Erik Wienhold
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/173209043143.2092749.13692266486972491694@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 15
2024-11-25 09:15:25 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
4c4aaa19a6 doc: clarify how logical replication takes its initial snapshot
Reported-by: Koen De Groote

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171606613152.686.7693963105919927503@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-21 17:14:33 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
70236cf22f doc: clarify that jsonb_path_match() returns an SQL boolean
Not a JSON boolean.  Also clarify that other predicate check expressions
functions return a JSON boolean, not an SQL boolean.

Reported-by: jian he

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxH7tP1NXCHN1bUBXcEB=dv7-qE+ZjB3UxwK6Em+9Qzb9Q@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: 17
2024-11-20 17:03:45 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
f722dd32de clarify --no-comments option in --help and SGML files
The previous commit, b38bac26e2, missed these cases for dump/restore.

Reported-by: Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3495698.1731968093@sss.pgh.pa.us

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-20 14:48:31 -05:00
Fujii Masao
6c8f670323 file_fdw: Add REJECT_LIMIT option to file_fdw.
Commit 4ac2a9bece introduced the REJECT_LIMIT option for the COPY
command. This commit extends the support for this option to file_fdw.

As well as REJECT_LIMIT option for COPY, this option limits
the maximum number of erroneous rows that can be skipped.
If the number of data type conversion errors exceeds this limit,
accessing the file_fdw foreign table will fail with an error,
even when on_error = 'ignore' is specified.

Since the CREATE/ALTER FOREIGN TABLE commands require foreign
table options to be single-quoted, this commit updates
defGetCopyRejectLimitOption() to handle also string value for them,
in addition to int64 value for COPY command option.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao, Yugo Nagata, Kirill Reshke
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bab68a9fc502b12693f0755b6f35f327@oss.nttdata.com
2024-11-20 23:53:19 +09:00
Michael Paquier
15afb7d61c doc: Fix section of functions age(xid) and mxid_age(xid)
In 17~, age(xid) and mxid_age(xid) were listed as deprecated.  Based on
the discussion that led to 48b5aa3143, this is not intentional as this
could break many existing monitoring queries.  Note that vacuumdb also
uses both of them.

In 16, both functions were listed under "Control Data Functions", which
is incorrect, so let's move them to the list of functions related to
transaction IDs and snapshots.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Zzr2zZFyeFKXWe8a@ip-10-97-1-34.eu-west-3.compute.internal
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231114013224.4z6oxa6p6va33rxr@awork3.anarazel.de
Backpatch-through: 16
2024-11-20 14:20:52 +09:00
Fujii Masao
c166454496 Improve error message for database object stats manipulation functions.
Previously, database object statistics manipulation functions like
pg_set_relation_stats() reported unclear error and hint messages
when executed during recovery. These messages were "internal",
making it difficult for users to understand the issue:

  ERROR:  cannot acquire lock mode ShareUpdateExclusiveLock on database objects while recovery is in progress
  HINT:  Only RowExclusiveLock or less can be acquired on database objects during recovery.

This commit updates the error handling so that, if these functions
are called during recovery, they produce clearer messages:

  ERROR:  recovery is in progress
  HINT:  Statistics cannot be modified during recovery.

The related documentation has also been updated to explicitly
clarify that these functions are not available during recovery.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Maxim Orlov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6d313829-5f56-4a28-ae4b-bd01bf1ae791@oss.nttdata.com
2024-11-20 02:00:50 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
b38bac26e2 doc: clarify pg_dump --no-comments meaning as SQL comments
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZyjdAjEsXbFPkD3t@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-18 16:30:33 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
cffca3665d doc: clarify text about combining row-level policies
Reported-by: splarv@ya.ru

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/173045909386.700.9231055113418242392@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-18 15:34:59 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
9321d2fdf8 Fix collation handling for foreign keys
Allowing foreign keys where the referenced and the referencing columns
have collations with different notions of equality is problematic.
This can only happen when using nondeterministic collations, for
example, if the referencing column is case-insensitive and the
referenced column is not, or vice versa.  It does not happen if both
collations are deterministic.

To show one example:

    CREATE COLLATION case_insensitive (provider = icu, deterministic = false, locale = 'und-u-ks-level2');

    CREATE TABLE pktable (x text COLLATE "C" PRIMARY KEY);
    CREATE TABLE fktable (x text COLLATE case_insensitive REFERENCES pktable ON UPDATE CASCADE ON DELETE CASCADE);
    INSERT INTO pktable VALUES ('A'), ('a');
    INSERT INTO fktable VALUES ('A');

    BEGIN; DELETE FROM pktable WHERE x = 'a'; TABLE fktable; ROLLBACK;
    BEGIN; DELETE FROM pktable WHERE x = 'A'; TABLE fktable; ROLLBACK;

Both of these DELETE statements delete the one row from fktable.  So
this means that one row from fktable references two rows in pktable,
which should not happen.  (That's why a primary key or unique
constraint is required on pktable.)

When nondeterministic collations were implemented, the SQL standard
available to yours truly said that referential integrity checks should
be performed with the collation of the referenced column, and so
that's how we implemented it.  But this turned out to be a mistake in
the SQL standard, for the same reasons as above, that was later
(SQL:2016) fixed to require both collations to be the same.  So that's
what we are aiming for here.

We don't have to be quite so strict.  We can allow different
collations if they are both deterministic.  This is also good for
backward compatibility.

So the new rule is that the collations either have to be the same or
both deterministic.  Or in other words, if one of them is
nondeterministic, then both have to be the same.

Users upgrading from before that have affected setups will need to
make changes to their schemas (i.e., change one or both collations in
affected foreign-key relationships) before the upgrade will succeed.

Some of the nice test cases for the previous situation in
collate.icu.utf8.sql are now obsolete.  They are changed to just check
the error checking of the new rule.  Note that collate.sql already
contained a test for foreign keys with different deterministic
collations.

A bunch of code in ri_triggers.c that added a COLLATE clause to
enforce the referenced column's collation can be removed, because both
columns now have to have the same notion of equality, so it doesn't
matter which one to use.

Reported-by: Paul Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/78d824e0-b21e-480d-a252-e4b84bc2c24b@illuminatedcomputing.com
2024-11-15 14:55:54 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
f683ba0867 doc: Update pg_constraint.conexclop docs for WITHOUT OVERLAPS
Fixup for commit fc0438b4e8.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/57ea0668-5205-426e-b934-efc89f2186c2@illuminatedcomputing.com
2024-11-13 09:05:02 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
d56af4c882 doc: Add PERIOD to ALTER TABLE reference docs
Commit 89f908a6d0 documented foreign keys with PERIOD in the CREATE
TABLE docs, but not in ALTER TABLE.  This commit adds the new syntax
to the ALTER TABLE docs.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/57ea0668-5205-426e-b934-efc89f2186c2@illuminatedcomputing.com
2024-11-13 08:53:08 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
94daf80bd1 doc: Small improvement in CREATE TABLE / PERIOD documentation
Use placeholders that are more consistent and match the description
better.  Fixup for commit 89f908a6d0.
2024-11-13 08:51:23 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
bf62105950 doc: Add WITHOUT OVERLAPS to ALTER TABLE reference docs
Commit fc0438b4e8 documented WITHOUT OVERLAPS in the CREATE TABLE
docs, but not in ALTER TABLE.  This commit adds the new syntax to the
ALTER TABLE docs.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/57ea0668-5205-426e-b934-efc89f2186c2@illuminatedcomputing.com
2024-11-13 08:42:34 +01:00
Noah Misch
b7e3a52a87 Block environment variable mutations from trusted PL/Perl.
Many process environment variables (e.g. PATH), bypass the containment
expected of a trusted PL.  Hence, trusted PLs must not offer features
that achieve setenv().  Otherwise, an attacker having USAGE privilege on
the language often can achieve arbitrary code execution, even if the
attacker lacks a database server operating system user.

To fix PL/Perl, replace trusted PL/Perl %ENV with a tied hash that just
replaces each modification attempt with a warning.  Sites that reach
these warnings should evaluate the application-specific implications of
proceeding without the environment modification:

  Can the application reasonably proceed without the modification?

    If no, switch to plperlu or another approach.

    If yes, the application should change the code to stop attempting
    environment modifications.  If that's too difficult, add "untie
    %main::ENV" in any code executed before the warning.  For example,
    one might add it to the start of the affected function or even to
    the plperl.on_plperl_init setting.

In passing, link to Perl's guidance about the Perl features behind the
security posture of PL/Perl.

Back-patch to v12 (all supported versions).

Andrew Dunstan and Noah Misch

Security: CVE-2024-10979
2024-11-11 06:23:43 -08:00
Amit Kapila
220cea9411 Doc: Add links to clarify the max_replication_slots.
The GUC max_replication_slots has a different meaning for sending servers
and subscribers. Add cross-links in each section for easy reference.

Author: Tristan Partin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/D5FNEPMMFHFX.1OQBCML0TU5AH@partin.io
2024-11-11 15:24:40 +05:30
Michael Paquier
e7a9496de9 Add two attributes to pg_stat_database for parallel workers activity
Two attributes are added to pg_stat_database:
* parallel_workers_to_launch, counting the total number of parallel
workers that were planned to be launched.
* parallel_workers_launched, counting the total number of parallel
workers actually launched.

The ratio of both fields can provide hints that there are not enough
slots available when launching parallel workers, also useful when
pg_stat_statements is not deployed on an instance (i.e. cf54a2c002).

This commit relies on de3a2ea3b2, that has added two fields to EState,
that get incremented when executing Gather or GatherMerge nodes.

A test is added in select_parallel, where parallel workers are spawned.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Benoit Lobréau
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/783bc7f7-659a-42fa-99dd-ee0565644e25@dalibo.com
2024-11-11 10:40:48 +09:00
Michael Paquier
bf8835ea97 libpq: Bail out during SSL/GSS negotiation errors
This commit changes libpq so that errors reported by the backend during
the protocol negotiation for SSL and GSS are discarded by the client, as
these may include bytes that could be consumed by the client and write
arbitrary bytes to a client's terminal.

A failure with the SSL negotiation now leads to an error immediately
reported, without a retry on any other methods allowed, like a fallback
to a plaintext connection.

A failure with GSS discards the error message received, and we allow a
fallback as it may be possible that the error is caused by a connection
attempt with a pre-11 server, GSS encryption having been introduced in
v12.  This was a problem only with v17 and newer versions; older
versions discard the error message already in this case, assuming a
failure caused by a lack of support for GSS encryption.

Author: Jacob Champion
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Security: CVE-2024-10977
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-11-11 10:19:52 +09:00
Álvaro Herrera
14e87ffa5c
Add pg_constraint rows for not-null constraints
We now create contype='n' pg_constraint rows for not-null constraints on
user tables.  Only one such constraint is allowed for a column.

We propagate these constraints to other tables during operations such as
adding inheritance relationships, creating and attaching partitions and
creating tables LIKE other tables.  These related constraints mostly
follow the well-known rules of conislocal and coninhcount that we have
for CHECK constraints, with some adaptations: for example, as opposed to
CHECK constraints, we don't match not-null ones by name when descending
a hierarchy to alter or remove it, instead matching by the name of the
column that they apply to.  This means we don't require the constraint
names to be identical across a hierarchy.

The inheritance status of these constraints can be controlled: now we
can be sure that if a parent table has one, then all children will have
it as well.  They can optionally be marked NO INHERIT, and then children
are free not to have one.  (There's currently no support for altering a
NO INHERIT constraint into inheriting down the hierarchy, but that's a
desirable future feature.)

This also opens the door for having these constraints be marked NOT
VALID, as well as allowing UNIQUE+NOT NULL to be used for functional
dependency determination, as envisioned by commit e49ae8d3bc.  It's
likely possible to allow DEFERRABLE constraints as followup work, as
well.

psql shows these constraints in \d+, though we may want to reconsider if
this turns out to be too noisy.  Earlier versions of this patch hid
constraints that were on the same columns of the primary key, but I'm
not sure that that's very useful.  If clutter is a problem, we might be
better off inventing a new \d++ command and not showing the constraints
in \d+.

For now, we omit these constraints on system catalog columns, because
they're unlikely to achieve anything.

The main difference to the previous attempt at this (b0e96f3119) is
that we now require that such a constraint always exists when a primary
key is in the column; we didn't require this previously which had a
number of unpalatable consequences.  With this requirement, the code is
easier to reason about.  For example:

- We no longer have "throwaway constraints" during pg_dump.  We needed
  those for the case where a table had a PK without a not-null
  underneath, to prevent a slow scan of the data during restore of the
  PK creation, which was particularly problematic for pg_upgrade.

- We no longer have to cope with attnotnull being set spuriously in
  case a primary key is dropped indirectly (e.g., via DROP COLUMN).

Some bits of code in this patch were authored by Jian He.

Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Bernd Helmle <mailings@oopsware.de>
Reviewed-by: 何建 (jian he) <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: 王刚 (Tender Wang) <tndrwang@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202408310358.sdhumtyuy2ht@alvherre.pgsql
2024-11-08 13:28:48 +01:00
Álvaro Herrera
f56a01ebdb
doc: Reword ALTER TABLE ATTACH restriction on NO INHERIT constraints
The previous wording is easy to read incorrectly; this change makes it
simpler, less ambiguous, and less prominent.

Backpatch to all live branches.

Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202411051201.zody6mld7vkw@alvherre.pgsql
2024-11-07 14:06:24 +01:00
Amit Kapila
7054186c4e Replicate generated columns when 'publish_generated_columns' is set.
This patch builds on the work done in commit 745217a051 by enabling the
replication of generated columns alongside regular column changes through
a new publication parameter: publish_generated_columns.

Example usage:
CREATE PUBLICATION pub1 FOR TABLE tab_gencol WITH (publish_generated_columns = true);

The column list takes precedence. If the generated columns are specified
in the column list, they will be replicated even if
'publish_generated_columns' is set to false. Conversely, if generated
columns are not included in the column list (assuming the user specifies a
column list), they will not be replicated even if
'publish_generated_columns' is true.

Author: Vignesh C, Shubham Khanna
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, Hayato Kuroda, Shlok Kyal, Ajin Cherian, Hou Zhijie, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B80D17B2-2C8E-4C7D-87F2-E5B4BE3C069E@gmail.com
2024-11-07 08:58:49 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
a0be94067e doc: Remove event trigger firing matrix
This is difficult to maintain accurately, and it was probably already
somewhat incorrect, especially in the sql_drop and table_rewrite
categories.

The prior section already documented which DDL commands are *not*
supported (which was also slightly outdated), so let's expand that a
bit and just rely on that instead of listing out each command in full
detail.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CACJufxE_UAuxcM08BW5oVsg34v0cFWoEt8yBa5xSAoKLmL6LTQ%40mail.gmail.com
2024-11-06 13:43:17 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov
3a7ae6b3d9 Revert pg_wal_replay_wait() stored procedure
This commit reverts 3c5db1d6b0, and subsequent improvements and fixes
including 8036d73ae3, 867d396ccd, 3ac3ec580c, 0868d7ae70, 85b98b8d5a,
2520226c95, 014f9f34d2, e658038772, e1555645d7, 5035172e4a, 6cfebfe88b,
73da6b8d1b, and e546989a26.

The reason for reverting is a set of remaining issues.  Most notably, the
stored procedure appears to need more effort than the utility statement
to turn the backend into a "snapshot-less" state.  This makes an approach
to use stored procedures questionable.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Zyhj2anOPRKtb0xW%40paquier.xyz
2024-11-04 22:47:57 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
3293b718a0 doc: use more accurate URL for bug reporting
Reported-by: nat@makarevitch.org

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172947609746.699.14488791149769110078@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-04 15:08:01 -05:00
Tom Lane
b1008c1f01 pg_basebackup, pg_receivewal: fix failure to find password in ~/.pgpass.
Sloppy refactoring in commit cca97ce6a caused these programs
to pass dbname = NULL to libpq if there was no "--dbname" switch
on the command line, where before "replication" would be passed.
This didn't break things completely, because the source server doesn't
care about the dbname specified for a physical replication connection.
However, it did cause libpq to fail to match a ~/.pgpass entry that
has "replication" in the dbname field.  Restore the previous behavior
of passing "replication".

Also, closer inspection shows that if you do specify a dbname
in the connection string, that is what will be matched to ~/.pgpass,
not "replication".  This was the pre-existing behavior so we should
not change it, but the SGML docs were pretty misleading about it.
Improve that.

Per bug #18685 from Toshi Harada.  Back-patch to v17 where the
error crept in.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18685-fee2dd142b9688f1@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2702546.1730740456@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-11-04 14:36:11 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
32d07a000f doc: remove check of SVG files, since they are derived
revert of change from commit 641a5b7a14

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2c5dd601-b245-4092-9c27-6d1ad51609df@eisentraut.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-04 14:10:34 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0d82970336 docs: Consistently use <optional> to indicate optional parameters
Some functions were using square brackets instead, replace them all
with <optional>.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CACJufxFfUbSph5UUSsZbL4SitbuPuW%3DEccpKgEaZrjtrPPuadQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-11-04 18:28:40 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
7ac744e72c doc: fix typo in mvcc clarification in commit 2fa255ce9b
Reported-by: Erik Rijkers (private email)

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-04 09:24:58 -05:00
Heikki Linnakangas
3d1aec225a Make PG_TEST_EXTRA env var override the "meson setup" option
"meson test" used to ignore the PG_TEST_EXTRA environment variable,
which meant that in order to run additional tests, you had to run
"meson setup -DPG_TEST_EXTRA=...". That's somewhat expensive, and not
consistent with autoconf builds. Allow PG_TEST_EXTRA environment
variable to override the setup-time option at run time, so that you
can do "PG_TEST_EXTRA=... meson test".

To implement this, the configuration time value is passed as an extra
"--pg-test-extra" argument to testwrap instead of adding it to the
test environment. If the environment variable is set at the time of
running test, testwrap uses the value from the environment variable
and ignores the --pg-test-extra option.

Now that "meson test" obeys the environment variable, we can remove it
from the "meson setup" steps in the CI script. It will now be picked
up from the environment variable like with "make check".

Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuzk, Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat with inputs from Tom Lane and Andrew Dunstan
2024-11-04 14:09:25 +02:00
Amit Kapila
5b0c46ea09 Doc: Update the behavior of generated columns in Logical Replication.
Commit 745217a051 misses updating the new behavior of generated columns in
logical replication at a few places.

Reported-by: Peter Smith, Ajin Cherian
Author: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm2JOO7szz9+uaQbjmgZOfzbM_9tAQdFF8H5BjkQeaJs0A@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B80D17B2-2C8E-4C7D-87F2-E5B4BE3C069E@gmail.com
2024-11-04 09:39:30 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
2fa255ce9b doc: clarify text around MVCC example query
Reported-by: marlene.brandstaetter@cargonet.software

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/167765529052.987840.12345375075704447735@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-01 16:38:16 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
4a9effe45e doc: remove useless MERGE example
Reported-by: dwayne.towell@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/167699245721.1902146.6479762301617101634@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-01 16:20:27 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e1a76db1a8 doc: improve tablespace example query and link to helper funcs.
Reported-by: Agustín

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172609721070.1128084.6724666076293146476@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-01 15:54:16 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
4200fea80e doc: fix ALTER DOMAIN domain_constraint to spell out options
It used to refer to CREATE DOMAIN, but CREATE DOMAIN allows NULL, while
ALTER DOMAIN does not.

Reported-by: elionescu@yahoo.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172225092461.915373.6103973717483380183@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-11-01 13:54:28 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
94a8c19eed doc: explain how the home directory is found on Unix-like syst.
Done for libpq, postgres-fdw, and psql.

Reported-by: marc@msys.ch

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZ-T-zsVM7gApS9-XU9vGxC7Oa-UyRQPVcJFagNU=AjOw@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-01 13:32:21 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
1eb5564230 doc: Add link to listen_addresses as cause of connection failure
Reported-by: k.man.113@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171494070007.703.17021965362263796980@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-01 13:15:09 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
641a5b7a14 doc: improve build for non-Latin1 characters
Add README.non-ASCII to explain non-ASCII doc behavior; some text moved
from release.sgml.

Change UTF8 SGML characters to use HTML entities.

Remove unnecessary UTF8 spaces.

Add SVG file check for check-nbsp target.

Add dummy 'pdf' Makefile target.

Reported-by: Yugo Nagata

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20241011114122.c90f8a871462da36f2e2afeb@sraoss.co.jp

Backpatch-through: master
2024-11-01 12:46:51 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6d5444c9ed doc: remove mention of ActiveState for Perl and Tcl on Windows
Replace with Strawberry Perl and Magicsplat Tcl.

Reported-by: Yasir Hussain

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA9OW9fAAM_WDYYpAquqF6j1hmfRMzHPsFkRfP5E6oSfkF=dMA@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-11-01 11:30:54 -04:00
Michael Paquier
49d6c7d8da Add SQL function array_reverse()
This function takes in input an array, and reverses the position of all
its elements.  This operation only affects the first dimension of the
array, like array_shuffle().

The implementation structure is inspired by array_shuffle(), with a
subroutine called array_reverse_n() that may come in handy in the
future, should more functions able to reverse portions of arrays be
introduced.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Tom Lane, Vladlen Popolitov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TMpeO_ke+QGOaAx9xdJuxa7r=49-anMh3G5476e3CX1CA@mail.gmail.com
2024-11-01 10:32:19 +09:00
Amit Kapila
745217a051 Replicate generated columns when specified in the column list.
This commit allows logical replication to publish and replicate generated
columns when explicitly listed in the column list. We also ensured that
the generated columns were copied during the initial tablesync when they
were published.

We will allow to replicate generated columns even when they are not
specified in the column list (via a new publication option) in a separate
commit.

The motivation of this work is to allow replication for cases where the
client doesn't have generated columns. For example, the case where one is
trying to replicate data from Postgres to the non-Postgres database.

Author: Shubham Khanna, Vignesh C, Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Hayato Kuroda, Shlok Kyal, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/B80D17B2-2C8E-4C7D-87F2-E5B4BE3C069E@gmail.com
2024-10-30 12:36:26 +05:30
David Rowley
84b8fccbe5 Doc: add detail about EXPLAIN's "Disabled" property
c01743aa4 and later 161320b4b adjusted the EXPLAIN output to show which
plan nodes were chosen despite being disabled by the various enable*
GUCs.  Prior to e22253467, the disabledness of a node was only evident by
a large startup cost penalty.  Since we now explicitly tag disabled nodes
with a boolean property in EXPLAIN, let's add some documentation to
provide some details about why and when disabled nodes can appear in the
plan.

Author: Laurenz Albe, David Rowley
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/883729e429267214753d5e438c82c73a58c3db5d.camel@cybertec.at
2024-10-29 23:28:12 +13:00
Michael Paquier
4b7bba49e7 doc: Add better description for rewrite functions in event triggers
There are two functions that can be used in event triggers to get more
details about a rewrite happening on a relation.  Both had a limited
documentation:
- pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_reason() and
pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_oid() were not mentioned in the main
event trigger section in the paragraph dedicated to the event
table_rewrite.
- pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_reason() returns an integer which is a
bitmap of the reasons why a rewrite happens.  There was no explanation
about the meaning of these values, forcing the reader to look at the
code to find out that these are defined in event_trigger.h.

While on it, let's add a comment in event_trigger.h where the
AT_REWRITE_* are defined, telling to update the documentation when
these values are changed.

Backpatch down to 13 as a consequence of 1ad23335f3, where this area
of the documentation has been heavily reworked.

Author: Greg Sabino Mullane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKAnmmL+Z6j-C8dAx1tVrnBmZJu+BSoc68WSg3sR+CVNjBCqbw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 13
2024-10-29 15:35:01 +09:00
David Rowley
dda781609f Doc: clarify enable_indexscan=off also disabled Index Only Scans
Disabling enable_indexscan has always also disabled Index Only Scans.
Here we make that more clear in the documentation in an attempt to
prevent future complaints complaining about this expected behavior.

Reported-by: Melanie Plageman
Author: David G. Johnston, David Rowley
Backpatch-through: 12, oldest supported version
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_atV=kovgpaLREyG68PB5+ncKvJ2UNoeRetEgyC3Yb5Sw@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-29 16:24:10 +13:00
Amit Kapila
1bf1140be8 Change the default value of the streaming option to 'parallel'.
Previously the default value of streaming option for a subscription was
'off'. The parallel option indicates that the changes in large
transactions (greater than logical_decoding_work_mem) are to be applied
directly via one of the parallel apply workers, if available.

The parallel mode was introduced in 16, but we refrain from enabling it by
default to avoid seeing any unpleasant behavior in the existing
applications. However we haven't found any such report yet, so this is a
good time to enable it by default.

Reported-by: Vignesh C
Author: Hayato Kuroda, Masahiko Sawada, Peter Smith, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1=MedhW23NuoePJTmonwsMSp80ddsw+sEJs0GUMC_kqQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-28 08:42:05 +05:30
Daniel Gustafsson
0fe173680e doc: Fix typo in pg_restore_*_stats function documentation
Fix accidental typo from d32d146399, s/intepretation/interpretation/
2024-10-25 14:00:13 +02:00
Amit Kapila
b8a046081c Doc: Add a caution in alter publication.
Clarify that altering the 'publish_via_partition_root' option can lead to
data loss or duplication when a partition root table is specified as the
replication target.

Reported-by: Maxim Boguk
Author: Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Peter Smith, Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18644-6866bbd22178ee16@postgresql.org
2024-10-25 14:19:05 +05:30
Jeff Davis
d32d146399 Add functions pg_restore_relation_stats(), pg_restore_attribute_stats().
Similar to the pg_set_*_stats() functions, except with a variadic
signature that's designed to be more future-proof. Additionally, most
problems are reported as WARNINGs rather than ERRORs, allowing most
stats to be restored even if some cannot.

These functions are intended to be called from pg_dump to avoid the
need to run ANALYZE after an upgrade.

Author: Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=eErgzn7ECDpwFcptJKOk9SxZEk5Pot4d94eVTZsvj3gw@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-24 12:08:00 -07:00
Daniel Gustafsson
45188c2ea2 Support configuring TLSv1.3 cipher suites
The ssl_ciphers GUC can only set cipher suites for TLSv1.2, and lower,
connections. For TLSv1.3 connections a different OpenSSL API must be
used.  This adds a new GUC, ssl_tls13_ciphers, which can be used to
configure a colon separated list of cipher suites to support when
performing a TLSv1.3 handshake.

Original patch by Erica Zhang with additional hacking by me.

Author: Erica Zhang <ericazhangy2021@qq.com>
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion <jacob.champion@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_063F89FA72CCF2E48A0DF5338841988E9809@qq.com
2024-10-24 15:20:32 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
3d1ef3a15c Support configuring multiple ECDH curves
The ssl_ecdh_curve GUC only accepts a single value, but the TLS
handshake can list multiple curves in the groups extension (the
extension has been renamed to contain more than elliptic curves).
This changes the GUC to accept a colon-separated list of curves.
This commit also renames the GUC to ssl_groups to match the new
nomenclature for the TLS extension.

Original patch by Erica Zhang with additional hacking by me.

Author: Erica Zhang <ericazhangy2021@qq.com>
Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion <jacob.champion@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_063F89FA72CCF2E48A0DF5338841988E9809@qq.com
2024-10-24 15:20:28 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
6c66b7443c Raise the minimum supported OpenSSL version to 1.1.1
Commit a70e01d430 retired support for OpenSSL 1.0.2 in order to get
rid of the need for manual initialization of the library.  This left our
API usage compatible with 1.1.0 which was defined as the minimum required
version. Also mention that 3.4 is the minimum version required when using
LibreSSL.

An upcoming commit will introduce support for configuring TLSv1.3 cipher
suites which require an API call in OpenSSL 1.1.1 and onwards.  In order
to support this setting this commit will set v1.1.1 as the new minimum
required version.  The version-specific call for randomness init added
in commit c3333dbc0c is removed as it's no longer needed.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/909A668B-06AD-47D1-B8EB-A164211AAD16@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_063F89FA72CCF2E48A0DF5338841988E9809@qq.com
2024-10-24 15:20:19 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov
e546989a26 Add 'no_error' argument to pg_wal_replay_wait()
This argument allow skipping throwing an error.  Instead, the result status
can be obtained using pg_wal_replay_wait_status() function.

Catversion is bumped.

Reported-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZtUF17gF0pNpwZDI%40paquier.xyz
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov
2024-10-24 15:02:21 +03:00
Jeff Davis
0a3f983821 Another documentation fixup.
Reported-by: Erik Rijkers
2024-10-23 10:28:31 -07:00
Jeff Davis
07d00692c8 Documentation fixup.
Wrong return type for pg_clear_attribute_stats().

Author: Noriyoshi Shinoda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DM4PR84MB17347944F27A552F0CCDF84CEE4C2@DM4PR84MB1734.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2024-10-23 09:44:36 -07:00
Daniel Gustafsson
17b4aa77c3 doc: Fix INSERT statement syntax for identity columns
The INSERT statements in the examples were erroneously using
VALUE instead of VALUES. Backpatch to v17 where the examples
were added through a37bb7c139.

Reported-by: shixiong327926@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172958472112.696.6075270400394560263@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 17
2024-10-23 14:58:17 +02:00
Jeff Davis
ce207d2a79 Add functions pg_set_attribute_stats() and pg_clear_attribute_stats().
Enable manipulation of attribute statistics. Only superficial
validation is performed, so it's possible to add nonsense, and it's up
to the planner (or other users of statistics) to behave reasonably in
that case.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=eErgzn7ECDpwFcptJKOk9SxZEk5Pot4d94eVTZsvj3gw@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-22 15:06:55 -07:00
Jeff Davis
dbe6bd4343 Change pg_*_relation_stats() functions to return type to void.
These functions will either raise an ERROR or run to normal
completion, so no return value is necessary.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=cBF8rnphuTyHFi3KYzB9ByDgx57HwK9Rz2yp7S+Om87w@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-22 12:48:01 -07:00
Álvaro Herrera
f1c141fe14
Note that index_name in ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION can be schema-qualified
Missed in 8b08f7d4820f; backpatch to all supported branches.

Reported-by: alvaro@datadoghq.com
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172924785099.698.15236991344616673753@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-10-20 15:36:20 +02:00
Jeff Davis
b391d882ff Allow pg_set_relation_stats() to set relpages to -1.
While the default value for relpages is 0, if a partitioned table with
at least one child has been analyzed, then the partititoned table will
have a relpages value of -1.

Author: Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=fajh1Lpcyr_XsMmq-9Z=SGk-u+_Zeac7Pt0RAN3uiVCg@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-18 10:44:15 -07:00
Nathan Bossart
9e2d813d59 Adjust documentation for configuring Linux huge pages.
The present wording about viewing shared_memory_size_in_huge_pages
seems to suggest that the parameter cannot be viewed after startup
at all, whereas the intent is to make it clear that you can't use
"postgres -C" to view this parameter while the server is running.
This commit rephrases this section to remove the ambiguity.

Author: Seino Yuki
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, David G. Johnston, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/420584fd274f9ec4f337da55ffb3b790%40oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2024-10-18 10:20:15 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
04bec894a0 initdb: Change default to using data checksums.
Checksums are now on by default.  They can be disabled by the
previously added option --no-data-checksums.

Author: Greg Sabino Mullane <greg@turnstep.com>
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAKAnmmKwiMHik5AHmBEdf5vqzbOBbcwEPHo4-PioWeAbzwcTOQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-16 08:48:10 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
67846550dc doc: Fix initdb option xreflabels
Generally, we don't want any overriding xreflabels in the options
list, so that we can link to options and the link renders as the
option name.  The -g option did this differently and config.sgml made
use of that for a link.  The new --no-data-checksums option (commit
983a588e0b) apparently copied this pattern, but that seems like the
wrong direction, as a future patch revealed.

To fix, remove the two xreflabels and rewrite the link in config.sgml
with an explicit link text.
2024-10-16 08:28:12 +02:00
Masahiko Sawada
7cdfeee320 Add contrib/pg_logicalinspect.
This module provides SQL functions that allow to inspect logical
decoding components.

It currently allows to inspect the contents of serialized logical
snapshots of a running database cluster, which is useful for debugging
or educational purposes.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Shveta Malik, Peter Smith, Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZscuZ92uGh3wm4tW%40ip-10-97-1-34.eu-west-3.compute.internal
2024-10-14 17:22:02 -07:00
Daniel Gustafsson
40f4f2fa65 doc: Add anchors for COPY format descriptions
When answering support questions online it's helpful to be able to
refer to the specific format by using an anchored link.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87edatit3t.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2024-10-14 10:15:33 +02:00
Jeff Davis
e839c8ecc9 Create functions pg_set_relation_stats, pg_clear_relation_stats.
These functions are used to tweak statistics on any relation, provided
that the user has MAINTAIN privilege on the relation, or is the database
owner.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=eErgzn7ECDpwFcptJKOk9SxZEk5Pot4d94eVTZsvj3gw@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-11 16:55:11 -07:00
Nathan Bossart
4e1fad3787 Add pg_ls_summariesdir().
This function returns the name, size, and last modification time of
each regular file in pg_wal/summaries.  This allows administrators
to grant privileges to view the contents of this directory without
granting privileges on pg_ls_dir(), which allows listing the
contents of many other directories.  This commit also gives the
pg_monitor predefined role EXECUTE privileges on the new
pg_ls_summariesdir() function.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Yushi Ogiwara
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a0a3af15a9b9daa107739eb45aa9a9bc%40oss.nttdata.com
2024-10-11 11:02:09 -05:00
Michael Paquier
cf54a2c002 pg_stat_statements: Add columns to track parallel worker activity
The view pg_stat_statements gains two columns:
- parallel_workers_to_launch, the number of parallel workers planned to
be launched.
- parallel_workers_launched, the number of parallel workers actually
launched.

The ratio of both columns offers hints that parallel workers are lacking
on a per-statement basis, requiring some tuning, in coordination with
"calls", the number of times a query is executed.

As of now, these numbers are tracked within Gather and GatherMerge
nodes.  They could be extended to utilities that make use of parallel
workers (parallel btree and brin, VACUUM).

The module is bumped to 1.12.

Author: Guillaume Lelarge
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAECtzeWtTGOK0UgKXdDGpfTVSa5bd_VbUt6K6xn8P7X+_dZqKw@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-09 08:30:45 +09:00
Tom Lane
2d24fd942c Add min and max aggregates for bytea type.
Similar to a0f1fce80, although we chose to duplicate logic
rather than invoke byteacmp, primarily to avoid repeat detoasting.

Marat Buharov, Aleksander Alekseev

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPCEVGXiASjodos4P8pgyV7ixfVn-ZgG9YyiRZRbVqbGmfuDyg@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-08 13:52:14 -04:00
Tatsuo Ishii
5b7da5c261 Doc: add check to detect non-breaking spaces in the docs.
There were multiple instances where accidentally adding non-breaking
space (nbsp, U+00A0, 0xc2a0 in UTF-8) to sgml files. This commit adds
additional checking to detect nbsp. You can check the nbsp by:

make -C doc/src/sgml check

or

make -C doc/src/sgml check-nbsp

Authors: Yugo Nagata, Daniel Gustafsson
Reviewed-by: Tatsuo Ishii, Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240930.153404.202479334310259810.ishii%40postgresql.org
2024-10-08 20:25:18 +09:00
Fujii Masao
4ac2a9bece Add REJECT_LIMIT option to the COPY command.
Previously, when ON_ERROR was set to 'ignore', the COPY command
would skip all rows with data type conversion errors, with no way to
limit the number of skipped rows before failing.

This commit introduces the REJECT_LIMIT option, allowing users to
specify the maximum number of erroneous rows that can be skipped.
If more rows encounter data type conversion errors than allowed by
REJECT_LIMIT, the COPY command will fail with an error, even when
ON_ERROR = 'ignore'.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Junwang Zhao, Kirill Reshke, jian he, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/63f99327aa6b404cc951217fa3e61fe4@oss.nttdata.com
2024-10-08 18:19:58 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson
6ae387eb63 doc: Quote value in SET NAMES documentation
The value passed to SET NAMES should be wrapped in single quotes.

Reported-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxG3EoUsbX4ZoMFkWrvBJcSCbPjdpRvPhuQN65fADc3mFg@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-07 11:50:39 +02:00
Michael Paquier
e09fff7c98 doc: Add minimal C and SQL example to add a custom table AM handler
The documentation was rather sparse on this matter and there is no
extension in-core that shows how to do it.  Adding a small example will
hopefully help newcomers.  An advantage of writing things this way is
that the contents are not going to rot because of backend changes.

Author: Phil Eaton
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAByiw+r+CS-ojBDP7Dm=9YeOLkZTXVnBmOe_ajK=en8C_zB3_g@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-07 15:47:40 +09:00
Fujii Masao
a1c4c8a9e1 file_fdw: Add on_error and log_verbosity options to file_fdw.
In v17, the on_error and log_verbosity options were introduced for
the COPY command. This commit extends support for these options
to file_fdw.

Setting on_error = 'ignore' for a file_fdw foreign table allows users
to query it without errors, even when the input file contains
malformed rows, by skipping the problematic rows.

Both on_error and log_verbosity options apply to SELECT and ANALYZE
operations on file_fdw foreign tables.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ab59dad10490ea3734cf022b16c24cfd@oss.nttdata.com
2024-10-03 15:57:32 +09:00
Fujii Masao
e7834a1a25 Add log_verbosity = 'silent' support to COPY command.
Previously, when the on_error option was set to ignore, the COPY command
would always log NOTICE messages for input rows discarded due to
data type incompatibility. Users had no way to suppress these messages.

This commit introduces a new log_verbosity setting, 'silent',
which prevents the COPY command from emitting NOTICE messages
when on_error = 'ignore' is used, even if rows are discarded.
This feature is particularly useful when processing malformed files
frequently, where a flood of NOTICE messages can be undesirable.

For example, when frequently loading malformed files via the COPY command
or querying foreign tables using file_fdw (with an upcoming patch to
add on_error support for file_fdw), users may prefer to suppress
these messages to reduce log noise and improve clarity.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ab59dad10490ea3734cf022b16c24cfd@oss.nttdata.com
2024-10-03 15:55:37 +09:00
Michael Paquier
e2bab2d792 Remove support for unlogged on partitioned tables
The following commands were allowed on partitioned tables, with
different effects:
1) ALTER TABLE SET [UN]LOGGED did not issue an error, and did not update
pg_class.relpersistence.
2) CREATE UNLOGGED TABLE was working with pg_class.relpersistence marked
as initially defined, but partitions did not inherit the UNLOGGED
property, which was confusing.

This commit causes the commands mentioned above to fail for partitioned
tables, instead.

pg_dump is tweaked so as partitioned tables marked as UNLOGGED ignore
the option when dumped from older server versions.  pgbench needs a
tweak for --unlogged and --partitions=N to ignore the UNLOGGED option on
the partitioned tables created, its partitions still being unlogged.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZiiyGFTBNkqcMQi_@paquier.xyz
2024-10-03 10:55:02 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson
7b2822ecf9 doc: Missing markup, punctuation and wordsmithing
Various improvements to the documentation like adding missing
markup, improving punctuation, ensuring consistent spelling of
words and minor wordsmithing.

Author: Oleg Sibiryakov <o.sibiryakov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b7d0a03c-107e-48c7-a5c9-2c6f73cdf78f@postgrespro.ru
2024-10-02 14:50:56 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
94902b146f doc: Add link to login event trigger example
The login event trigger is not listed on the trigger firing matrix
since it's not fired by a command.  Add a link to the example code
page similar to how the other event triggers link to the matrix.

Reported-by: Marcos Pegoraro <marcos@f10.com.br>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-JLwYS+78rX02BZ3wJ9ykVrd2i3O1K+7jzvZKQ0evquyQiLQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-02 12:24:39 +02:00
Fujii Masao
17cc5f666f Fix inconsistent reporting of checkpointer stats.
Previously, the pg_stat_checkpointer view and the checkpoint completion
log message could show different numbers for buffers written
during checkpoints. The view only counted shared buffers,
while the log message included both shared and SLRU buffers,
causing inconsistencies.

This commit resolves the issue by updating both the view and the log message
to separately report shared and SLRU buffers written during checkpoints.
A new slru_written column is added to the pg_stat_checkpointer view
to track SLRU buffers, while the existing buffers_written column now
tracks only shared buffers. This change would help users distinguish
between the two types of buffers, in the pg_stat_checkpointer view and
the checkpoint complete log message, respectively.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Nitin Jadhav
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Michael Paquier, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Robert Haas
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, vignesh C, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWb18EpT0whJrjG+-nyhNouXET6ZUw0pNYYAe+NezpvsAA@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-02 11:17:47 +09:00
Michael Paquier
506eede711 doc: Clarify name of files generated by pg_waldump --save-fullpage
The fork name is always separated with the block number by an underscore
in the names of the files generated, but the docs stuck them together
without a separator, which was confusing.

Author: Christoph Berg
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZvxtSLiix9eceMRM@msg.df7cb.de
Backpatch-through: 16
2024-10-02 11:12:40 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
983a588e0b initdb: Add new option "--no-data-checksums"
Right now this does nothing except override any earlier
--data-checksums option.  But the idea is that --data-checksums could
become the default, and then this option would allow forcing it off
instead.

Author: Greg Sabino Mullane <greg@turnstep.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAKAnmmKwiMHik5AHmBEdf5vqzbOBbcwEPHo4-PioWeAbzwcTOQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-01 10:50:30 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
efd72a3d42 Tweak docs to reduce possible impact of data checksums
Author: Greg Sabino Mullane <greg@turnstep.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAKAnmmKwiMHik5AHmBEdf5vqzbOBbcwEPHo4-PioWeAbzwcTOQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-10-01 09:58:20 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
972c2cd288 jit: Require at least LLVM 14, if enabled.
Remove support for LLVM versions 10-13.  The default on all non-EOL'd
OSes represented in our build farm will be at least LLVM 14 when
PostgreSQL 18 ships.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLhNs5geZaVNj2EJ79Dx9W8fyWUU3HxcpZy55sMGcY%3DiA%40mail.gmail.com
2024-10-01 04:49:11 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson
1b4d52c355 doc: Mention the connstring key word for PGSERVICE
The documentation for the connection service file was mentioning
the environment variable early but not the connection string key
word until the last sentence and only then in an example.  This
adds the keyword in the first paragraph to make it clearer

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87r09ibpke.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2024-10-01 10:20:14 +02:00
Tatsuo Ishii
3b1a377def Doc: replace unnecessary non-breaking space with ordinal space.
There were unnecessary non-breaking spaces (nbsp, U+00A0, 0xc2a0 in
UTF-8) in the docs.  This commit replaces them with ASCII spaces
(0x20).

config.sgml is backpatched through 17.
ref/drop_extension.sgml is backpatched through 13.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240930.153404.202479334310259810.ishii%40postgresql.org
Reviewed-by: Yugo Nagata, Daniel Gustafsson
Backpatch-through: 17, 13
2024-10-01 11:34:34 +09:00
Tom Lane
7702337489 Do not treat \. as an EOF marker in CSV mode for COPY IN.
Since backslash is (typically) not special in CSV data, we should
not be treating \. as special either.  The server historically did
this to keep CSV and TEXT modes more alike and to support V2 protocol;
but V2 protocol is long dead, and the inconsistency with CSV standards
is annoying.  Remove that behavior in CopyReadLineText, and make some
minor consequent code simplifications.

On the client side, we need to fix psql so that it does not check
for \. except when reading data from STDIN (that is, the script
source).  We must do that regardless of TEXT/CSV mode or there is
no way to end the COPY short of script EOF.  Also, be careful
not to send the \. to the server in that case.

This is a small compatibility break in that other applications
beside psql may need similar adjustment.  Also, using an older
version of psql with a v18 server may result in misbehavior
during CSV-mode COPY IN.

Daniel Vérité, reviewed by vignesh C, Robert Haas, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ed659f37-a9dd-42a7-82b9-0da562cc4006@manitou-mail.org
2024-09-30 17:57:12 -04:00
Fujii Masao
a19f83f879 docs: Enhance the pg_stat_checkpointer view documentation.
This commit updates the documentation for the pg_stat_checkpointer view
to clarify what kind of checkpoints or restartpoints each counter tracks.
This makes it easier to understand the meaning of each counter.

Previously, the num_requested description included "backend,"
which could be misleading since requests come from other sources as well.
This commit also removes "backend" from the description of num_requested,
to avoid confusion.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Anton A. Melnikov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4640258e-d959-4cf0-903c-cd02389c3e05@oss.nttdata.com
2024-10-01 02:01:57 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
4dea33ce76
Don't disallow DROP of constraints ONLY on partitioned tables
This restriction seems to have come about due to some fuzzy thinking: in
commit 9139aa1942 we were adding a restriction against ADD constraint
ONLY on partitioned tables (which is sensible) and apparently we thought
the DROP case had to be symmetrical.  However, it isn't, and the
comments about it are mistaken about the effect it would have.  Remove
this limitation.

There have been no reports of users bothered by this limitation, so I'm
not backpatching it just yet.  We can revisit this decision later, as needed.

Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202409261752.nbvlawkxsttf@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7682253a-6f79-6a92-00aa-267c4c412870@lab.ntt.co.jp
	(about commit 9139aa1942, previously not registered)
2024-09-30 11:58:13 +02:00
Fujii Masao
559efce1d6 Add num_done counter to the pg_stat_checkpointer view.
Checkpoints can be skipped when the server is idle. The existing num_timed and
num_requested counters in pg_stat_checkpointer track both completed and
skipped checkpoints, but there was no way to count only the completed ones.

This commit introduces the num_done counter, which tracks only completed
checkpoints, making it easier to see how many were actually performed.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Anton A. Melnikov
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ea77f40-818d-4841-9dee-158ac8f6e690@oss.nttdata.com
2024-09-30 11:56:05 +09:00
Nathan Bossart
d8ebcac547 doc: Note that CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW restricts search_path.
Since v17, CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW has set search_path to
"pg_catalog, pg_temp" while running the query.  The docs for the
other commands that restrict search_path mention it, but the page
for CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW does not.  Fix that.

Oversight in commit 4b74ebf726.

Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240805160502.d2a4975802a832b1e04afb80%40sraoss.co.jp
Backpatch-through: 17
2024-09-27 16:21:21 -05:00
Robert Haas
8dfd312902 pg_verifybackup: Verify tar-format backups.
This also works for compressed tar-format backups. However, -n must be
used, because we use pg_waldump to verify WAL, and it doesn't yet know
how to verify WAL that is stored inside of a tarfile.

Amul Sul, reviewed by Sravan Kumar and by me, and revised by me.
2024-09-27 08:40:24 -04:00
Tom Lane
147bbc90f7 Modernize to_char's Roman-numeral code, fixing overflow problems.
int_to_roman() only accepts plain "int" input, which is fine since
we're going to produce '###############' for any value above 3999
anyway.  However, the numeric and int8 variants of to_char() would
throw an error if the given input exceeded the integer range, while
the float-input variants invoked undefined-per-C-standard behavior.
Fix things so that you uniformly get '###############' for out of
range input.

Also add test cases covering this code, plus the equally-untested
EEEE, V, and PL format codes.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2956175.1725831136@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-09-26 11:02:31 -04:00
Tom Lane
e3a92ab070 Doc: InitPlans aren't parallel-restricted any more.
Commit e08d74ca1 removed that restriction, but missed updating
the documentation about it.  Noted by Egor Rogov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cdc8f87b-a378-4e22-6d29-40ae32dd97d1@postgrespro.ru
2024-09-26 10:37:51 -04:00
Amit Kapila
d66572d9fe Doc: Add a note in the upgrade of logical replication clusters.
The steps used to upgrade the cluster first upgraded the publisher node
but ideally, any node could be upgraded first.

Author: Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1_iDO6srWzntqTr0ZDVkk2whVhNKEWAvtgZBfSmuBeZQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm3Y-M+kAqr_mf=_C1kNwAB-cS6S5hTHnKMEqDw4sGEh4Q@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-26 16:14:07 +05:30
Amit Kapila
7fdeaf5774 Doc: Add the steps for upgrading the logical replication cluster.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila, Hayato Kuroda, Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm1_iDO6srWzntqTr0ZDVkk2whVhNKEWAvtgZBfSmuBeZQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-25 10:06:10 +05:30
David Rowley
62ddf7ee9a Add ONLY support for VACUUM and ANALYZE
Since autovacuum does not trigger an ANALYZE for partitioned tables,
users must perform these manually.  However, performing a manual ANALYZE
on a partitioned table would always result in recursively analyzing each
partition and that could be undesirable as autovacuum takes care of that.
For partitioned tables that contain a large number of partitions, having
to analyze each partition could take an unreasonably long time, especially
so for tables with a large number of columns.

Here we allow the ONLY keyword to prefix the name of the table to allow
users to have ANALYZE skip processing partitions.  This option can also
be used with VACUUM, but there is no work to do if VACUUM ONLY is used on
a partitioned table.

This commit also changes the behavior of VACUUM	and ANALYZE for
inheritance parents.  Previously inheritance child tables would not be
processed when operating on the parent.  Now, by default we *do* operate
on the child tables.  ONLY can be used to obtain the old behavior.
The release notes should note this as an incompatibility.  The default
behavior has not changed for partitioned tables as these always
recursively processed the partitions.

Author: Michael Harris <harmic@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADofcAWATx_haD=QkSxHbnTsAe6+e0Aw8Eh4H8cXyogGvn_kOg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADofcAXVbD0yGp_EaC9chmzsOoSai3jcfBCnyva3j0RRdRvMVA@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Melih Mutlu <m.melihmutlu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi <torikoshia@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
2024-09-24 18:03:40 +12:00
Tom Lane
a2ebf3274a Doc: explain how to test ADMIN privilege with pg_has_role().
This has always been possible, but the syntax is a bit obscure,
and our user-facing docs were not very helpful.  Spell it out
more clearly.

Per complaint from Dominique Devienne.  Back-patch to
all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFCRh-8JNEy+dV4SXFOrWca50u+d=--TO4cq=+ac1oBtfJy4AA@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-20 15:56:34 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
658fc6c6af doc PG relnotes: remove warning about commit links in PDF build
Make paragraph empty instead of removing it.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2029579.1726779139@sss.pgh.pa.us

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-09-19 18:05:22 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
c6b1506f71 doc PG relnotes: document "Unresolved ID reference found" cause
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-09-19 12:01:59 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
25f8cf19ab doc PG relnotes: rename commit link paragraph for clarity
FYI, during PDF builds, this link type generates a "Unresolved ID
reference found" warning because it is suppressed from the PDF output.

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-09-19 09:47:22 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
8a6e85b46e doc PG relnotes: add paragraph explaining the section symbol
And suppress the symbol in print mode, where the section symbol does not
appear.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZuobILbmGGetxEg5@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-09-18 17:13:19 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f986882ffd doc PG relnotes: no relnote footnotes for commit links in PDF
In print output, there are too many commit links for footnotes in the
release notes to be useful.

Reported-by: Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1709858.1726618961@sss.pgh.pa.us

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-09-18 16:34:52 -04:00
Fujii Masao
a7c39db5eb docs: Improve the description of num_timed column in pg_stat_checkpointer.
The previous documentation stated that num_timed reflects the number of
scheduled checkpoints performed. However, checkpoints may be skipped
if the server has been idle, and num_timed counts both skipped and completed
checkpoints. This commit clarifies the description to make it clear that
the counter includes both skipped and completed checkpoints.

Back-patch to v17 where pg_stat_checkpointer was added.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9ea77f40-818d-4841-9dee-158ac8f6e690@oss.nttdata.com
2024-09-19 02:14:10 +09:00
Fujii Masao
4f08ab5545 postgres_fdw: Extend postgres_fdw_get_connections to return user name.
This commit adds a "user_name" output column to
the postgres_fdw_get_connections function, returning the name
of the local user mapped to the foreign server for each connection.
If a public mapping is used, it returns "public."

This helps identify postgres_fdw connections more easily,
such as determining which connections are invalid, closed,
or used within the current transaction.

No extension version bump is needed, as commit c297a47c5f
already handled it for v18~.

Author: Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b492a935-6c7e-8c08-e485-3c1d64d7d10f@oss.nttdata.com
2024-09-18 12:51:48 +09:00
Tom Lane
918e21d251 Repair pg_upgrade for identity sequences with non-default persistence.
Since we introduced unlogged sequences in v15, identity sequences
have defaulted to having the same persistence as their owning table.
However, it is possible to change that with ALTER SEQUENCE, and
pg_dump tries to preserve the logged-ness of sequences when it doesn't
match (as indeed it wouldn't for an unlogged table from before v15).

The fly in the ointment is that ALTER SEQUENCE SET [UN]LOGGED fails
in binary-upgrade mode, because it needs to assign a new relfilenode
which we cannot permit in that mode.  Thus, trying to pg_upgrade a
database containing a mismatching identity sequence failed.

To fix, add syntax to ADD/ALTER COLUMN GENERATED AS IDENTITY to allow
the sequence's persistence to be set correctly at creation, and use
that instead of ALTER SEQUENCE SET [UN]LOGGED in pg_dump.  (I tried to
make SET [UN]LOGGED work without any pg_dump modifications, but that
seems too fragile to be a desirable answer.  This way should be
markedly faster anyhow.)

In passing, document the previously-undocumented SEQUENCE NAME option
that pg_dump also relies on for identity sequences; I see no value
in trying to pretend it doesn't exist.

Per bug #18618 from Anthony Hsu.
Back-patch to v15 where we invented this stuff.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18618-d4eb26d669ed110a@postgresql.org
2024-09-17 15:53:35 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov
85b98b8d5a Minor cleanup related to pg_wal_replay_wait() procedure
* Rename $node_standby1 to $node_standby in 043_wal_replay_wait.pl as there
   is only one standby.
 * Remove useless debug printing in 043_wal_replay_wait.pl.
 * Fix typo in one check description in 043_wal_replay_wait.pl.
 * Fix some wording in comments and documentation.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1d7b08f2-64a2-77fb-c666-c9a74c68eeda%40gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin
2024-09-17 22:50:43 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
89f908a6d0 Add temporal FOREIGN KEY contraints
Add PERIOD clause to foreign key constraint definitions.  This is
supported for range and multirange types.  Temporal foreign keys check
for range containment instead of equality.

This feature matches the behavior of the SQL standard temporal foreign
keys, but it works on PostgreSQL's native ranges instead of SQL's
"periods", which don't exist in PostgreSQL (yet).

Reference actions ON {UPDATE,DELETE} {CASCADE,SET NULL,SET DEFAULT}
are not supported yet.

(previously committed as 34768ee361, reverted by 8aee330af55; this is
essentially unchanged from those)

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-17 11:29:30 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
fc0438b4e8 Add temporal PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints
Add WITHOUT OVERLAPS clause to PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints.
These are backed by GiST indexes instead of B-tree indexes, since they
are essentially exclusion constraints with = for the scalar parts of
the key and && for the temporal part.

(previously committed as 46a0cd4cef, reverted by 46a0cd4cefb; the new
part is this:)

Because 'empty' && 'empty' is false, the temporal PK/UQ constraint
allowed duplicates, which is confusing to users and breaks internal
expectations.  For instance, when GROUP BY checks functional
dependencies on the PK, it allows selecting other columns from the
table, but in the presence of duplicate keys you could get the value
from any of their rows.  So we need to forbid empties.

This all means that at the moment we can only support ranges and
multiranges for temporal PK/UQs, unlike the original patch (above).
Documentation and tests for this are added.  But this could
conceivably be extended by introducing some more general support for
the notion of "empty" for other types.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-17 11:29:30 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
7406ab623f Add stratnum GiST support function
This is support function 12 for the GiST AM and translates
"well-known" RT*StrategyNumber values into whatever strategy number is
used by the opclass (since no particular numbers are actually
required).  We will use this to support temporal PRIMARY
KEY/UNIQUE/FOREIGN KEY/FOR PORTION OF functionality.

This commit adds two implementations, one for internal GiST opclasses
(just an identity function) and another for btree_gist opclasses.  It
updates btree_gist from 1.7 to 1.8, adding the support function for
all its opclasses.

(previously committed as 6db4598fcb, reverted by 8aee330af55; this is
essentially unchanged from those)

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-17 11:29:29 +02:00
Nathan Bossart
40e2e5e92b Introduce framework for parallelizing various pg_upgrade tasks.
A number of pg_upgrade steps require connecting to every database
in the cluster and running the same query in each one.  When there
are many databases, these steps are particularly time-consuming,
especially since they are performed sequentially, i.e., we connect
to a database, run the query, and process the results before moving
on to the next database.

This commit introduces a new framework that makes it easy to
parallelize most of these once-in-each-database tasks by processing
multiple databases concurrently.  This framework manages a set of
slots that follow a simple state machine, and it uses libpq's
asynchronous APIs to establish the connections and run the queries.
The --jobs option is used to determine the number of slots to use.
To use this new task framework, callers simply need to provide the
query and a callback function to process its results, and the
framework takes care of the rest.  A more complete description is
provided at the top of the new task.c file.

None of the eligible once-in-each-database tasks are converted to
use this new framework in this commit.  That will be done via
several follow-up commits.

Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis, Robert Haas, Daniel Gustafsson, Ilya Gladyshev, Corey Huinker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240516211638.GA1688936%40nathanxps13
2024-09-16 16:10:33 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
d891c49286 doc PG relnotes: fix SGML markup for new commit links
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-09-16 14:23:39 -04:00
Tom Lane
b8ea0f675f Run regression tests with timezone America/Los_Angeles.
Historically we've used timezone "PST8PDT", but the recent release
2024b of tzdb changes the definition of that zone in a way that
breaks many test cases concerned with dates before 1970.  Although
we've not yet adopted 2024b into our own tree, this is already
problematic for people using --with-system-tzdata if their platform
has already adopted 2024b.  To work with both older and newer
versions of tzdb, switch to using "America/Los_Angeles", accepting
the ensuing changes in regression test results.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Per report and patch from Wolfgang Walther.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0a997455-5aba-4cf2-a354-d26d8bcbfae6@technowledgy.de
2024-09-14 17:55:02 -04:00
Amit Langote
2b67bdca52 SQL/JSON: Update example in JSON_QUERY() documentation
Commit e6c45d85dc fixed the behavior of JSON_QUERY() when WITH
CONDITIONAL WRAPPER is used, but the documentation example wasn't
updated to reflect this change. This commit updates the example to
show the correct result.

Per off-list report from Andreas Ulbrich.

Backpatch-through: 17
2024-09-13 16:10:14 +09:00
Tom Lane
cb599b9ddf Make jsonpath .string() be immutable for datetimes.
Discussion of commit ed055d249 revealed that we don't actually
want jsonpath's .string() method to depend on DateStyle, nor
TimeZone either, because the non-"_tz" jsonpath functions are
supposed to be immutable.  Potentially we could allow a TimeZone
dependency in the "_tz" variants, but it seems better to just
uniformly define this method as returning the same string that
jsonb text output would do.  That's easier to implement too,
saving a couple dozen lines.

Patch by me, per complaint from Peter Eisentraut.  Back-patch
to v17 where this feature came in (in 66ea94e8e).  Also
back-patch ed055d249 to provide test cases.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5e8879d0-a3c8-4be2-950f-d83aa2af953a@eisentraut.org
2024-09-12 14:30:29 -04:00
Fujii Masao
4eada203a5 Add has_largeobject_privilege function.
This function checks whether a user has specific privileges on a large object,
identified by OID. The user can be provided by name, OID,
or default to the current user. If the specified large object doesn't exist,
the function returns NULL. It raises an error for a non-existent user name.
This behavior is basically consistent with other privilege inquiry functions
like has_table_privilege.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240702163444.ab586f6075e502eb84f11b1a@sranhm.sraoss.co.jp
2024-09-12 21:51:26 +09:00
David Rowley
5bb9ba2739 Doc: alphabetize aggregate function table
A few recent JSON aggregates have been added without much consideration
to the existing order.  Put these back in alphabetical order (with the
exception of the JSONB variant of each JSON aggregate).

Author: Wolfgang Walther <walther@technowledgy.de>
Reviewed-by: Marlene Reiterer <marlene.reiterer.03@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6a7b910c-3feb-4006-b817-9b4759cb6bb6%40technowledgy.de
Backpatch-through: 16, where these aggregates were added
2024-09-12 22:36:39 +12:00
Magnus Hagander
280423300b pg_createsubscriber: minor documentation fixes 2024-09-11 16:30:17 +02:00
Tom Lane
ed055d249d Improve documentation and testing of jsonpath string() for datetimes.
Point out that the output format depends on DateStyle, and test that,
along with testing some cases previously not covered.

In passing, adjust the horology test to verify that the prevailing
DateStyle is 'Postgres, MDY', much as it has long verified the
prevailing TimeZone.  We expect pg_regress to have set these up,
and there are multiple regression tests relying on these settings.

Also make the formatting of entries in table 9.50 more consistent.

David Wheeler (marginal additional hacking by me); review by jian he

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/56955B33-6959-4FDA-A459-F00363ECDFEE@justatheory.com
2024-09-10 14:48:13 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
56fead44dc Add amgettreeheight index AM API routine
The only current implementation is for btree where it calls
_bt_getrootheight().  Other index types can now also use this to pass
information to their amcostestimate routine.  Previously, btree was
hardcoded and other index types could not hook into the optimizer at
this point.

Author: Mark Dilger <mark.dilger@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/E72EAA49-354D-4C2E-8EB9-255197F55330@enterprisedb.com
2024-09-10 10:03:23 +02:00
Tom Lane
218527d014 Don't bother checking the result of SPI_connect[_ext] anymore.
SPI_connect/SPI_connect_ext have not returned any value other than
SPI_OK_CONNECT since commit 1833f1a1c in v10; any errors are thrown
via ereport.  (The most likely failure is out-of-memory, which has
always been thrown that way, so callers had better be prepared for
such errors.)  This makes it somewhat pointless to check these
functions' result, and some callers within our code haven't been
bothering; indeed, the only usage example within spi.sgml doesn't
bother.  So it's likely that the omission has propagated into
extensions too.

Hence, let's standardize on not checking, and document the return
value as historical, while not actually changing these functions'
behavior.  (The original proposal was to change their return type
to "void", but that would needlessly break extensions that are
conforming to the old practice.)  This saves a small amount of
boilerplate code in a lot of places.

Stepan Neretin

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMaYL5Z9Uk8cD9qGz9QaZ2UBJFOu7jFx5Mwbznz-1tBbPDQZow@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-09 12:18:34 -04:00
Robert Haas
cdb6b0fdb0 Add PQfullProtocolVersion() to surface the precise protocol version.
The existing function PQprotocolVersion() does not include the minor
version of the protocol.  In preparation for pending work that will
bump that number for the first time, add a new function to provide it
to clients that may care, using the (major * 10000 + minor)
convention already used by PQserverVersion().

Jacob Champion based on earlier work by Jelte Fennema-Nio

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAOYmi+mM8+6Swt1k7XsLcichJv8xdhPnuNv7-02zJWsezuDL+g@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-09 11:54:55 -04:00
Amit Kapila
6c2b5edecc Collect statistics about conflicts in logical replication.
This commit adds columns in view pg_stat_subscription_stats to show the
number of times a particular conflict type has occurred during the
application of logical replication changes. The following columns are
added:

confl_insert_exists:
        Number of times a row insertion violated a NOT DEFERRABLE unique
        constraint.
confl_update_origin_differs:
        Number of times an update was performed on a row that was
        previously modified by another origin.
confl_update_exists:
        Number of times that the updated value of a row violates a
        NOT DEFERRABLE unique constraint.
confl_update_missing:
        Number of times that the tuple to be updated is missing.
confl_delete_origin_differs:
        Number of times a delete was performed on a row that was
        previously modified by another origin.
confl_delete_missing:
        Number of times that the tuple to be deleted is missing.

The update_origin_differs and delete_origin_differs conflicts can be
detected only when track_commit_timestamp is enabled.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Shveta Malik, Peter Smith, Anit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57160A07BD575773045FC214948F2@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-09-04 08:55:21 +05:30
Michael Paquier
4236825197 Fix typos and grammar in code comments and docs
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f7e514cf-2446-21f1-a5d2-8c089a6e2168@gmail.com
2024-09-03 14:49:04 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson
94eec79633 doc: Consistently use result set in documentation
We use "result set" in all other places so let's be consistent
across the entire documentation.

Reported-by: grantgryczan@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172187924855.915373.15595156724215203822@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-09-02 18:36:57 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
a70e01d430 Remove support for OpenSSL older than 1.1.0
OpenSSL 1.0.2 has been EOL from the upstream OpenSSL project for
some time, and is no longer the default OpenSSL version with any
vendor which package PostgreSQL. By retiring support for OpenSSL
1.0.2 we can remove a lot of no longer required complexity for
managing state within libcrypto which is now handled by OpenSSL.

Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion <jacob.champion@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZG3JNursG69dz1lr@paquier.xyz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGKh7QrYzu=8yWEUJvXtMVm_CNWH1L_TLWCbZMwbi1XP2Q@mail.gmail.com
2024-09-02 13:51:48 +02:00
Masahiko Sawada
d7613ea72f Clarify restrict_nonsystem_relation_kind description.
This change improves the description of the
restrict_nonsystem_relation_kind parameter in guc_table.c and the
documentation for better clarity.

Backpatch to 12, where this GUC parameter was introduced.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6a96f1af-22b4-4a80-8161-1f26606b9ee2%40eisentraut.org
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-08-30 15:06:09 -07:00
Amit Kapila
640178c92e Rename the conflict types for the origin differ cases.
The conflict types 'update_differ' and 'delete_differ' indicate that a row
to be modified was previously altered by another origin. Rename those to
'update_origin_differs' and 'delete_origin_differs' to clarify their
meaning.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Shveta Malik, Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1+HEKwG_UYt4Zvwh5o_HoCKCjEGesRjJX38xAH3OxuuYA@mail.gmail.com
2024-08-29 09:12:12 +05:30
Amit Kapila
9d90e2bdaf Doc: Fix the ambiguity in the description of failover slots.
The failover slots ensure a seamless transition of a subscriber after the
standby is promoted. But the docs for it also explain the behavior of
asynchronous replication which can confuse the readers.

Reported-by: Masahiro Ikeda
Backpatch-through: 17
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS3PR01MB6390B660F4198BB9745E0526B18B2@OS3PR01MB6390.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-08-29 08:56:52 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
6654bb9204 Add prefetching support on macOS
macOS doesn't have posix_fadvise(), but fcntl() with the F_RDADVISE
command does the same thing.

Some related documentation has been generalized to not mention
posix_advise() specifically anymore.

Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/0827edec-1317-4917-a186-035eb1e3241d%40eisentraut.org
2024-08-28 07:28:27 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov
3890d90c15 Revert support for ALTER TABLE ... MERGE/SPLIT PARTITION(S) commands
This commit reverts 1adf16b8fb, 87c21bb941, and subsequent fixes and
improvements including df64c81ca9, c99ef1811a, 9dfcac8e15, 885742b9f8,
842c9b2705, fcf80c5d5f, 96c7381c4c, f4fc7cb54b, 60ae37a8bc, 259c96fa8f,
449cdcd486, 3ca43dbbb6, 2a679ae94e, 3a82c689fd, fbd4321fd5, d53a4286d7,
c086896625, 4e5d6c4091, 04158e7fa3.

The reason for reverting is security issues related to repeatable name lookups
(CVE-2014-0062).  Even though 04158e7fa3 solved part of the problem, there
are still remaining issues, which aren't feasible to even carefully analyze
before the RC deadline.

Reported-by: Noah Misch, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240808171351.a9.nmisch%40google.com
Backpatch-through: 17
2024-08-24 18:48:48 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
6e8a0317b4 pg_createsubscriber: Message style improvements 2024-08-24 15:56:32 +02:00
Amit Kapila
edcb712585 Doc: explain the log format of logical replication conflicts.
This commit adds a detailed explanation of the log format for logical
replication conflicts.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Shveta Malik, Peter Smith, Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716352552DFADB8E9AD1D8994C92@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57162EDE8BA17F3EE08A24CA948D2@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-08-22 14:11:50 +05:30
Michael Paquier
d55322b0da psql: Add more meta-commands able to use the extended protocol
Currently, only unnamed prepared statement are supported by psql with
the meta-command \bind.  With only this command, it is not possible to
test named statement creation, execution or close through the extended
protocol.

This commit introduces three additional commands:
* \parse creates a prepared statement using the extended protocol,
acting as a wrapper of libpq's PQsendPrepare().
* \bind_named binds and executes an existing prepared statement using
the extended protocol, for PQsendQueryPrepared().
* \close closes an existing prepared statement using the extended
protocol, for PQsendClosePrepared().

This is going to be useful to add regression tests for the extended
query protocol, and I have some plans for that on separate threads.
Note that \bind relies on PQsendQueryParams().

The code of psql is refactored so as bind_flag is replaced by an enum in
_psqlSettings that tracks the type of libpq routine to execute, based on
the meta-command involved, with the default being PQsendQuery().  This
refactoring piece has been written by me, while Anthonin has implemented
the rest.

Author: Anthonin Bonnefoy, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Jelte Fennema-Nio
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO6_XqpSq0Q0kQcVLCbtagY94V2GxNP3zCnR6WnOM8WqXPK4nw@mail.gmail.com
2024-08-22 16:25:57 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
4baff50132 doc: remove llvm-config search from configure documentation
As of 4dd29b6833, we no longer attempt to locate any other llvm-config
variant than plain llvm-config in configure-based builds; update the
documentation accordingly. (For Meson-based builds, we still use Meson's
LLVMDependencyConfigTool [0], which runs through a set of possible
suffixes [1], so no need to update the documentation there.)

[0]: 7d28ff2939/mesonbuild/dependencies/dev.py (L184)
[1]: 7d28ff2939/mesonbuild/environment.py (L183)

Author: Ole Peder Brandtzæg <olebra@samfundet.no>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20240518224601.gtisttjerylukjr5%40samfundet.no
2024-08-21 15:11:21 +02:00
Amit Kapila
d43b8bb6b8 Fix typos in 9758174e2e.
Reported off-list by Erik Rijkers
2024-08-21 16:45:36 +05:30
Alvaro Herrera
678a8358d1
Minor wording change in table "JSON Creation Functions"
For readability.  Backpatch to 16.

Author: Erik Wienhold <ewie@ewie.name>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8ddac732-d650-4958-b9c9-ea8e6116251e@ewie.name
2024-08-20 17:53:40 -04:00
John Naylor
4d93bbd4e0 Document limit on the number of out-of-line values per table
Document the hard limit stemming from the size of an OID, and also
mention the perfomance impact that occurs before the hard limit
is reached.

Jakub Wartak and Robert Haas
Backpatch to all supported versions

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKZiRmwWhp2yxjqJLwbBjHdfbJBcUmmKMNAZyBjjtpgM9AMatQ%40mail.gmail.com
2024-08-20 13:36:33 +07:00
Amit Kapila
9758174e2e Log the conflicts while applying changes in logical replication.
This patch provides the additional logging information in the following
conflict scenarios while applying changes:

insert_exists: Inserting a row that violates a NOT DEFERRABLE unique constraint.
update_differ: Updating a row that was previously modified by another origin.
update_exists: The updated row value violates a NOT DEFERRABLE unique constraint.
update_missing: The tuple to be updated is missing.
delete_differ: Deleting a row that was previously modified by another origin.
delete_missing: The tuple to be deleted is missing.

For insert_exists and update_exists conflicts, the log can include the origin
and commit timestamp details of the conflicting key with track_commit_timestamp
enabled.

update_differ and delete_differ conflicts can only be detected when
track_commit_timestamp is enabled on the subscriber.

We do not offer additional logging for exclusion constraint violations because
these constraints can specify rules that are more complex than simple equality
checks. Resolving such conflicts won't be straightforward. This area can be
further enhanced if required.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Shveta Malik, Amit Kapila, Nisha Moond, Hayato Kuroda, Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716352552DFADB8E9AD1D8994C92@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-08-20 08:35:11 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
9380e5f129 doc: improve create/alter sequence CYCLE syntax
Reported-by: Peter Smith

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PtqwZwPfGq62xq2614_ce2ejDmbB9CfP+a1azxpneFRBQ@mail.gmail.com

Author: Peter Smith

Backpatch-through: master
2024-08-19 20:18:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e28a2719be doc: mention of postpostgres_fdw INSERT ON CONFLICT limitation
Reported-by: Fujii Masao

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/47801526-d017-4c89-9f52-c02c449a139b@oss.nttdata.com

Author: Fujii Masao

Backpatch-through: master
2024-08-19 19:54:39 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
cf3bb26204 doc: clarify create database in start docs uses command line
Reported-by: vrms@netcologne.de

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172251463564.915373.17748961617119647662@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-08-19 19:22:10 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6467993fb5 doc: Improve vague pg_createsubscriber description
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZqX_4J-nFTQtmj6K@momjian.us

Author: Euler Taveira

Backpatch-through: 17
2024-08-19 18:27:22 -04:00
Tomas Vondra
0d06a7eac4 Document that search_path is reported by the server
Commit 28a1121fd9 marked search_path as GUC_REPORT, but failed to
update the relevant places in docs. There are two places listing the GUC
options reported to the client, so update both.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFh8B=k8s7WrcqhafmYhdN1+E5LVzZi_QaYDq8bKvrGJTAhY2Q@mail.gmail.com
2024-08-19 19:52:37 +02:00
Michael Paquier
a5f4ff6c80 doc: Fix typo in section for custom pgstats
Per offline report from Erik Rijkers.
2024-08-19 07:53:47 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
03e9b958ee docs: fix incorrect plpgsql error message
Change "$1" to "username".

Reported-by: philipp.salvisberg@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172112109590.736590.12219129462878821880@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-08-16 22:50:54 -04:00
Tom Lane
6be39d77a7 Fix extraction of week and quarter fields from intervals.
"EXTRACT(WEEK FROM interval_value)" formerly threw an error.
Define it as "tm->tm_mday / 7".  (With C99 division semantics,
this gives consistent results for negative intervals.)

"EXTRACT(QUARTER FROM interval_value)" has been implemented
all along, but it formerly gave extremely strange results for
negative intervals.  Fix it so that the output for -N months
is the negative of the output for N months.

Per bug #18348 from Michael Bondarenko and subsequent discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18348-b097a3587dfde8a4@postgresql.org
2024-08-16 12:35:53 -04:00
Jeff Davis
a3c6aa42ee Fix doc typo: unicode_assigned() return type.
Reported-by: Hironobu SUZUKI
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5dd88820-bb00-4b90-904b-738ea2e4ee2e@interdb.jp
Backpatch-through: 17
2024-08-14 19:07:09 -07:00
Peter Eisentraut
c8e2d422fd Remove TRACE_SORT macro
The TRACE_SORT macro guarded the availability of the trace_sort GUC
setting.  But it has been enabled by default ever since it was
introduced in PostgreSQL 8.1, and there have been no reports that
someone wanted to disable it.  So just remove the macro to simplify
things.  (For the avoidance of doubt: The trace_sort GUC is still
there.  This only removes the rarely-used macro guarding it.)

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/be5f7162-7c1d-44e3-9a78-74dcaa6529f2%40eisentraut.org
2024-08-14 08:07:52 +02:00
Nathan Bossart
760162fedb Add user-callable CRC functions.
We've had code for CRC-32 and CRC-32C for some time (for WAL
records, etc.), but there was no way for users to call it, despite
apparent popular demand.  The new crc32() and crc32c() functions
accept bytea input and return bigint (to avoid returning negative
values).

Bumps catversion.

Author: Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TNMTGnqnG%3DyXXUQh9E88JDckmR45H2Q%2B%3DucaCLMOW1QQw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-08-12 10:35:06 -05:00
David Rowley
f0d1127595 Remove "parent" column from pg_backend_memory_contexts
32d3ed816 added the "path" column to pg_backend_memory_contexts to allow
a stable method of obtaining the parent MemoryContext of a given row in
the view.  Using the "path" column is now the preferred method of
obtaining the parent row.

Previously, any queries which were self-joining to this view using the
"name" and "parent" columns could get incorrect results due to the fact
that names are not unique.  Here we aim to explicitly break such queries
so that they can be corrected and use the "path" column instead.

It is possible that there are more innocent users of the parent column
that just need an indication of the parent and having to write out a
self-joining CTE may be an unnecessary hassle for those cases.  Let's
remove the column for now and see if anyone comes back with any
complaints.  This does seem like a good time to attempt to get rid of
the column as we still have around 1 year to revert this if someone comes
back with a valid complaint.  Plus this view is new to v14 and is quite
niche, so perhaps not many people will be affected.

Author: Melih Mutlu <m.melihmutlu@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCT7NOe4fZXRL8XaoxHpSXYTu6GTpULT_3E-HT9hzjoFRA@mail.gmail.com
2024-08-12 15:42:16 +12:00
Alexander Korotkov
867d396ccd Adjust pg_wal_replay_wait() procedure behavior on promoted standby
pg_wal_replay_wait() is intended to be called on standby.  However, standby
can be promoted to primary at any moment, even concurrently with the
pg_wal_replay_wait() call.  If recovery is not currently in progress
that doesn't mean the wait was unsuccessful.  Thus, we always need to recheck
if the target LSN is replayed.

Reported-by: Kevin Hale Boyes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAPpHfdu5QN%2BZGACS%2B7foxmr8_nekgA2PA%2B-G3BuOUrdBLBFb6Q%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Alexander Korotkov
2024-08-10 21:43:02 +03:00
Nathan Bossart
7fceb5725b doc: Standardize use of dashes in references to CRC and SHA.
Presently, we inconsistently use dashes in references to these
algorithms (e.g., CRC32C versus CRC-32C).  Some popular web sources
appear to prefer dashes, and with this commit, we will, too.

Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZrUFpLP-w2zTAHqq%40nathan
2024-08-09 13:16:33 -05:00
Nathan Bossart
8c3548613d doc: Fix name of CRC algorithm in "Reliability" section.
This section claims we use CRC-32 for WAL records and two-phase
state files, but we've actually used CRC-32C since v9.5 (commit
5028f22f6e).  Fix that.

Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZrUFpLP-w2zTAHqq%40nathan
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-08-09 10:52:37 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
7da1bdc2c2 Remove obsolete RECHECK keyword completely
This used to be part of CREATE OPERATOR CLASS and ALTER OPERATOR
FAMILY, but it has done nothing (except issue a NOTICE) since
PostgreSQL 8.4.  Commit 30e7c175b8 removed support for dumping from
pre-9.2 servers, so this no longer serves any need.

This now removes it completely, and you'd get a normal parse error if
you used it.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/113ef2d2-3657-4353-be97-f28fceddbca1%40eisentraut.org
2024-08-09 07:18:51 +02:00
Noah Misch
e56ccc8e42 Fix names of "Visual Studio" and Meson in a documentation sentence.
Commit 3cffe7946c missed this.  Back-patch
to v17, which introduced this.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TM7ct0EjoCQaLSVYoxxnEw4xCUFebWj77GktWsqEdyCtQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-08-07 11:43:08 -07:00
Masahiko Sawada
66e94448ab Restrict accesses to non-system views and foreign tables during pg_dump.
When pg_dump retrieves the list of database objects and performs the
data dump, there was possibility that objects are replaced with others
of the same name, such as views, and access them. This vulnerability
could result in code execution with superuser privileges during the
pg_dump process.

This issue can arise when dumping data of sequences, foreign
tables (only 13 or later), or tables registered with a WHERE clause in
the extension configuration table.

To address this, pg_dump now utilizes the newly introduced
restrict_nonsystem_relation_kind GUC parameter to restrict the
accesses to non-system views and foreign tables during the dump
process. This new GUC parameter is added to back branches too, but
these changes do not require cluster recreation.

Back-patch to all supported branches.

Reviewed-by: Noah Misch
Security: CVE-2024-7348
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-08-05 06:05:33 -07:00
Michael Paquier
75534436a4 injection_points: Add some cumulative stats for injection points
This acts as a template of what can be achieved with the pluggable
cumulative stats APIs introduced in 7949d95945 for the
variable-numbered case where stats entries are stored in the pgstats
dshash, while being potentially useful on its own for injection points,
say to add starting and/or stopping conditions based on the statistics
(want to trigger a callback after N calls, for example?).

Currently, the only data gathered is the number of times an injection
point is run.  More fields can always be added as required.  All the
routines related to the stats are located in their own file, called
injection_stats.c in the test module injection_points, for clarity.

The stats can be used only if the test module is loaded through
shared_preload_libraries.  The key of the dshash uses InvalidOid for the
database, and an int4 hash of the injection point name as object ID.

A TAP test is added to provide coverage for the new custom cumulative
stats APIs, showing the persistency of the data across restarts, for
example.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Zmqm9j5EO0I4W8dx@paquier.xyz
2024-08-05 12:06:54 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov
8036d73ae3 pg_wal_replay_wait(): Fix typo in the doc
Reported-by: Kevin Hale Boyes
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADAecHWKpaPuPGXAMOH%3DwmhTpydHWGPOk9KWX97UYhp5GdqCWw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-08-04 20:26:48 +03:00
Michael Paquier
7949d95945 Introduce pluggable APIs for Cumulative Statistics
This commit adds support in the backend for $subject, allowing
out-of-core extensions to plug their own custom kinds of cumulative
statistics.  This feature has come up a few times into the lists, and
the first, original, suggestion came from Andres Freund, about
pg_stat_statements to use the cumulative statistics APIs in shared
memory rather than its own less efficient internals.  The advantage of
this implementation is that this can be extended to any kind of
statistics.

The stats kinds are divided into two parts:
- The in-core "builtin" stats kinds, with designated initializers, able
to use IDs up to 128.
- The "custom" stats kinds, able to use a range of IDs from 128 to 256
(128 slots available as of this patch), with information saved in
TopMemoryContext.  This can be made larger, if necessary.

There are two types of cumulative statistics in the backend:
- For fixed-numbered objects (like WAL, archiver, etc.).  These are
attached to the snapshot and pgstats shmem control structures for
efficiency, and built-in stats kinds still do that to avoid any
redirection penalty.  The data of custom kinds is stored in a first
array in snapshot structure and a second array in the shmem control
structure, both indexed by their ID, acting as an equivalent of the
builtin stats.
- For variable-numbered objects (like tables, functions, etc.).  These
are stored in a dshash using the stats kind ID in the hash lookup key.

Internally, the handling of the builtin stats is unchanged, and both
fixed and variabled-numbered objects are supported.  Structure
definitions for builtin stats kinds are renamed to reflect better the
differences with custom kinds.

Like custom RMGRs, custom cumulative statistics can only be loaded with
shared_preload_libraries at startup, and must allocate a unique ID
shared across all the PostgreSQL extension ecosystem with the following
wiki page to avoid conflicts:
https://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/CustomCumulativeStats

This makes the detection of the stats kinds and their handling when
reading and writing stats much easier than, say, allocating IDs for
stats kinds from a shared memory counter, that may change the ID used by
a stats kind across restarts.  When under development, extensions can
use PGSTAT_KIND_EXPERIMENTAL.

Two examples that can be used as templates for fixed-numbered and
variable-numbered stats kinds will be added in some follow-up commits,
with tests to provide coverage.

Some documentation is added to explain how to use this plugin facility.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Dolgov, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Zmqm9j5EO0I4W8dx@paquier.xyz
2024-08-04 19:41:24 +09:00
Noah Misch
3cffe7946c Fix name of "Visual Studio" in documentation.
Back-patch to v17, which introduced this.

Aleksander Alekseev

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TM7ct0EjoCQaLSVYoxxnEw4xCUFebWj77GktWsqEdyCtQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-08-02 12:49:56 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov
3c5db1d6b0 Implement pg_wal_replay_wait() stored procedure
pg_wal_replay_wait() is to be used on standby and specifies waiting for
the specific WAL location to be replayed.  This option is useful when
the user makes some data changes on primary and needs a guarantee to see
these changes are on standby.

The queue of waiters is stored in the shared memory as an LSN-ordered pairing
heap, where the waiter with the nearest LSN stays on the top.  During
the replay of WAL, waiters whose LSNs have already been replayed are deleted
from the shared memory pairing heap and woken up by setting their latches.

pg_wal_replay_wait() needs to wait without any snapshot held.  Otherwise,
the snapshot could prevent the replay of WAL records, implying a kind of
self-deadlock.  This is why it is only possible to implement
pg_wal_replay_wait() as a procedure working without an active snapshot,
not a function.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eb12f9b03851bb2583adab5df9579b4b%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Kartyshov Ivan, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin, Bharath Rupireddy, Euler Taveira
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas, Kyotaro Horiguchi
2024-08-02 21:16:56 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
c671e142bf pg_createsubscriber: Rename option --socket-directory to --socketdir
For consistency with the equivalent option in pg_upgrade.

Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira <euler@eulerto.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1ed82b9b-8e20-497d-a2f8-aebdd793d595%40eisentraut.org
2024-08-01 12:14:01 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
a292c98d62 Convert node test compile-time settings into run-time parameters
This converts

    COPY_PARSE_PLAN_TREES
    WRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES
    RAW_EXPRESSION_COVERAGE_TEST

into run-time parameters

    debug_copy_parse_plan_trees
    debug_write_read_parse_plan_trees
    debug_raw_expression_coverage_test

They can be activated for tests using PG_TEST_INITDB_EXTRA_OPTS.

The compile-time symbols are kept for build farm compatibility, but
they now just determine the default value of the run-time settings.

Furthermore, support for these settings is not compiled in at all
unless assertions are enabled, or the new symbol
DEBUG_NODE_TESTS_ENABLED is defined at compile time, or any of the
legacy compile-time setting symbols are defined.  So there is no
run-time overhead in production builds.  (This is similar to the
handling of DISCARD_CACHES_ENABLED.)

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/30747bd8-f51e-4e0c-a310-a6e2c37ec8aa%40eisentraut.org
2024-08-01 10:09:18 +02:00
David Rowley
057ee9183c Doc: mention executor memory usage for enable_partitionwise* GUCs
Prior to this commit, the docs for enable_partitionwise_aggregate and
enable_partitionwise_join mentioned the additional overheads enabling
these causes for the query planner, but they mentioned nothing about the
possible surge in work_mem-consuming executor nodes that could end up in
the final plan.  Dimitrios reported the OOM killer intervened on his
query as a result of using enable_partitionwise_aggregate=on.

Here we adjust the docs to mention the possible increase in the number of
work_mem-consuming executor nodes that can appear in the final plan as a
result of enabling these GUCs.

Reported-by: Dimitrios Apostolou
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3603c380-d094-136e-e333-610914fb3e80%40gmx.net
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoZ0_yqwPFEpb6h261L76BUpmh5GxBQq0LeRzQ5Jh3zzg@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12, oldest supported version
2024-08-01 01:25:25 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut
e54a42ac9d Add API and ABI stability guidance to the C language docs
Includes guidance for major and minor version releases, and sets
reasonable expectations for extension developers to follow.

Author: David Wheeler, Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5DA9F9D2-B8B2-43DE-BD4D-53A4160F6E8D%40justatheory.com
2024-07-31 11:11:09 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
4f29394ea9 doc: Avoid too prominent use of "backup" on pg_dump man page
Some users inadvertently rely on pg_dump as their primary backup tool,
when better solutions exist.  The pg_dump man page is arguably
misleading in that it starts with

"pg_dump is a utility for backing up a PostgreSQL database."

This tones this down a little bit, by replacing most uses of "backup"
with "export" and adding a short note that pg_dump is not a
general-purpose backup tool.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/70b48475-7706-4268-990d-fd522b038d96%40eisentraut.org
2024-07-31 07:57:47 +02:00
Thomas Munro
8138526136 Remove --disable-atomics, require 32 bit atomics.
Modern versions of all relevant architectures and tool chains have
atomics support.  Since edadeb07, there is no remaining reason to carry
code that simulates atomic flags and uint32 imperfectly with spinlocks.
64 bit atomics are still emulated with spinlocks, if needed, for now.

Any modern compiler capable of implementing C11 <stdatomic.h> must have
the underlying operations we need, though we don't require C11 yet.  We
detect certain compilers and architectures, so hypothetical new systems
might need adjustments here.

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (concept, not the patch)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (concept, not the patch)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3351991.1697728588%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-07-30 22:58:57 +12:00
Thomas Munro
e25626677f Remove --disable-spinlocks.
A later change will require atomic support, so it wouldn't make sense
for a hypothetical new system not to be able to implement spinlocks.

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us> (concept, not the patch)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (concept, not the patch)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3351991.1697728588%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-07-30 22:58:37 +12:00
Tom Lane
da4017a694 Doc: fix text's description of regexp_replace's arguments.
Section 9.7.3 had a syntax synopsis for regexp_replace()
that was different from Table 9.10's, but still wrong.
Update that one too.  Oversight in 580f8727c.

Jian He

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxG3NFKKsh6x4fRLv8h3V-HvN4W5dA=zNKMxsNcDwOKang@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-27 15:38:54 -04:00
Nathan Bossart
0dcaea5690 Introduce num_os_semaphores GUC.
The documentation for System V IPC parameters provides complicated
formulas to determine the appropriate values for SEMMNI and SEMMNS.
Furthermore, these formulas have often been wrong because folks
forget to update them (e.g., when adding a new auxiliary process).

This commit introduces a new runtime-computed GUC named
num_os_semaphores that reports the number of semaphores needed for
the configured number of allowed connections, worker processes,
etc.  This new GUC allows us to simplify the formulas in the
documentation, and it should help prevent future inaccuracies.
Like the other runtime-computed GUCs, users can view it with
"postgres -C" before starting the server, which is useful for
preconfiguring the necessary operating system resources.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Sami Imseih, Andres Freund, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240517164452.GA1914161%40nathanxps13
2024-07-26 15:28:55 -05:00
Tom Lane
5d1d8b3c82 Clarify error message and documentation related to typed tables.
We restrict typed tables (those declared as "OF composite_type")
to be based on stand-alone composite types, not composite types
that are the implicitly-created rowtypes of other tables.
But if you tried to do that, you got the very confusing error
message "type foo is not a composite type".  Provide a more specific
message for that case.  Also clarify related documentation in the
CREATE TABLE man page.

Erik Wienhold and David G. Johnston, per complaint from Hannu Krosing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMT0RQRysCb_Amy5CTENSc5GfsvXL1a4qX3mv_hx31_v74P==g@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-26 12:39:45 -04:00
Fujii Masao
857df3cef7 postgres_fdw: Add connection status check to postgres_fdw_get_connections().
This commit extends the postgres_fdw_get_connections() function
to check if connections are closed. This is useful for detecting closed
postgres_fdw connections that could prevent successful transaction
commits. Users can roll back transactions immediately upon detecting
closed connections, avoiding unnecessary processing of failed
transactions.

This feature is available only on systems supporting the non-standard
POLLRDHUP extension to the poll system call, including Linux.

Author: Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Shinya Kato, Zhihong Yu, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Onder Kalaci, Takamichi Osumi, Vignesh C, Tom Lane, Ted Yu
Reviewed-by: Katsuragi Yuta, Peter Smith, Shubham Khanna, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYAPR01MB58662809E678253B90E82CE5F5889@TYAPR01MB5866.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-07-26 22:16:39 +09:00
Fujii Masao
c297a47c5f postgres_fdw: Add "used_in_xact" column to postgres_fdw_get_connections().
This commit extends the postgres_fdw_get_connections() function to
include a new used_in_xact column, indicating whether each connection
is used in the current transaction.

This addition is particularly useful for the upcoming feature that
will check if connections are closed. By using those information,
users can verify if postgres_fdw connections used in a transaction
remain open. If any connection is closed, the transaction cannot
be committed successfully. In this case users can roll back it
immediately without waiting for transaction end.

The SQL API for postgres_fdw_get_connections() is updated by
this commit and may change in the future. To handle compatibility
with older SQL declarations, an API versioning system is introduced,
allowing the function to behave differently based on the API version.

Author: Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/be9382f7-5072-4760-8b3f-31d6dffa8d62@oss.nttdata.com
2024-07-26 22:15:51 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
20e0e7da9b Add test for early backend startup errors
The new test tests the libpq fallback behavior on an early error,
which was fixed in the previous commit.

This adds an IS_INJECTION_POINT_ATTACHED() macro, to allow writing
injected test code alongside the normal source code. In principle, the
new test could've been implemented by an extra test module with a
callback that sets the FrontendProtocol global variable, but I think
it's more clear to have the test code right where the injection point
is, because it has pretty intimate knowledge of the surrounding
context it runs in.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAOYmi%2Bnwvu21mJ4DYKUa98HdfM_KZJi7B1MhyXtnsyOO-PB6Ww%40mail.gmail.com
2024-07-26 15:12:21 +03:00
Fujii Masao
284c030a10 doc: Enhance documentation for postgres_fdw_get_connections() output columns.
The documentation previously described the output columns of
postgres_fdw_get_connections() in text format, which was manageable
for the original two columns. However, upcoming patches will add
new columns, making text descriptions less readable.

This commit updates the documentation to use a table format,
making it easier for users to understand each output column.

Author: Fujii Masao, Hayato Kuroda
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d04aae8d-05f5-42f4-a263-b962334d9f75@oss.nttdata.com
2024-07-26 20:47:05 +09:00
Tom Lane
c7301c3b6f Doc: fix misleading syntax synopses for targetlists.
In the syntax synopses for SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, etc,
SELECT ... and RETURNING ... targetlists were missing { ... }
braces around an OR (|) operator.  That allows misinterpretation
which could lead to confusion.

David G. Johnston, per gripe from masondeanm@aol.com.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172193970148.915373.2403176471224676074@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-07-25 19:52:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
e458dc1ac8 Doc: update some HTTP links to point to canonical URLs.
These aren't actually broken at present, but we might as well
avoid redirects.

Joel Jacobson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8ccc96c7-0515-491b-be98-cfacdaeda815@app.fastmail.com
2024-07-25 16:38:28 -04:00
Robert Haas
744ddc6c6a Document restrictions regarding incremental backups and standbys.
If you try to take an incremental backup on a standby and there hasn't
been much system activity, it might fail. Document why this happens.
Also add a hint to the error message you get, to make it more likely
that users will understand what has gone wrong.

Laurenz Albe and Robert Haas

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5468641ad821dad7aa3b2d65bf843146443a1b68.camel@cybertec.at
2024-07-25 15:45:06 -04:00
Tom Lane
580f8727ca Add argument names to the regexp_XXX functions.
This change allows these functions to be called using named-argument
notation, which can be helpful for readability, particularly for
the ones with many arguments.

There was considerable debate about exactly which names to use,
but in the end we settled on the names already shown in our
documentation table 9.10.

The citext extension provides citext-aware versions of some of
these functions, so add argument names to those too.

In passing, fix table 9.10's syntax synopses for regexp_match,
which were slightly wrong about which combinations of arguments
are allowed.

Jian He, reviewed by Dian Fay and others

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxG3NFKKsh6x4fRLv8h3V-HvN4W5dA=zNKMxsNcDwOKang@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-25 14:51:46 -04:00
David Rowley
32d3ed8165 Add path column to pg_backend_memory_contexts view
"path" provides a reliable method of determining the parent/child
relationships between memory contexts.  Previously this could be done in
a non-reliable way by writing a recursive query and joining the "parent"
and "name" columns.  This wasn't reliable as the names were not unique,
which could result in joining to the wrong parent.

To make this reliable, "path" stores an array of numerical identifiers
starting with the identifier for TopLevelMemoryContext.  It contains an
element for each intermediate parent between that and the current context.

Incompatibility: Here we also adjust the "level" column to make it
1-based rather than 0-based.  A 1-based level provides a convenient way
to access elements in the "path" array. e.g. path[level] gives the
identifier for the current context.

Identifiers are not stable across multiple evaluations of the view.  In
an attempt to make these more stable for ad-hoc queries, the identifiers
are assigned breadth-first.  Contexts closer to TopLevelMemoryContext
are less likely to change between queries and during queries.

Author: Melih Mutlu <m.melihmutlu@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGPVpCThLyOsj3e_gYEvLoHkr5w=tadDiN_=z2OwsK3VJppeBA@mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Stephen Frost, Atsushi Torikoshi,
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Robert Haas, David Rowley
2024-07-25 15:03:28 +12:00
Michael Paquier
b8aa44fd4f doc: Decorate psql page with application markup tags
Noticed while looking at this area of the documentation for a separate
patch.
2024-07-25 10:59:49 +09:00
Alvaro Herrera
9f21482fe1
Fix a missing article in the documentation
Per complaint from Grant Gryczan.

It's a very old typo; backpatch all the way back.

Author: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172179789219.915368.16590585529628354757@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-07-24 14:13:55 +02:00
Amit Kapila
07fbecb87b Doc: Fix the mistakes in the subscription's failover option.
The documentation incorrectly stated that users could not alter the
subscription's failover option when the two-phase commit is enabled.

The steps to confirm that the standby server is ready for failover were
incorrect.

Author: Shveta Malik, Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571657B72F8D75BD858DCCE394AD2@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJpy0uBBk+OZXXqQ00Gai09XR+mDi2=9sMBYY0F+BedoFivaMA@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-24 14:24:45 +05:30
Amit Kapila
1462aad2e4 Allow altering of two_phase option of a SUBSCRIPTION.
The two_phase option is controlled by both the publisher (as a slot
option) and the subscriber (as a subscription option), so the slot option
must also be modified.

Changing the 'two_phase' option for a subscription from 'true' to 'false'
is permitted only when there are no pending prepared transactions
corresponding to that subscription. Otherwise, the changes of already
prepared transactions can be replicated again along with their corresponding
commit leading to duplicate data or errors.

To avoid data loss, the 'two_phase' option for a subscription can only be
changed from 'false' to 'true' once the initial data synchronization is
completed. Therefore this is performed later by the logical replication worker.

Author: Hayato Kuroda, Ajin Cherian, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Hou Zhijie, Amit Kapila, Vitaly Davydov, Vignesh C
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8fab8-65d74c80-1-2f28e880@39088166
2024-07-24 10:13:36 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
f68d85bf69 ldapurl is supported with simple bind
The docs currently imply that ldapurl is for search+bind only, but
that's not true.  Rearrange the docs to cover this better.

Add a test ldapurl with simple bind.  This was previously allowed but
unexercised, and now that it's documented it'd be good to pin the
behavior.

Improve error when mixing LDAP bind modes.  The option names had gone
stale; replace them with a more general statement.

Author: Jacob Champion <jacob.champion@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAOYmi+nyg9gE0LeP=xQ3AgyQGR=5ZZMkVVbWd0uR8XQmg_dd5Q@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-23 10:17:55 +02:00
Tom Lane
d2cba4f2cb Doc: improve description of plpgsql's FETCH and MOVE commands.
We were not being clear about which variants of the "direction"
clause are permitted in MOVE.  Also, the text seemed to be
written with only the FETCH/MOVE NEXT case in mind, so it
didn't apply very well to other variants.

Also, document that "MOVE count IN cursor" only works if count
is a constant.  This is not the whole truth, because some other
cases such as a parenthesized expression will also work, but
we want to push people to use "MOVE FORWARD count" instead.
The constant case is enough to cover what we allow in plain SQL,
and that seems sufficient to claim support for.

Update a comment in pl_gram.y claiming that we don't document
that point.

Per gripe from Philipp Salvisberg.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172155553388.702.7932496598218792085@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-07-22 19:43:12 -04:00
Tom Lane
56c6be57af Doc: improve description of plpgsql's RAISE command.
RAISE accepts either = or := in the USING clause, so fix the
syntax synopsis to show that.

Rearrange and wordsmith the descriptions of the different syntax
variants, in hopes of improving clarity.

Igor Gnatyuk, reviewed by Jian He and Laurenz Albe; minor additional
wordsmithing by me

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEu6iLvhF5sdGeat2x4_L0FvWW_SiN--ma8ya7CZd-oJoV+yqQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-18 12:37:58 -04:00
Robert Haas
402b586d0a Do not summarize WAL if generated with wal_level=minimal.
To do this, we must include the wal_level in the first WAL record
covered by each summary file; so add wal_level to struct Checkpoint
and the payload of XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO and XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY.

This, in turn, requires bumping XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC and, since the
Checkpoint is also stored in the control file, also
PG_CONTROL_VERSION. It's not great to do that so late in the release
cycle, but the alternative seems to ship v17 without robust
protections against this scenario, which could result in corrupted
incremental backups.

A side effect of this patch is that, when a server with
wal_level=replica is started with summarize_wal=on for the first time,
summarization will no longer begin with the oldest WAL that still
exists in pg_wal, but rather from the first checkpoint after that.
This change should be harmless, because a WAL summary for a partial
checkpoint cycle can never make an incremental backup possible when
it would otherwise not have been.

Report by Fujii Masao. Patch by me. Review and/or testing by Jakub
Wartak and Fujii Masao.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/6e30082e-041b-4e31-9633-95a66de76f5d@oss.nttdata.com
2024-07-18 12:09:48 -04:00
Michael Paquier
a0a5869a85 Add INJECTION_POINT_CACHED() to run injection points directly from cache
This new macro is able to perform a direct lookup from the local cache
of injection points (refreshed each time a point is loaded or run),
without touching the shared memory state of injection points at all.

This works in combination with INJECTION_POINT_LOAD(), and it is better
than INJECTION_POINT() in a critical section due to the fact that it
would avoid all memory allocations should a concurrent detach happen
since a LOAD(), as it retrieves a callback from the backend-private
memory.

The documentation is updated to describe in more details how to use this
new macro with a load.  Some tests are added to the module
injection_points based on a new SQL function that acts as a wrapper of
INJECTION_POINT_CACHED().

Based on a suggestion from Heikki Linnakangas.

Author: Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/58d588d0-e63f-432f-9181-bed29313dece@iki.fi
2024-07-18 09:50:41 +09:00
Tom Lane
6159331acf Doc: fix minor syntax error in example.
The CREATE TABLE option is GENERATED BY DEFAULT *AS* IDENTITY.

Per bug #18543 from Ondřej Navrátil.  Seems to have crept in
in a37bb7c13, so back-patch to v17 where that was added.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18543-93c721689f9928e8@postgresql.org
2024-07-17 15:17:52 -04:00
Amit Langote
884d791b21 SQL/JSON: Fix a paragraph in JSON_TABLE documentation
Using <replaceable>text</replaceable> inside parantheses is not a
common or good style, so rephrase a sentence to avoid that style.
Also rephrase the text in that paragraph a bit while at it.

Reported-by: Marcos Pegoraro <marcos@f10.com.br>
Author: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-JLwZqH3Yec6Kz-4-+pa0ZG9QJBsxjJZwYcMZYzEDR_fXnKw@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-16 14:10:58 +09:00
Tom Lane
a0899c0a97 Doc: minor improvements for plpgsql "Transaction Management" section.
Point out that savepoint commands cannot be issued in PL/pgSQL,
and suggest that exception blocks can usually be used instead.

Add a caveat to the discussion of cursor loops vs. transactions,
pointing out that any locks taken by the cursor query will be lost
at COMMIT.  This is implicit in what's already said, but the existing
text leaves the distinct impression that the auto-hold behavior is
transparent, which it's not really.

Per a couple of recent complaints (one unsigned, and one in bug #18531
from Dzmitry Jachnik).  Back-patch to v17, just so this makes it into
current docs in less than a year-and-a-half.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172076354433.736586.14347210271966220018@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18531-c6dddd33b8555fd2@postgresql.org
2024-07-15 11:59:43 -04:00
Fujii Masao
c086896625 Fix tablespace handling in MERGE/SPLIT partition commands.
As commit ca4103025d stated, new partitions without a specified tablespace
should inherit the parent relation's tablespace. However, previously,
ALTER TABLE MERGE PARTITIONS and ALTER TABLE SPLIT PARTITION commands
always created new partitions in the default tablespace, ignoring
the parent's tablespace. This commit ensures new partitions inherit
the parent's tablespace.

Backpatch to v17 where these commands were introduced.

Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abaf390b-3320-40a5-8815-ef476db5cfe7@oss.nttdata.com
2024-07-15 13:11:51 +09:00
Tom Lane
a0f1fce80c Add min and max aggregates for composite types (records).
Like min/max for arrays, these are just thin wrappers around
the existing btree comparison function for records.

Aleksander Alekseev

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO=iB8L4WYSNxCJ8GURRjQsrXEQ2-zn3FiCsh2LMqvWq2WcONg@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-11 11:50:50 -04:00
Nathan Bossart
cc2236854e Revamp documentation for predefined roles.
Presently, the page for predefined roles contains a table with
brief descriptions of what each role allows.  Below the table,
there is a separate section with more detailed information about
some of the roles.  As the set of predefined roles has grown over
the years, this page has (IMHO) become less readable.

This commit attempts to improve the predefined roles documentation
by abandoning the table in favor of listing each role with its own
complete description, similar to how we document GUCs.  Besides
merging the information that was split between the table and the
section below it, this commit also alphabetizes the roles.  The
alphabetization is imperfect because some of the roles are grouped
(e.g., pg_read_all_data and pg_write_all_data), and we order such
groups by the first role mentioned, but that seemed like a better
choice than breaking the groups apart.  Finally, this commit makes
some stylistic adjustments to the text.

Reviewed-by: David G. Johnston, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZmtM-4-eRtq8DRf6%40nathan
2024-07-10 16:35:25 -05:00
Fujii Masao
05506510de doc: Update track_io_timing documentation to mention pg_stat_io.
The I/O timing information collected when track_io_timing is
enabled is now documented to appear in the pg_stat_io view,
which was previously not mentioned.

This commit also enhances the description of track_io_timing
to clarify that it monitors not only block read and write
but also block extend and fsync operations. Additionally,
the description of track_wal_io_timing has been improved
to mention both WAL write and WAL fsync monitoring.

Backpatch to v16 where pg_stat_io was added.

Author: Hajime Matsunaga
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman, Nazir Bilal Yavuz, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/TYWPR01MB10742EE4A6F34C33061429D38A4D52@TYWPR01MB10742.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-07-10 15:56:07 +09:00
Michael Paquier
d898665bf7 Extend pg_get_acl() to handle sub-object IDs
This patch modifies the pg_get_acl() function to accept a third argument
called "objsubid", bringing it on par with similar functions in this
area like pg_describe_object().  This enables the retrieval of ACLs for
relation attributes when scanning dependencies.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Joel Jacobson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f2539bff-64be-47f0-9f0b-df85d3cc0432@app.fastmail.com
2024-07-10 10:14:37 +09:00
Nathan Bossart
ccd38024bc Introduce pg_signal_autovacuum_worker.
Since commit 3a9b18b309, roles with privileges of pg_signal_backend
cannot signal autovacuum workers.  Many users treated the ability
to signal autovacuum workers as a feature instead of a bug, so we
are reintroducing it via a new predefined role.  Having privileges
of this new role, named pg_signal_autovacuum_worker, only permits
signaling autovacuum workers.  It does not permit signaling other
types of superuser backends.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Kirill Reshke
Reviewed-by: Anthony Leung, Michael Paquier, Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALdSSPhC4GGmbnugHfB9G0%3DfAxjCSug_-rmL9oUh0LTxsyBfsg%40mail.gmail.com
2024-07-09 13:03:40 -05:00
Amit Langote
42de72fa7b SQL/JSON: Various improvements to SQL/JSON query function docs
1. Remove the keyword SELECT from the examples to be consistent
with the examples of other JSON-related functions listed on the
same page.

2. Add <synopsis> tags around the functions' syntax definition

3. Capitalize function names in the syntax synopsis and the examples

4. Use <itemizedlist> lists for dividing the descriptions of
   individual functions into bullet points

5. Significantly rewrite the description of wrapper clauses of
   JSON_QUERY

6. Significantly rewrite the descriptions of ON ERROR / EMPTY
   clauses of JSON_QUERY() and JSON_VALUE() functions

7. Add a note about how JSON_VALUE() and JSON_QUERY() differ when
   returning a JSON null result

8. Move the description of the PASSING clause from the descriptions
   of individual functions into the top paragraph

And other miscellaneous text improvements, typo fixes.

Suggested-by: Thom Brown <thom@linux.com>
Suggested-by: David G. Johnston <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA-aLv7Dfy9BMrhUZ1skcg=OdqysWKzObS7XiDXdotJNF0E44Q@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwZNxNHuPk44zDF7z8qZec1Aof10aA9tWvBU5CMhEKEd8A@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-09 16:12:22 +09:00
Tom Lane
ba8f00eef6 Improve PL/Tcl's method for choosing Tcl names of procedures.
Previously, the internal name of a PL/Tcl function was just
"__PLTcl_proc_NNNN", where NNNN is the function OID.  That's pretty
unhelpful when reading an error report.  Plus it prevents us from
testing the CONTEXT output for PL/Tcl errors, since the OIDs shown
in the regression tests wouldn't be stable.

Instead, base the internal name on the result of format_procedure(),
which will be unique in most cases.  For the edge cases where it's
not, we can append the function OID to make it unique.

Sadly, the pltcl_trigger.sql test script still has to suppress the
context reports, because they'd include trigger arguments which
contain relation OIDs per PL/Tcl's longstanding API for triggers.

I had to modify one existing test case to throw a different error
than before, because I found that Tcl 8.5 and Tcl 8.6 spell the
context message for the original error slightly differently.
We might have to make more adjustments in that vein once this
gets wider testing.

Patch by me; thanks to Pavel Stehule for the idea to use
format_procedure() rather than just the proname.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/890581.1717609350@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-07-05 14:14:42 -04:00
Tom Lane
aaab3ee9c6 Doc: minor improvements for our "Brief History" chapter.
Add a link to Joe Hellerstein's paper "Looking Back at Postgres",
which is quite an interesting take on the history of Postgres.

The reference to Appendix E was written when we were still keeping
the entire release-note history there, which we stopped doing some
years ago when the O(N^2) cost of that started to become apparent.
Instead, point to the release note archives on the website.
(This per suggestion from Daniel Gustafsson.)

In passing, move the "ports12" biblioentry to be in alphabetical
order within that section.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3345678.1720071633@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-07-05 13:12:34 -04:00
Michael Paquier
4b211003ec Support loading of injection points
This can be used to load an injection point and prewarm the
backend-level cache before running it, to avoid issues if the point
cannot be loaded due to restrictions in the code path where it would be
run, like a critical section where no memory allocation can happen
(load_external_function() can do allocations when expanding a library
name).

Tests can use a macro called INJECTION_POINT_LOAD() to load an injection
point.  The test module injection_points gains some tests, and a SQL
function able to load an injection point.

Based on a request from Andrey Borodin, who has implemented a test for
multixacts requiring this facility.

Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZkrBE1e2q2wGvsoN@paquier.xyz
2024-07-05 18:09:03 +09:00
Tom Lane
5a519abedd Doc: small improvements in discussion of geometric data types.
State explicitly that the coordinates in our geometric data types are
float8.  Also explain that polygons store their bounding box.

While here, fix the table of geometric data types to show type
"line"'s size correctly: it's 24 bytes not 32.  This has somehow
escaped notice since that table was made in 1998.

Per suggestion from Sebastian Skałacki.  The size error seems
important enough to justify back-patching.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/172000045661.706.1822177575291548794@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-07-04 13:23:32 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson
ab0ae64320 doc: Specify when ssl_prefer_server_ciphers was added
The ssl_prefer_server_ciphers setting is quite important from a
security point of view, so simply stating that older versions
doesn't have it isn't very helpful.  This adds the version when
the GUC was added to help readers.

Backpatch to all supported versions since this setting has been
around since 9.4.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/5D7E0F5E-E620-4D54-8788-66D421AC76F0@yesql.se
Backpatch-through: v12
2024-07-04 11:38:37 +02:00
Michael Paquier
4564f1cebd Add pg_get_acl() to get the ACL for a database object
This function returns the ACL for a database object, specified by
catalog OID and object OID.  This is useful to be able to
retrieve the ACL associated to an object specified with a
(class_id,objid) couple, similarly to the other functions for object
identification, when joined with pg_depend or pg_shdepend.

Original idea by Álvaro Herrera.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Joel Jacobson
Reviewed-by: Isaac Morland, Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/80b16434-b9b1-4c3d-8f28-569f21c2c102@app.fastmail.com
2024-07-04 17:09:06 +09:00
Tom Lane
edadeb0710 Remove support for HPPA (a/k/a PA-RISC) architecture.
This old CPU architecture hasn't been produced in decades, and
whatever instances might still survive are surely too underpowered
for anyone to consider running Postgres on in production.  We'd
nonetheless continued to carry code support for it (largely at my
insistence), because its unique implementation of spinlocks seemed
like a good edge case for our spinlock infrastructure.  However,
our last buildfarm animal of this type was retired last year, and
it seems quite unlikely that another will emerge.  Without the ability
to run tests, the argument that this is useful test code fails to
hold water.  Furthermore, carrying code support for an untestable
architecture has costs not to be ignored.  So, remove HPPA-specific
code, in the same vein as commits 718aa43a4 and 92d70b77e.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3351991.1697728588@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-07-01 13:55:52 -04:00
David Rowley
12227a1d5f Add context type field to pg_backend_memory_contexts
Since we now (as of v17) have 4 MemoryContext types, the type of context
seems like useful information to include in the pg_backend_memory_contexts
view.  Here we add that.

Reviewed-by: David Christensen, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrXX1OR09Zjb5TnB0AwCKze9exZN%3D9Nxxg1ZCVV8W-3BA%40mail.gmail.com
2024-07-01 21:19:01 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut
da486d3601 doc: Clarify that pg_attrdef also stores generation expressions
This was documented with pg_attribute but not with pg_attrdef.

Reported-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CACJufxE+E-iYmBnZVZHiYA+WpyZZVv7BfiBLpo=T70EZHDU9rw@mail.gmail.com
2024-07-01 08:39:07 +02:00
Amit Kapila
2357c9223b Rename standby_slot_names to synchronized_standby_slots.
The standby_slot_names GUC allows the specification of physical standby
slots that must be synchronized before the logical walsenders associated
with logical failover slots. However, for this purpose, the GUC name is
too generic.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko Sawada
Backpatch-through: 17
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZnWeUgdHong93fQN@momjian.us
2024-07-01 11:36:56 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
0c3930d076 Apply COPT to CXXFLAGS as well
The main use of that make variable is to pass in -Werror.  It makes
sense to apply this to C++ as well.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/fe3e200c-edee-44e0-a6e3-d45dca72873b%40eisentraut.org
2024-07-01 07:30:55 +02:00
Michael Paquier
00d819d46a doc: Add ACL acronym for "Access Control List"
Five places across the docs use this abbreviation, so let's use a proper
acronym entry for it.

Per suggestion from me.

Author: Joel Jacobson
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9253b872-dbb1-42a6-a79e-b1e96effc857@app.fastmail.com
2024-07-01 09:55:37 +09:00
Michael Paquier
e26810d01d Stamp HEAD as 18devel.
Let the hacking begin ...
2024-07-01 07:56:10 +09:00
Tomas Vondra
a9577bae6b Add pg_combinebackup --copy option
Introduces --copy as an alternative to --clone and --copy-file-range.
This option simply picks the default mode to copy files, as if none of
the options was specified. This makes pg_combinebackup options more
consistent with pg_upgrade, and it makes testing simpler.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48da4a1f-ccd9-4988-9622-24f37b1de2b4%40eisentraut.org
2024-06-30 20:53:31 +02:00
Tom Lane
917754557c Make pg_createsubscriber warn if publisher has two-phase commit enabled.
pg_createsubscriber currently always sets up logical replication
with two-phase commit disabled.  Improving that is not going to
happen for v17.  In the meantime, document the deficiency, and
adjust pg_createsubscriber so that it will emit a warning if
the source installation has max_prepared_transactions > 0.

Hayato Kuroda (some mods by Amit Kapila and me), per complaint from
Noah Misch

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240623062157.97.nmisch@google.com
2024-06-30 14:24:14 -04:00
Amit Langote
55e56c84da SQL/JSON: Validate values in ON ERROR/EMPTY clauses
Currently, the grammar allows any supported values in the ON ERROR
and ON EMPTY clauses for SQL/JSON functions, regardless of whether
the values are appropriate for the function. This commit ensures
that during parse analysis, the provided value is checked for
validity for the given function and throws a syntax error if it is
not.

While at it, this fixes some omissions in the documentation of the
ON ERROR/EMPTY clauses for JSON_TABLE().

Reported-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxFgWGqpESSYzyJ6tSurr3vFYBSNEmCfkGyB_dMdptFnZQ%40mail.gmail.com
2024-06-28 14:01:43 +09:00
Noah Misch
bb93640a68 Add wait event type "InjectionPoint", a custom type like "Extension".
Both injection points and customization of type "Extension" are new in
v17, so this just changes a detail of an unreleased feature.

Reported by Robert Haas.  Reviewed by Michael Paquier.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobfMU5pdXP36D5iAwxV5WKE_vuDLtp_1QyH+H5jMMt21g@mail.gmail.com
2024-06-27 19:21:05 -07:00
Amit Langote
473a352fb3 SQL/JSON: Document behavior when input document is not jsonb
The input document to functions JSON_EXISTS(), JSON_QUERY(),
JSON_VALUE(), and JSON_TABLE() can be specified as character or
UTF8-encoded bytea strings. These are automatically converted to
jsonb with an implicit cast before being passed to the jsonpath
machinery.

In the current implementation, errors that occur when parsing the
specified string into a valid JSON document are thrown
unconditionally. This means they are not subject to the explicit or
implicit ON ERROR clause of those functions, which is a standard-
conforming behavior.  Add a note to the documentation to mention
that.

Reported-by: Markus Winand
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F7DD1442-265C-4220-A603-CB0DEB77E91D%40winand.at
2024-06-28 09:45:03 +09:00
Bruce Momjian
f92fd18307 doc PG 17 relnotes: fix system catalog name mistake
Reported-by: David G. Johnston

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwYgkaOuao4DXuQwhbg+vyu4Xb5TGpuDNDOfMa0AftyweQ@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-26 15:08:06 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d537b2e037 doc PG 17 relnotes: add item about pg_collation column renames
Reported-by: David G. Johnston

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwYRw30QaWrSsL57k3L_=zdQ4JTgY9pGnnhm42B7fGJX1A@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-26 13:13:46 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a8ffa32377 doc PG 17 relnotes: wording improvements, add links, merge item
Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-21 12:08:14 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
90fe7b74df doc PG 17 relnotes: add link to enable_group_by_reordering GUC
Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-21 10:11:12 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov
82e79ee46b Add doc entry for the new GUC paramenter enable_group_by_reordering
0452b461bc adds alternative orderings of group-by keys during the query
optimization. This new feature is controlled by the new GUC parameter
enable_group_by_reordering, which accidentally came without the documentation.
This commit adds the missing documentation for that GUC.

Reported-by: Bruce Momjian
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZnDx2FYlba_OafQd%40momjian.us
Author: Andrei Lepikhov
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov, Alexander Korotkov
2024-06-21 15:39:13 +03:00
Amit Kapila
7a089f6e6a Doc: Generated columns are skipped for logical replication.
Add a note in docs that generated columns are skipped for logical
replication.

Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PuXb1GLQztQkoWzYjSwkAZZ0dgCJaAHyJtZF3kmtcL=kA@mail.gmail.com
2024-06-21 09:55:25 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
95cabf542f doc PG 17 relnotes: remove mention of undocumented GUC
GUC is trace_connection_negotiation.  If it is undocumented, we should
not mention it in the release notes.

Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-20 19:53:01 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
5e05a0e992 doc PG 17 relnotes: properly wrap SGML text
Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-18 22:41:49 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
5ade0b8f80 doc PG 17 relnotes: add links to documentation sections
Also slightly improve markup instructions.  Indentation is still needed.

Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-18 22:09:41 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
82ed67a5fe doc PG 17 relnotes: update to current
Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-17 15:05:26 -04:00
Andres Freund
a6685c5e36 doc PG 17 relnotes: Fix sslnegotation typo
I was confused with copy-pasting the parameter name didn't work...
2024-06-17 11:53:07 -07:00
Tom Lane
35dd40d34c Improve tracking of role dependencies of pg_init_privs entries.
Commit 534287403 invented SHARED_DEPENDENCY_INITACL entries in
pg_shdepend, but installed them only for non-owner roles mentioned
in a pg_init_privs entry.  This turns out to be the wrong thing,
because there is nothing to cue REASSIGN OWNED to go and update
pg_init_privs entries when the object's ownership is reassigned.
That leads to leaving dangling entries in pg_init_privs, as
reported by Hannu Krosing.  Instead, install INITACL entries for
all roles mentioned in pg_init_privs entries (except pinned roles),
and change ALTER OWNER to not touch them, just as it doesn't
touch pg_init_privs entries.

REASSIGN OWNED will now substitute the new owner OID for the old
in pg_init_privs entries.  This feels like perhaps not quite the
right thing, since pg_init_privs ought to be a historical record
of the state of affairs just after CREATE EXTENSION.  However,
it's hard to see what else to do, if we don't want to disallow
dropping the object's original owner.  In any case this is
better than the previous do-nothing behavior, and we're unlikely
to come up with a superior solution in time for v17.

While here, tighten up some coding rules about how ACLs in
pg_init_privs should never be null or empty.  There's not any
obvious reason to allow that, and perhaps asserting that it's
not so will catch some bugs.  (We were previously inconsistent
on the point, with some code paths taking care not to store
empty ACLs and others not.)

This leaves recordExtensionInitPrivWorker not doing anything
with its ownerId argument, but we'll deal with that separately.

catversion bump forced because of change of expected contents
of pg_shdepend when pg_init_privs entries exist.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMT0RQSVgv48G5GArUvOVhottWqZLrvC5wBzBa4HrUdXe9VRXw@mail.gmail.com
2024-06-17 12:55:10 -04:00
Andrew Dunstan
653d3969bb Teach jsonpath string() to unwrap in lax mode
This was an ommission in commit 66ea94e, and brings it into compliance
with both other methods and the standard.

Per complaint from David Wheeler.

Author: David Wheeler, Jeevan Chalke
Reviewed-by: Chapman Flack

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A64AE04F-4410-42B7-A141-7A7349260F4D@justatheory.com
2024-06-17 10:31:29 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
81d20fbf7a pg_createsubscriber: Remove failover replication slots on subscriber
After running pg_createsubscriber, these replication slots have no use
on subscriber, so drop them.

Author: Euler Taveira <euler.taveira@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/776c5cac-5ef5-4001-b1bc-5b698bc0c62a%40app.fastmail.com
2024-06-17 12:12:49 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
04c8634c0c pg_createsubscriber: Only --recovery-timeout controls the end of recovery process
It used to check if the target server is connected to the primary
server (send required WAL) to rapidly react when the process won't
succeed.  This code is not enough to guarantee that the recovery
process will complete.  There is a window between the walreceiver
shutdown and the pg_is_in_recovery() returns false that can reach
NUM_CONN_ATTEMPTS attempts and fails.

Instead, rely only on the --recovery-timeout option to give up the
process after the specified number of seconds.

This should help with buildfarm failures on slow machines.

Author: Euler Taveira <euler.taveira@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/776c5cac-5ef5-4001-b1bc-5b698bc0c62a%40app.fastmail.com
2024-06-17 09:42:51 +02:00
Michael Paquier
faaa0d2798 doc: Mention modules/injection_points as example for injection points
This should have been added in 49cd2b93d7, that introduced the module.

Reported-by: Jian He
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxF+Vfj2Oz2kBR5v1bjHeZxvs63cLogm70v9Uto1Rqiieg@mail.gmail.com
2024-06-17 13:49:40 +09:00
Tatsuo Ishii
92aff003d7 doc: fix typo in create role manual.
There was a small mistake in the create role manual.

Author: Satoru Koizumi
Reviewed-by: David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20240616.112523.1208348667552014162.t-ishii%40sranhm.sra.co.jp
Backpatch-through: 16
2024-06-16 16:21:46 +09:00
Masahiko Sawada
f1affb6705 Reintroduce dead tuple counter in pg_stat_progress_vacuum.
Commit 667e65aac3 changed both num_dead_tuples and max_dead_tuples
columns to dead_tuple_bytes and max_dead_tuple_bytes columns,
respectively. But as per discussion, the number of dead tuples
collected still provides meaningful insights for users.

This commit reintroduces the column for the count of dead tuples,
renamed as num_dead_item_ids. It avoids confusion with the number of
dead tuples removed by VACUUM, which includes dead heap-only tuples
but excludes any pre-existing LP_DEAD items left behind by
opportunistic pruning.

Bump catalog version.

Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan, Álvaro Herrera, Andrey Borodin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBL5sJE9TRWPyv%2Bw7k5Ee5QAJqDJEDJBUdAaCzGWAdvZw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-06-14 10:08:15 +09:00
Michael Paquier
d872e1b473 doc: Fix description WAL summarizer in glossary
The WAL summarizer is an auxiliary process.

Oversight in 7b1dbf0a8d.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d3a5a4278fd8d9e7a47c6aa4db9e9a39@oss.nttdata.com
2024-06-14 09:28:11 +09:00
Michael Paquier
3c992361cd doc: Fix description WAL writer in glossary
The WAL writer is an auxiliary process, but its description in the
glossary did not match that.

This is inexact since d3014fff4c.

Author: Masahiro Ikeda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d3a5a4278fd8d9e7a47c6aa4db9e9a39@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 15
2024-06-14 09:26:32 +09:00
Tom Lane
105024a472 Improve the granularity of PQsocketPoll's timeout parameter.
Commit f5e4dedfa exposed libpq's internal function PQsocketPoll
without a lot of thought about whether that was an API we really
wanted to chisel in stone.  The main problem with it is the use of
time_t to specify the timeout.  While we do want an absolute time
so that a loop around PQsocketPoll doesn't have problems with
timeout slippage, time_t has only 1-second resolution.  That's
already problematic for libpq's own internal usage --- for example,
pqConnectDBComplete has long had a kluge to treat "connect_timeout=1"
as 2 seconds so that it doesn't accidentally round to nearly zero.
And it's even less likely to be satisfactory for external callers.
Hence, let's change this while we still can.

The best idea seems to be to use an int64 count of microseconds since
the epoch --- basically the same thing as the backend's TimestampTz,
but let's use the standard Unix epoch (1970-01-01) since that's more
likely for clients to be easy to calculate.  Millisecond resolution
would be plenty for foreseeable uses, but maybe the day will come that
we're glad we used microseconds.

Also, since time(2) isn't especially helpful for computing timeouts
defined this way, introduce a new function PQgetCurrentTimeUSec
to get the current time in this form.

Remove the hack in pqConnectDBComplete, so that "connect_timeout=1"
now means what you'd expect.

We can also remove the "#include <time.h>" that f5e4dedfa added to
libpq-fe.h, since there's no longer a need for time_t in that header.
It seems better for v17 not to enlarge libpq-fe.h's include footprint
from what it's historically been, anyway.

I also failed to resist the temptation to do some wordsmithing
on PQsocketPoll's documentation.

Patch by me, per complaint from Dominique Devienne.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/913559.1718055575@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-06-13 15:14:32 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
a41106dab7 Fix documentation of initdb --show option
It wasn't in the documentation at all (even though we document all the
other debugging-like options).  Also, change the --help output to show
that it exits after showing, similar to other options.
2024-06-13 11:52:35 +02:00
Amit Kapila
3470391e16 Doc: Fix ambuiguity in column lists.
The behavior for columns added later to the table for publications with no
specified column lists was not clear.

Reported-by: Koen De Groote
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Laurenz Albe
Backpatch-through: 15
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171621878740.686.11325940592820985181@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-06-11 09:39:52 +05:30
Dean Rasheed
c50d4f4028 doc: Mention all options equivalent to pg_dump --filter patterns.
In the documentation for pg_dump's new --filter option, added by
commit a5cf808be5, each object pattern should match some other
existing pg_dump option, but some had been omitted, so add them.

Noted by Daniel Gustafsson, reviewed by Ayush Vatsa.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWtVUt51B6BjTUQoS4dcNyOBj%2B04ngL7HSH3ehBXTUt%3Dw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-06-10 14:58:21 +01:00
Tom Lane
2dc1deaea0 Fix behavior of stable functions called from a CALL's argument list.
If the CALL is within an atomic context (e.g. there's an outer
transaction block), _SPI_execute_plan should acquire a fresh snapshot
to execute any such functions with.  We failed to do that and instead
passed them the Portal snapshot, which had been acquired at the start
of the current SQL command.  This'd lead to seeing stale values of
rows modified since the start of the command.

This is arguably a bug in 84f5c2908: I failed to see that "are we in
non-atomic mode" needs to be defined the same way as it is further
down in _SPI_execute_plan, i.e. check !_SPI_current->atomic not just
options->allow_nonatomic.  Alternatively the blame could be laid on
plpgsql, which is unconditionally passing allow_nonatomic = true
for CALL/DO even when it knows it's in an atomic context.  However,
fixing it in spi.c seems like a better idea since that will also fix
the problem for any extensions that may have copied plpgsql's coding
pattern.

While here, update an obsolete comment about _SPI_execute_plan's
snapshot management.

Per report from Victor Yegorov.  Back-patch to all supported versions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGnEboiRe+fG2QxuBO2390F7P8e2MQ6UyBjZSL_w1Cej+E4=Vw@mail.gmail.com
2024-06-07 13:27:26 -04:00
Amit Kapila
b560a98a17 Doc: Add the new section "Logical Replication Failover".
This aids the users to ensure that the failover marked slots are synced
to the standby and subscribers can continue replication even when the
publisher node goes down.

Author: Hou Zhijie, Shveta Malik, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57164D6F53FB4F6AD29AD9C594FB2@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-06-07 11:59:27 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
4b8791743e doc: Fix copy-and-paste mistake
The wording from the "columns" view was copied to the "attributes"
view without the required adjustments.
2024-06-07 08:02:15 +02:00
Jeff Davis
8ba34c698d Collation documentation fixes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9beecdf7-e8c8-4eab-adc7-fa225c2feefd@eisentraut.org
2024-06-06 16:40:03 -07:00
Bruce Momjian
f654f000dd doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust integer bin/oct funcs and psql tab
Reported-by: Dean Rasheed

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCXiNyExAXxKCO1h6oBB2nbfq9PtdA1nQowRsVFW1eD_MQ@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-06-05 20:53:15 -04:00
Nathan Bossart
8111e80c5d Fix documentation for POSIX semaphores.
The documentation for POSIX semaphores is missing a reference to
max_wal_senders.  This commit fixes that in the same way that
commit 4ebe51a5fb fixed the same issue in the documentation for
System V semaphores.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240517164452.GA1914161%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-06-05 15:32:47 -05:00
Michael Paquier
fbff304c57 doc: Fix example with database regexp in HBA documentation
This HBA entry was using "local" while specifying an address, which was
incorrect.  While in it, this adjusts the format of the entry to be
aligned with the surroundings.

Oversight in 8fea86830e.

Reported-by: Stéphane Schildknecht
Reviewed-by: David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/44662001-54c4-4bfd-be93-35e01ca25fa1@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
2024-06-05 19:56:51 +09:00
Nathan Bossart
4ebe51a5fb Fix documentation for System V semaphores.
The formulas for SEMMNI and SEMMNS do not include the archiver
process, which was converted to an auxiliary process in v14, and
the WAL summarizer process, which was introduced in v17.  This
commit corrects these formulas and adds a missing reference to
max_wal_senders nearby.  Since this section of the documentation
tends to be incorrect quite often, we should likely give up on
documenting the exact formulas in favor of something less fragile,
but that is left as a future exercise.

Reported-by: Sami Imseih
Reviewed-by: Sami Imseih
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240517164452.GA1914161%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-06-03 12:10:43 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
8fea1bd541 doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust IN wording
Reported-by: David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqmW0wQRam4paRbHvLQA+w5CJOCno4BCu=NFRLRhYhtRw@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-28 00:21:13 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
4cf9aab214 doc PG 17 relnotes: improve btree "set/array" matching item
Reported-by: Peter Geoghegan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznwSs5irUka2deUooSdH7Sts2oPdVv4PCOwhK51fq2ZTg@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-25 23:56:06 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
f3bfa02991 doc PG 17 relnotes: fix "pg_stat_slru_reset" wording
Reported-by: Marcos Pegoraro

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB-JLwYXrL-8FBfVDX8tevyTJ8y1SMmot5A-5cLqXAAne7W0CQ@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-25 23:50:20 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
232278ca93 doc PG 17 relnote: adjust "SLRU cache sizes to be configured"
Add Álvaro Herrera as additional item author.

Reported-by: Álvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202405231122.zew2gncy63fo@alvherre.pgsql

Author: Álvaro Herrera

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-25 23:48:35 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
87331c6823 doc PG 17 relnotes: combine items
Reported-by: Andres Freund

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240524182329.gmzcd3a2zrvyepgy@awork3.anarazel.de

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-25 23:40:17 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
6ef762938e doc: Clean up title case use 2024-05-23 08:34:05 +02:00
Michael Paquier
dd087e1c13 doc: Fix column_name parameter in ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
Parameter column_name must be an existing column because ALTER
MATERIALIZED VIEW cannot add new columns.  The old description was
likely copied from ALTER TABLE.

Author: Erik Wienhold
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6880ca53-7961-4eeb-86d5-6bd05fc2027e@ewie.name
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-05-23 13:02:57 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov
fbd4321fd5 Don't copy extended statistics during MERGE/SPLIT partition operations
When MERGE/SPLIT created new partitions, it was cloning the extended
statistics of the parent table.

However, extended stats on partitioned tables don't behave like
indexes on partitioned tables (which exist only to create physical
indexes on child tables).  Rather, extended stats on a parent 1) cause
extended stats to be collected and computed across the whole partition
hierarchy, and 2) do not cause extended stats to be computed for the
individual partitions.

"CREATE TABLE ... PARTITION OF" command doesn't copy extended
statistics.  This commit makes createPartitionTable() behave
consistently.

Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZiJW1g2nbQs9ekwK%40pryzbyj2023
Author: Alexander Korotkov, Justin Pryzby
2024-05-23 02:22:41 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
bac44bc29a doc PG 17 relnotes: fix pg_stat_reset_shared quoting
Reported-by: torikoshia

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8ab708436c369d47fcbb23a8ad775ea7@oss.nttdata.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-22 18:50:33 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d0155ba41e doc PG 17 relnotes: fix pg_stat_statements typo
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoB_MR=S_Gh=oeJR4ji0GGY+d8747O-5pYcbMbhGOMtAwQ@mail.gmail.com

Author: Masahiko Sawada

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-22 18:48:16 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
29a9a632c5 doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust SQL/JSON constructor func. authors
Reported-by: Amit Langote

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHA2_2V-UtdEEjX3wMUcO=pAwH2D=9P9cRYGVcNLJkH+w@mail.gmail.com

Author: Amit Langote

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-22 18:46:26 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
3551da969e doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust builtin collation provider item
Reported-by: Jeff Davis

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/92e039f6fabc3567169e95e12b39a04c00f8503b.camel@j-davis.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-22 18:39:43 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d2a338e060 doc PG 17 relnotes: add Heikki Linnakangas to vacuum item
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_YYR5MXY-xuCpr7DKKugCExTSjRy9Ax8c-z7LKa8dDfwg@mail.gmail.com

Author: Melanie Plageman

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-22 17:59:22 -04:00
Robert Haas
3bd7b2f465 Doc: return 66c0185a3 to the release notes.
This reverts commit e1e83a7171.

Per further discussion on pgsql-release, we wish to ship beta1 with
that feature, and patch the bug, rather than shipping beta1 with
that feature reverted.
2024-05-21 12:44:21 -04:00
Tom Lane
e1e83a7171 Doc: remove 66c0185a3 from release notes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Zktzf926vslR35Fv@depesz.com
(also some private discussion among pgsql-release)
2024-05-20 15:16:17 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d2a04470aa doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust vacuum items
Reported-by: John Naylor

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANWCAZbPEoFcSjedGsz4AV=_sbwUN4sgjrukVCu-JzrqFC5Hhw@mail.gmail.com

Author: John Naylor

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-20 09:36:58 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
fa25dfcd7e doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust vacuum item to use "or"
Reported-by: David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvrR1ZQ69keUwr5_BGo2iWNqhpZooZSz2g96KnOxO0_GTw@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-19 20:12:42 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
acecd6746c doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust "builtin" collation provider
Reported-by: Daniel Verite

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13447ff6-15fd-4137-8339-f4fddda7eb11@manitou-mail.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-18 17:52:56 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
15b4d46308 doc PG 17 relnotes: update to current
Reported-by: jian he

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxE7fbWckFeXdW86VTia2BV+LOcfNR-aPf1cP2fjxEB0Aw@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-18 17:43:37 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
3f49df98d8 doc PG 17 relnotes: add incremental JSON parser item
Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e48dbf1e-62c9-4dbb-8b42-bb9ed898a0ab@dunslane.net

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-18 12:50:22 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
5829444879 doc PG 17 relnotes: improve JSON casting item
Reported-by: jian he

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxE0HY19F8Oo-wb-+i4bKDamiaL_aUV8qB69_8mwoScZow@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-18 12:13:59 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b67478b99b doc PG 17 relnotes: adjust vacuum memory item
Reported-by: David Rowley

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpZnr+wRMX5Wic9Na60fZSbruEffMoECVubBjv483jV2w@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-18 10:39:47 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
17974ec259 Revise GUC names quoting in messages again
After further review, we want to move in the direction of always
quoting GUC names in error messages, rather than the previous (PG16)
wildly mixed practice or the intermittent (mid-PG17) idea of doing
this depending on how possibly confusing the GUC name is.

This commit applies appropriate quotes to (almost?) all mentions of
GUC names in error messages.  It partially supersedes a243569bf6 and
8d9978a717, which had moved things a bit in the opposite direction
but which then were abandoned in a partial state.

Author: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAHut%2BPv-kSN8SkxSdoHano_wPubqcg5789ejhCDZAcLFceBR-w%40mail.gmail.com
2024-05-17 11:44:26 +02:00
Noah Misch
372700cf30 Fix documentation about DROP DATABASE FORCE process termination rights.
Specifically, it terminates a background worker even if the caller
couldn't terminate the background worker with pg_terminate_backend().
Commit 3a9b18b309 neglected to update
this.  Back-patch to v13, which introduced DROP DATABASE FORCE.

Reviewed by Amit Kapila.  Reported by Kirill Reshke.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240429212756.60.nmisch@google.com
2024-05-16 14:11:00 -07:00
Heikki Linnakangas
fb5718f35f Remove option to fall back from direct to postgres SSL negotiation
There were three problems with the sslnegotiation options:

1. The sslmode=prefer and sslnegotiation=requiredirect combination was
somewhat dangerous, as you might unintentionally fall back to
plaintext authentication when connecting to a pre-v17 server.

2. There was an asymmetry between 'postgres' and 'direct'
options. 'postgres' meant "try only traditional negotiation", while
'direct' meant "try direct first, and fall back to traditional
negotiation if it fails". That was apparent only if you knew that the
'requiredirect' mode also exists.

3. The "require" word in 'requiredirect' suggests that it's somehow
more strict or more secure, similar to sslmode. However, I don't
consider direct SSL connections to be a security feature.

To address these problems:

- Only allow sslnegotiation='direct' if sslmode='require' or
stronger. And for the record, Jacob and Robert felt that we should do
that (or have sslnegotiation='direct' imply sslmode='require') anyway,
regardless of the first issue.

- Remove the 'direct' mode that falls back to traditional negotiation,
and rename what was called 'requiredirect' to 'direct' instead. In
other words, there is no "try both methods" option anymore, 'postgres'
now means the traditional negotiation and 'direct' means a direct SSL
connection.

Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio, Robert Haas, Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/d3b1608a-a1b6-4eda-9ec5-ddb3e4375808%40iki.fi
2024-05-16 17:17:37 +03:00
Robert Haas
8ba3462833 Document that increasing max_connections uses more resources.
Roberto Mello

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAKz==bJBCWrvN77fmuZ2XqD3jazWEb=E80AA4Yv9C9tQ61YDdQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-05-16 08:46:08 -04:00
David Rowley
fa65a022db Doc: use true|false rather than on|off for "failover" option
The CREATE SUBSCRIPTION documentation mentions "false" is the default
option, so let's use true|false rather than on|off in the text which
talks about this option in the ALTER SUBSCRIPTION page.

The other boolean options mentioned in create_subscription.sgml use true
and false so it makes sense to be consistent with these.  The "failover"
option is new to v17.

Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Ps-RqrggaJU5w85BbeQzw9CLmmLgADVJoJ=xx_4D5CWvw@mail.gmail.com
2024-05-17 00:39:15 +12:00
Peter Eisentraut
94af84f00c pg_amcheck: Put new options in consistent order in --help and man page 2024-05-16 11:29:41 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
8aee330af5 Revert temporal primary keys and foreign keys
This feature set did not handle empty ranges correctly, and it's now
too late for PostgreSQL 17 to fix it.

The following commits are reverted:

    6db4598fcb Add stratnum GiST support function
    46a0cd4cef Add temporal PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints
    86232a49a4 Fix comment on gist_stratnum_btree
    030e10ff1a Rename pg_constraint.conwithoutoverlaps to conperiod
    a88c800deb Use daterange and YMD in without_overlaps tests instead of tsrange.
    5577a71fb0 Use half-open interval notation in without_overlaps tests
    34768ee361 Add temporal FOREIGN KEY contraints
    482e108cd3 Add test for REPLICA IDENTITY with a temporal key
    c3db1f30cb doc:  clarify PERIOD and WITHOUT OVERLAPS in CREATE TABLE
    144c2ce0cc Fix ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING/UPDATE for temporal indexes

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/d0b64a7a-dfe4-4b84-a906-c7dedfa40a3e@eisentraut.org
2024-05-16 08:17:46 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
f6ebb41831 doc PG 17 relnotes: wording adjustments
Reported-by: jian he

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxHTJBqDmBC4iPgte_xd4aMgONRm680Ji5m5gCA8+YEmJg@mail.gmail.com

Co-authored-by: jian he

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-15 22:54:29 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
a8010d03e1 doc PG 17 relnotes: add item about vacuum storage/limits/WAL
Reported-by: Alvaro Herrera

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202405150838.sg5ddcexyyf4@alvherre.pgsql

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-15 22:48:19 -04:00
Michael Paquier
f01e3ba56f doc: Mention more variant --name=value of -c name=value for postgres
postgres --name=value and -c name=value are equivalents.  This commit
expands the documentation of libpq's "option" connection parameter and
the server startup sequence for shell interactions to mention both
rather than only -c.

Extracted from a larger patch by the same authors.

Reported-by: Alexey Palazhchenko
Author: David Johnston, Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Peter Eisentraut, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TMkuLiLfrA+EFCPYfhXoMKRxxssB5c86+ibxfaz6+=Sdg@mail.gmail.com
2024-05-16 09:15:01 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
96bc29edfd doc: Add standard Environment section to pg_upgrade ref page
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8458c9c5-18f1-46d7-94c4-1c30e4f44908%40eisentraut.org
2024-05-15 13:06:12 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
cff942453f doc: Add standard Environment section to pg_amcheck ref page
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8458c9c5-18f1-46d7-94c4-1c30e4f44908%40eisentraut.org
2024-05-15 13:06:12 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
4f8ff6af1f doc: Remove claims that initdb and pg_ctl use libpq environment variables
Erroneously introduced by 571df93cff.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8458c9c5-18f1-46d7-94c4-1c30e4f44908%40eisentraut.org
2024-05-15 13:06:12 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
771fa58df2 doc PG 17 relnotes: add logical replication apply subtrans item
Reported-by: Masahiko Sawada

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoD5jjB+M+BK5JTis8=W1g8KsS1961FyMqRpj=NBFXrJeA@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-14 22:12:49 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
9bb47338d0 doc PG 17 relnotes: remove NOT NULL revert, add ALPN item
Make current as of 2024-05-14

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-14 22:03:47 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
2b065fc549 doc PG 17 relnotes: wording fix
Reported-by: Pantelis Theodosiou

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE3TBxxvkSGJGv7S0SMLSAe0khrQJBHsTca799r=vDJTn+BDAw@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-14 20:48:11 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
78e4841c1b doc PG 17 relnotes: wording fixes
Reported-by: Elena Indrupskaya

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22110133-bca5-4a99-889c-aa0096423456@postgrespro.ru

Author: Elena Indrupskaya

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-14 20:42:55 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
1a48f8b40d doc PG 17 relnotes: add two optimizer items
One is about subqueries becoming joins and the other is about optimizing
LIMIT by improving startup cost.

Reported-by: Andy Fan

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87h6f4ncc6.fsf@163.com

Reviewed-by: David Rowley

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-14 20:37:01 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e87e732455 doc PG 17 relnotes: add item about libpq large data transfers
Reported-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTz5aUqLEL6daLd2Hu2FXS_LOSh4keDndJ1fwThsb_b5w@mail.gmail.com

Reviewed-by: Joe Conway

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-13 20:55:33 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6961753381 doc PG 17 relnotes: add psql connection control-C item
Reported-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQTz5aUqLEL6daLd2Hu2FXS_LOSh4keDndJ1fwThsb_b5w@mail.gmail.com

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-13 20:01:51 -04:00
Nathan Bossart
3cb2f13ac5 Fix pg_sequence_last_value() for unlogged sequences on standbys.
Presently, when this function is called for an unlogged sequence on
a standby server, it will error out with a message like

	ERROR:  could not open file "base/5/16388": No such file or directory

Since the pg_sequences system view uses pg_sequence_last_value(),
it can error similarly.  To fix, modify the function to return NULL
for unlogged sequences on standby servers.  Since this bug is
present on all versions since v15, this approach is preferable to
making the ERROR nicer because we need to repair the pg_sequences
view without modifying its definition on released versions.  For
consistency, this commit also modifies the function to return NULL
for other sessions' temporary sequences.  The pg_sequences view
already appropriately filters out such sequences, so there's no bug
there, but we might as well offer some defense in case someone
invokes this function directly.

Unlogged sequences were first introduced in v15, but temporary
sequences are much older, so while the fix for unlogged sequences
is only back-patched to v15, the temporary sequence portion is
back-patched to all supported versions.

We could also remove the privilege check in the pg_sequences view
definition in v18 if we modify this function to return NULL for
sequences for which the current user lacks privileges, but that is
left as a future exercise for when v18 development begins.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240501005730.GA594666%40nathanxps13
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-05-13 15:53:50 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
11c1984ccc
Fix typo 2024-05-13 13:13:25 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
6f8bb7c1e9
Revert structural changes to not-null constraints
There are some problems with the new way to handle these constraints
that were detected at the last minute, and require fixes that appear too
invasive to be doing this late in the cycle.  Revert this (again) for
now, we'll try again with these problems fixed.

The following commits are reverted:

    b0e96f3119  Catalog not-null constraints
    9b581c5341  Disallow changing NO INHERIT status of a not-null constraint
    d0ec2ddbe0  Fix not-null constraint test
    ac22a9545c  Move privilege check to the right place
    b0f7dd915b  Check stack depth in new recursive functions
    3af7217942  Update information_schema definition for not-null constraints
    c3709100be  Fix propagating attnotnull in multiple inheritance
    d9f686a72e  Fix restore of not-null constraints with inheritance
    d72d32f52d  Don't try to assign smart names to constraints
    0cd711271d  Better handle indirect constraint drops
    13daa33fa5  Disallow NO INHERIT not-null constraints on partitioned tables
    d45597f72f  Disallow direct change of NO INHERIT of not-null constraints
    21ac38f498  Fix inconsistencies in error messages

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202405110940.joxlqcx4dogd@alvherre.pgsql
2024-05-13 11:31:09 +02:00
Michael Paquier
33181b48fd Introduce private data area for injection points
This commit extends the backend-side infrastructure of injection points
so as it becomes possible to register some input data when attaching a
point.  This private data can be registered with the function name and
the library name of the callback when attaching a point, then it is
given as input argument to the callback.  This gives the possibility for
modules to pass down custom data at runtime when attaching a point
without managing that internally, in a manner consistent with the
callback entry retrieved from the hash shmem table storing the injection
point data.

InjectionPointAttach() gains two arguments, to be able to define the
private data contents and its size.

A follow-up commit will rely on this infrastructure to close a race
condition with the injection point detach in the module
injection_points.

While on it, this changes InjectionPointDetach() to return a boolean,
returning false if a point cannot be detached.  This has been mentioned
by Noah as useful when it comes to implement more complex tests with
concurrent point detach, solid with the automatic detach done for local
points in the test module.

Documentation is adjusted in consequence.

Per discussion with Noah Misch.

Reviewed-by: Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240509031553.47@rfd.leadboat.com
2024-05-12 18:53:06 +09:00
Heikki Linnakangas
407e0b023c Change ALPN protocol ID to IANA-approved "postgresql"
"TBD-pgsql" was a placeholder until the IANA registration was
approved.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/87jzk2hj2n.fsf%40wibble.ilmari.org
Discussion: https://mailarchive.ietf.org/arch/msg/tls-reg-review/9LWPzQfOpbc8dTT7vc9ahNeNaiw/
2024-05-11 18:48:19 +03:00
Bruce Momjian
31e8f4e619 doc PG 17 relnotes: move FETCH_COUNT item, and clarify
Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-10 17:34:33 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
e7b2593bd6 doc PG 17 relnotes: add FETCH_COUNT item
Reported-by: Daniel Verite

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/82569de4-9b2a-4311-beb2-81d5418491ec@manitou-mail.org

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-10 15:47:08 -04:00
Tom Lane
5caa057496 Doc: update the "Using EXPLAIN" examples to match current code.
A lot of the examples in this section are quite ancient and no
longer match the system's current behavior.  I ran through them
and updated the sample output to match what I get today.

Notably, it seems that the tenk1 table got a few pages smaller back
around v12, so that a lot of the cost estimates for queries on that
table are a little different now.  (This also caused some examples
to surprisingly not match others, depending on when they were made.)

One mergejoin-based example no longer produces the same plan at all,
so I had to work around that, including switching to a different
example of using an enable_xxx setting.

I also changed a couple of examples that were relying on nonexistent
tables or indexes.  IMO the premise of this section is that the
examples should be more-or-less reproducible against the regression
database, so that these examples were unhelpful as given.  It's not
that hard to find a corresponding example with the tables we do have.

Some of the EXPLAIN ANALYZE examples were out of date in that we show
more numbers than we did at the time.

Possibly chapter 68 could use similar review, but I'm out of
energy for today.
2024-05-09 18:56:46 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
6a126d91cd doc PG 17 relnotes: fix author of LLVM item
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+yU4+YqsCuQuzdCeETPdU+FjebXgV5Fkp6xrtr7EKC3w@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-09 16:37:51 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
c3db1f30cb doc: clarify PERIOD and WITHOUT OVERLAPS in CREATE TABLE
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/04938501-fc8f-46f3-97a4-9a81a3f24530@illuminatedcomputing.com

Author: Paul Jungwirth

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-09 16:34:09 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
b538e69249 doc PG 17 relnotes: Visual Studio clarification
Reported-by: Andrew Dunstan

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-09 12:35:04 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d82ab9fc31 doc PG 17 relnotes: Fixes from jian he
Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-09 11:43:03 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
45ea5b0a27 doc PG 17 relnotes: various fixes
Fixes suggested by David Rowley, Bertrand Drouvot, Masahiko
Sawada, Richard Guo, jian he, Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker

Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-09 11:19:56 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
1c4429e703 doc: Use better placeholder in COPY synopsis 2024-05-09 16:36:51 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
e305f71565 doc: first draft of Postgres 17 release notes
Backpatch-through: master
2024-05-08 23:54:30 -04:00
Tom Lane
2fb7560cc8 Doc: document that triggers can break referential integrity.
User-written triggers can modify or block the effects of SQL update
and delete operations.  That includes operations that are executed
to implement foreign keys' referential integrity actions (such as
ON UPDATE SET NULL or ON DELETE CASCADE).  Therefore it's possible
for a misdesigned trigger to result in a database state that violates
the foreign key constraint.

While this isn't great, the alternatives seem worse: in particular,
refusing to fire triggers for such updates would break many valuable
use-cases.  We could also try to recheck the constraint after the
action, but that'd roughly double the already-high cost of FK
constraint enforcement, for no benefit in normal cases.  So we've
always considered that it's on the trigger programmer's head to
avoid breaking RI actions.  This was never documented anywhere,
though.  Add a para to the Triggers chapter to explain it.

Laurenz Albe, David Johnston, Tom Lane

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b81fe38fcc25a81be6e2e5b3fc1ff624130762fa.camel@cybertec.at
2024-05-08 11:13:40 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
84f08f2215 doc: Improve order of options on pg_upgrade reference page
Put the new long-only options in a location that is consistent with
the existing long-only options and also the --help output.
2024-05-08 10:17:51 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
09fe9659fd doc: Improve order of options on pgbench reference page
Both the pgbench --help output and the reference page have sections
for initialization options, benchmarking options, and common options.
But the --debug option ended up in the wrong place on the reference
page.  Fix that by making the documentation match the --help output.
2024-05-07 11:25:55 +02:00
Nathan Bossart
521a7156ab Fix privilege checks in pg_stats_ext and pg_stats_ext_exprs.
The catalog view pg_stats_ext fails to consider privileges for
expression statistics.  The catalog view pg_stats_ext_exprs fails
to consider privileges and row-level security policies.  To fix,
restrict the data in these views to table owners or roles that
inherit privileges of the table owner.  It may be possible to apply
less restrictive privilege checks in some cases, but that is left
as a future exercise.  Furthermore, for pg_stats_ext_exprs, do not
return data for tables with row-level security enabled, as is
already done for pg_stats_ext.

On the back-branches, a fix-CVE-2024-4317.sql script is provided
that will install into the "share" directory.  This file can be
used to apply the fix to existing clusters.

Bumps catversion on 'master' branch only.

Reported-by: Lukas Fittl
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch, Tomas Vondra, Tom Lane
Security: CVE-2024-4317
Backpatch-through: 14
2024-05-06 09:00:00 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
d1d286d83c Revert: Remove useless self-joins
This commit reverts d3d55ce571 and subsequent fixes 2b26a69455, 93c85db3b5,
b44a1708ab, b7f315c9d7, 8a8ed916f7, b5fb6736ed, 0a93f803f4, e0477837ce,
a7928a57b9, 5ef34a8fc3, 30b4955a46, 8c441c0827, 028b15405b, fe093994db,
489072ab7a, and 466979ef03.

We are quite late in the release cycle and new bugs continue to appear.  Even
though we have fixes for all known bugs, there is a risk of throwing many
bugs to end users.

The plan for self-join elimination would be to do more review and testing,
then re-commit in the early v18 cycle.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2422119.1714691974%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-05-06 14:36:36 +03:00
Alvaro Herrera
81b2252e60
Remove mention of nchar
This datatype is purposefully not documented.

Erik Wienhold <ewie@ewie.name>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/om3g7p7u3ztlrdp4tfswgulavljgn2fe6u2agk34mrr65dffuu@cpzlzuv6flko
2024-05-06 12:45:17 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
bde2eec1b5 doc: Improve order of options on initdb reference page
Both the initdb --help output and the reference page have a section
for options and a section for less commonly used options.  But some
recently added options were sprinkled around inconsistently.  Fix that
by making the documentation match the --help output.
2024-05-06 09:56:54 +02:00
David Rowley
a42fc1c903 Fix an assortment of typos
Author: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ae9f2fcb-4b24-5bb0-4240-efbbbd944ca1@gmail.com
2024-05-04 02:33:25 +12:00
Alvaro Herrera
d45597f72f
Disallow direct change of NO INHERIT of not-null constraints
We support changing NO INHERIT constraint to INHERIT for constraints in
child relations when adding a constraint to some ancestor relation, and
also during pg_upgrade's schema restore; but other than those special
cases, command ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT should not be allowed to
change an existing constraint from NO INHERIT to INHERIT, as that would
require to process child relations so that they also acquire an
appropriate constraint, which we may not be in a position to do.  (It'd
also be surprising behavior.)

It is conceivable that we want to allow ALTER TABLE SET NOT NULL to make
such a change; but in that case some more code is needed to implement it
correctly, so for now I've made that throw the same error message.

Also, during the prep phase of ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT, acquire locks
on all descendant tables; otherwise we might operate on child tables on
which no locks are held, particularly in the mode where a primary key
causes not-null constraints to be created on children.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7d923a66-55f0-3395-cd40-81c142b5448b@gmail.com
2024-05-02 17:26:30 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
a27ccc235d doc: Fix incorrectly spelled structname
Commit 61461a300c accidentally misspelled the PGcancelConn struct
using the PQ prefix (which admittedly is a very easy typo to make).
Reported off-list.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
2024-05-02 10:38:28 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
4a65e1c212 doc: Fix description of deterministic flag of CREATE COLLATION
The documentation said that you need to pick a suitable LC_COLLATE
setting in addition to setting the DETERMINISTIC flag.  This would
have been correct if the libc provider supported nondeterministic
collations, but since it doesn't, you actually need to set the LOCALE
option.

Reviewed-by: Kashif Zeeshan <kashi.zeeshan@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a71023c2-0ae0-45ad-9688-cf3b93d0d65b%40eisentraut.org
2024-05-02 08:21:18 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
9c1d1bde44 doc: Fix description of configure --with-icu option
It was claiming that the ICU locale provider is used by default, which
is not correct.  (From commit fcb21b3acdc; it was once contemplated to
make it the default, but it wouldn't have been part of that patch in
any case.)

Reviewed-by: Kashif Zeeshan <kashi.zeeshan@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/a71023c2-0ae0-45ad-9688-cf3b93d0d65b%40eisentraut.org
2024-05-02 07:55:53 +02:00
Michael Paquier
f6ab942f5d doc: Remove one example related to pg_input_error_info()
This slightly bloated the contents of the function table for this entry,
without really bringing extra value.

Per discussion with Jian He and David G. Johnston.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxGdyoBJQMSxwdxNK=k8M5WUth5FDFd4Wq_K4f7+1J2xuQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-30 19:24:12 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov
259c96fa8f Inherit parent's AM for partition MERGE/SPLIT operations
This commit makes new partitions created by ALTER TABLE ... SPLIT PARTITION
and ALTER TABLE ... MERGE PARTITIONS commands inherit the paret table access
method.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/84ada05b-be5c-473e-6d1c-ebe5dd21b190%40gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov
2024-04-30 12:00:39 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
fcf80c5d5f Make new partitions with parent's persistence during MERGE/SPLIT
The createPartitionTable() function is responsible for creating new partitions
for ALTER TABLE ... MERGE PARTITIONS, and ALTER TABLE ... SPLIT PARTITION
commands.  It emulates the behaviour of CREATE TABLE ... (LIKE ...), where
new table persistence should be specified by the user.  In the table
partitioning persistent of the partition and its parent must match.  So, this
commit makes createPartitionTable() copy the persistence of the parent
partition.

Also, this commit makes createPartitionTable() recheck the persistence after
the new table creation.  This is needed because persistence might be affected
by pg_temp in search_path.

This commit also changes the signature of createPartitionTable() making it
take the parent's Relation itself instead of the name of the parent relation,
and return the Relation of new partition.  That doesn't lead to
complications, because both callers have the parent table open and need to
open the new partition.

Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dbc8b96c-3cf0-d1ee-860d-0e491da20485%40gmail.com
Author: Dmitry Koval
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov, Robert Haas, Justin Pryzby, Pavel Borisov
2024-04-30 12:00:15 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
842c9b2705 Document the way partition MERGE/SPLIT operations create new partitions
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZilrByTp-pbz6Mvf%40pryzbyj2023
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
2024-04-30 11:54:56 +03:00
Tom Lane
5342874039 Fix failure to track role dependencies of pg_init_privs entries.
If an ACL recorded in pg_init_privs mentions a non-pinned role,
that reference must also be noted in pg_shdepend so that we know
that the role can't go away without removing the ACL reference.
Otherwise, DROP ROLE could succeed and leave dangling entries
behind, which is what's causing the recent upgrade-check failures
on buildfarm member copperhead.

This has been wrong since pg_init_privs was introduced, but it's
escaped notice because typical pg_init_privs entries would only
mention the bootstrap superuser (pinned) or at worst the owner
of the extension (who can't go away before the extension does).

We lack even a representation of such a role reference for
pg_shdepend.  My first thought for a solution was entries listing
pg_init_privs in classid, but that doesn't work because then there's
noplace to put the granted-on object's classid.  Rather than adding
a new column to pg_shdepend, let's add a new deptype code
SHARED_DEPENDENCY_INITACL.  Much of the associated boilerplate
code can be cribbed from code for SHARED_DEPENDENCY_ACL.

A lot of the bulk of this patch just stems from the new need to pass
the object's owner ID to recordExtensionInitPriv, so that we can
consult it while updating pg_shdepend.  While many callers have that
at hand already, a few places now need to fetch the owner ID of an
arbitrary privilege-bearing object.  For that, we assume that there
is a catcache on the relevant catalog's OID column, which is an
assumption already made in ExecGrant_common so it seems okay here.

We do need an entirely new routine RemoveRoleFromInitPriv to perform
cleanup of pg_init_privs ACLs during DROP OWNED BY.  It's analogous
to RemoveRoleFromObjectACL, but we can't share logic because that
function operates by building a command parsetree and invoking
existing GRANT/REVOKE infrastructure.  There is of course no SQL
command that would update pg_init_privs entries when we're not in
process of creating their extension, so we need a routine that can
do the updates directly.

catversion bump because this changes the expected contents of
pg_shdepend.  For the same reason, there's no hope of back-patching
this, even though it fixes a longstanding bug.  Fortunately, the
case where it's a problem seems to be near nonexistent in the field.
If it weren't for the buildfarm breakage, I'd have been content to
leave this for v18.

Patch by me; thanks to Daniel Gustafsson for review and discussion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1745535.1712358659@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-04-29 19:26:19 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
592a228372 Revert "Add GUC backtrace_on_internal_error"
This reverts commit a740b213d4.

Subsequent discussion showed that there was interest in a more general
facility to configure when server log events would produce backtraces,
and this existing limited way couldn't be extended in a compatible
way.  So the consensus was to revert this for PostgreSQL 17 and
reconsider this topic for PostgreSQL 18.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAGECzQTChkvn5Xj772LB3%3Dxo2x_LcaO5O0HQvXqobm1xVp6%2B4w%40mail.gmail.com#764bcdbb73e162787e1ad984935e51e3
2024-04-29 10:49:42 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
5c9f35fc48 Fix documentation and comments on what happens after GSS rejection
The paragraph in the docs and the comment applied to
sslnegotiaton=direct, but not sslnegotiation=requiredirect. In
'requiredirect' mode, negotiated SSL is never used. Move the paragraph
in the docs under the description of 'direct' mode, and rephrase it.

Also the comment's reference to reusing a plaintext connection was
bogus. Authentication failure in plaintext mode only happens after
sending the startup packet, so the connection cannot be reused.

Reported-by: Jacob Champion
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAOYmi+=sj+1uydS0NR4nYzw-LRWp3Q-s5speBug5UCLSPMbvGA@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-28 22:39:35 +03:00
Robert Haas
1713e3d6cd Minor fixes to pg_combinebackup and its documentation.
The --tablespace-mapping option was specified with required_argument
rather than no_argument, which is wrong. Since the actual argument
string passed to getopt_long() included "T:", the single-character
form of the option still worked, but the long form did not. Repair.

The call to getopt_long() erroneously included "P", which doesn't
correspond to any supported option. Remove.

The help message used "do not" in one place and "don't" in another.
Standardize on "do not".

The documentation erroneously stated that the tablespace mappings
would be applied relative to the pathnames in the first backup
specified on the command line, rather than the final one. Fix.

Thanks to Tomas Vondra and Daniel Gustafsson for alerting me to
these mistakes.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYFznwwaZhHSF1Ze7JeyBv-1yOoSrucKMw37WpF=7RP8g@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-26 08:42:42 -04:00
Robert Haas
205db0114e pg_combinebackup: Detect checksum mismatches and document limitation.
If not all backups have the same checksum status, but the final backup
has checksums enabled, then the output directory may include pages
with invalid checksums. Document this limitation and explain how to
work around it.

In a future release, we may want to teach pg_combinebackup to
recompute page checksums when required, but as feature freeze has come
and gone, it seems a bit too late to do that for this release.

Patch by me, reviewed by Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZugzOSmgkx97u3pc0M7U8LycWvugqoyWBv6j15a4hE5g@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-25 14:58:59 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
e03ec4641d doc: Add link to table
Formal tables should generally have an xref in the text that points to
them.  Add them here.
2024-04-25 14:03:42 +02:00
Amit Kapila
db08e8c6fa Post-commit review fixes for slot synchronization.
Allow pg_sync_replication_slots() to error out during promotion of standby.
This makes the behavior of the SQL function consistent with the slot sync
worker. We also ensured that pg_sync_replication_slots() cannot be
executed if sync_replication_slots is enabled and the slotsync worker is
already running to perform the synchronization of slots. Previously, it
would have succeeded in cases when the worker is idle and failed when it
is performing sync which could confuse users.

This patch fixes another issue in the slot sync worker where
SignalHandlerForShutdownRequest() needs to be registered *before* setting
SlotSyncCtx->pid, otherwise, the slotsync worker could miss handling
SIGINT sent by the startup process(ShutDownSlotSync) if it is sent before
worker could register SignalHandlerForShutdownRequest(). To be consistent,
all signal handlers' registration is moved to a prior location before we
set the worker's pid.

Ensure that we clean up synced temp slots at the end of
pg_sync_replication_slots() to avoid such slots being left over after
promotion.

Ensure that ShutDownSlotSync() captures SlotSyncCtx->pid under spinlock to
avoid accessing invalid value as it can be reset by concurrent slot sync
exit due to an error.

Author: Shveta Malik
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhijie, Bertrand Drouvot, Amit Kapila, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJpy0uBefXUS_TSz=oxmYKHdg-fhxUT0qfjASW3nmqnzVC3p6A@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-25 14:01:44 +05:30
Tom Lane
e51c2a46b5 Doc: fix minor oversight in ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES ref page.
Since schemas have more than one kind of privilege, we should
use the synopsis form that shows the privilege being possibly
repeated.

Yugo Nagata

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240424155052.7ac0d0773e4ae27ab723faea@sraoss.co.jp
2024-04-24 10:18:16 -04:00
Daniel Gustafsson
9d353639c3 Doc: fix prompt in psql crosstabview example
The prompt in the crosstabview example was incorrectly indicating
an open parenthesis where there is none in the example query. Fix
by changing to the normal multi-line prompt.

Reported-by: y.saburov@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171369707837.684.8207966689229976474@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-04-24 13:09:50 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b53d58097d doc: Fix up spacing around verbatim DocBook elements 2024-04-24 12:26:19 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
b279e37015 doc: Correct jsonpath string literal escapes description
The paragraph describing the JavaScript string literals allowed in
jsonpath expressions unnecessarily mentions JSON by erroneously
listing \v as allowed by JSON and mentioning the \xNN and \u{N...}
backslash escapes as deviations from JSON when in fact both are
accepted by ECMAScript/JavaScript.  Fix this by only referring to
JavaScript.

Author: Erik Wienhold <ewie@ewie.name>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/1EB17DF9-2636-484B-9DD0-3CAB19C4F5C4@justatheory.com
2024-04-24 11:31:47 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
3886530caa pg_combinebackup: Put newer options in consistent order in --help and man page 2024-04-24 11:15:23 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
91d6429fad Doc: Use past tense for things which happened in the past
The paragraph on SSL compression is largely describing events which
took place many years ago, so reword with past tense.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eac70d46-e61c-4d71-a1e1-78e2bfa19485@eisentraut.org
2024-04-24 10:54:36 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
256b4b0606 pg_dump: Put new options in consistent order in --help and man page 2024-04-24 10:00:58 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
286eea5d3a doc: Fix order of options on pg_createsubscriber man page
Some options were listed in an order that was inconsistent with the
--help output and everything else.
2024-04-24 09:19:59 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
f994ed89a9 pg_walsummary: Document --version option
It was working, but it was not shown in the --help output or on the
man page.
2024-04-24 08:56:21 +02:00
Amit Kapila
b29cbd3da4 Fix the handling of the failover option in subscription commands.
Do not allow ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... SET (failover = on|off) in a
transaction block as the changed failover option of the slot can't be
rolled back. For the same reason, we refrain from altering the replication
slot's failover property if the subscription is created with a valid
slot_name and create_slot=false.

Reprted-by: Kuroda Hayato
Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Shveta Malik, Bertrand Drouvot, Kuroda Hayato
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57165542B09DFA4943830BF294082@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-04-23 12:22:30 +05:30
Tomas Vondra
f4fdc24aa3 createdb: Correct parameter name in SGML docs
Commit 9c08aea6a3 introduced -S/--strategy option, but forgot to
rename the parameter when copying the -T/--template bit.
2024-04-20 18:54:09 +02:00
David Rowley
2d3389c28c Doc: document cases where queryid is stable
The documents were clear that queryid should not be assumed to be stable
between major versions but said nothing about minor versions and left
the reader to guess if that was implied by the mention of the
instability of queryid between major versions.

Here we give minor versions an explicit mention to indicate queryid can
generally be assumed stable between minor versions.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvpYGE6h0cD9UO-eHySPynPj1L3J%3DHxT%2BA7Ud8_Yo6AuzA%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-04-20 13:53:35 +12:00
Tomas Vondra
41d2c6f952 Add missing index_insert_cleanup calls
The optimization for inserts into BRIN indexes added by c1ec02be1d
relies on a cache that needs to be explicitly released after calling
index_insert(). The commit however failed to invoke the cleanup in
validate_index(), which calls index_insert() indirectly through
table_index_validate_scan().

After inspecting index_insert() callers, it seems unique_key_recheck()
is missing the call too.

Fixed by adding the two missing index_insert_cleanup() calls.

The commit does two additional improvements. The aminsertcleanup()
signature is modified to have the index as the first argument, to make
it more like the other AM callbacks. And the aminsertcleanup() callback
is invoked even if the ii_AmCache is NULL, so that it can decide if the
cleanup is necessary.

Author: Alvaro Herrera, Tomas Vondra
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202401091043.e3nrqiad6gb7@alvherre.pgsql
2024-04-19 16:08:34 +02:00
Tomas Vondra
95d14b7ae2 Fix a couple typos in BRIN code
Typos introduced by commits c1ec02be1d, b437571714 and dae761a87e.

Author: Alvaro Herrera
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202401091043.e3nrqiad6gb7@alvherre.pgsql
2024-04-19 15:43:17 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
e6488fcb05 Doc: Remove mention of @ and ~ GiST operators
These operators were removed by 2f70fdb064 in the v14 cycle but they were
accidentally left in the table of build-in operator classes. Backpatch down
to v14 where the operators where removed.

Author: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Reported-by: Colin Caine <cmcaine@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADwQTQbbr2UQ_fpbyc+8ay=RwEYgYk=TZxH3+RHDqAQfoG+EWA@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v14
2024-04-19 14:50:10 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
84db9a0eb1 Doc: Update link to the mentioned subsection
This updates the link from pg_createsubscriber to initial data sync
to actually link to the subsection in question as opposed to the
main logical replication section.

Author: Pavel Luzanov <p.luzanov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a4af555a-ac60-4416-877d-0440d29b8763@postgrespro.ru
2024-04-18 23:02:39 +02:00
Daniel Gustafsson
950d4a2cb1 Fix typos and duplicate words
This fixes various typos, duplicated words, and tiny bits of whitespace
mainly in code comments but also in docs.

Author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Author: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Author: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Author: David Rowley <dgrowleyml@gmail.com>
Author: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3F577953-A29E-4722-98AD-2DA9EFF2CBB8@yesql.se
2024-04-18 21:28:07 +02:00
Robert Haas
fbed6ebe41 Remove spurious "the".
Spotted by Martin Marqués.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CABeG9LvQMtsKrOkhcA_mKJu1duArw4v+smeJKurYGjPVBZFecg@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-18 13:06:27 -04:00
Robert Haas
2e2d4604d9 docs: Mention that pg_combinebackup does not verify backups.
We don't want users to think that pg_combinebackup is trying to check
the validity of individual backups, because it isn't. Adjust the wording
about sanity checks to make it clear that verification of individual
backups is the job of pg_verifybackup, and that the checks performed
by pg_combinebackup are around the relationships between the backups.

Per discussion with David Steele.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/e6f930c3-590c-47b9-b094-217bb2a3e22e@pgmasters.net
2024-04-18 09:52:19 -04:00
Amit Langote
ef744ebb73 SQL/JSON: Miscellaneous fixes and improvements
This addresses some post-commit review comments for commits 6185c973,
de3600452, and 9425c596a0, with the following changes:

* Fix JSON_TABLE() syntax documentation to use the term
  "path_expression" for JSON path expressions instead of
  "json_path_specification" to be consistent with the other SQL/JSON
  functions.

* Fix a typo in the example code in JSON_TABLE() documentation.

* Rewrite some newly added comments in jsonpath.h.

* In JsonPathQuery(), add missing cast to int before printing an enum
  value.

Reported-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxG_e0QLCgaELrr2ZNz7AxPeGCNKAORe3fHtFCQLsH4J4Q@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-18 14:46:43 +09:00
Masahiko Sawada
f6f8ac8e75 doc: Fix COPY ON_ERROR option syntax synopsis.
ON_ERROR option values don't require quotations, which was
inconsistent with the syntax synopsis in the documentation.

Oversight in b725b7eec4.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoC%3Dn4xR3%2BKQiqodnfT9chSB62XwZqmMff39H%3Dx9DS4scQ%40mail.gmail.com
2024-04-17 16:10:18 +09:00
Tom Lane
6f0cef9353 Fix assorted bugs in ecpg's macro mechanism.
The code associated with EXEC SQL DEFINE was unreadable and full of
bugs, notably:

* It'd attempt to free a non-malloced string if the ecpg program
tries to redefine a macro that was defined on the command line.

* Possible memory stomp if user writes "-D=foo".

* Undef'ing or redefining a macro defined on the command line would
change the state visible to the next file, when multiple files are
specified on the command line.  (While possibly that could have been
an intentional choice, the code clearly intends to revert to the
original macro state; it's just failing to consider this interaction.)

* Missing "break" in defining a new macro meant that redefinition
of an existing name would cause an extra entry to be added to the
definition list.  While not immediately harmful, a subsequent undef
would result in the prior entry becoming visible again.

* The interactions with input buffering are subtle and were entirely
undocumented.

It's not that surprising that we hadn't noticed these bugs,
because there was no test coverage at all of either the -D
command line switch or multiple input files.  This patch adds
such coverage (in a rather hacky way I guess).

In addition to the code bugs, the user documentation was confused
about whether the -D switch defines a C macro or an ecpg one, and
it failed to mention that you can write "-Dsymbol=value".

These problems are old, so back-patch to all supported branches.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/998011.1713217712@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-04-16 12:31:42 -04:00
Robert Haas
09d9800e52 docs: Consolidate into new "WAL for Extensions" chapter.
Previously, we had consecutive, very short chapters called "Generic
WAL" and "Custom WAL Resource Managers," explaining different approaches
to the same problem. Merge them into a single chapter. Explain most
of the differences between the approaches in the chapter's
introductory text, rather than in the individual sections.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/46ac50c1-6b2a-404f-a683-b67af6ab56e9@eisentraut.org
2024-04-15 15:57:13 -04:00
Nathan Bossart
953cf49e16 doc: Note exceptions for SET ROLE's effect on privilege checks.
The documentation for SET ROLE states that superusers who switch to
a non-superuser role lose their superuser privileges.  While this
is true for most commands, there are exceptions such as SET ROLE
and SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION, which continue to use the current
session user and the authenticated user, respectively.
Furthermore, the description of this command already describes its
effect, so it is arguably unnecessary to include this special case.
This commit removes the note about the superuser case and adds a
sentence about the aforementioned exceptions to the description.

Co-authored-by: Yurii Rashkovskii
Reviewed-by: Shubham Khanna, Robert Haas, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BRLCQysHtME0znk2KUMJN343ksboSRQSU-hCnOjesX6VK300Q%40mail.gmail.com
2024-04-15 14:03:24 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
9dfcac8e15 Grammar fixes for split/merge partitions code
The fixes relate to comments, error messages, and corresponding expected output
of regression tests.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMbWs49DDsknxyoycBqiE72VxzL_sYHF6zqL8dSeNehKPJhkKg%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/86bfd241-a58c-479a-9a72-2c67a02becf8%40postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHewXNkGMPU50QG7V6Q60JGFORfo8LfYO1_GCkCa0VWbmB-fEw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Richard Guo, Dmitry Koval, Tender Wang
2024-04-15 16:00:02 +03:00
Peter Eisentraut
9895b35cb8 Fix ALTER DOMAIN NOT NULL syntax
This addresses a few problems with commit e5da0fe3c2 ("Catalog domain
not-null constraints").

In CREATE DOMAIN, a NOT NULL constraint looks like

    CREATE DOMAIN d1 AS int [ CONSTRAINT conname ] NOT NULL

(Before e5da0fe3c2, the constraint name was accepted but ignored.)

But in ALTER DOMAIN, a NOT NULL constraint looks like

    ALTER DOMAIN d1 ADD [ CONSTRAINT conname ] NOT NULL VALUE

where VALUE is where for a table constraint the column name would be.
(This works as of e5da0fe3c2.  Before e5da0fe3c2, this syntax
resulted in an internal error.)

But for domains, this latter syntax is confusing and needlessly
inconsistent between CREATE and ALTER.  So this changes it to just

    ALTER DOMAIN d1 ADD [ CONSTRAINT conname ] NOT NULL

(None of these syntaxes are per SQL standard; we are just living with
the bits of inconsistency that have built up over time.)

In passing, this also changes the psql \dD output to not show not-null
constraints in the column "Check", since it's already shown in the
column "Nullable".  This has also been off since e5da0fe3c2.

Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9ec24d7b-633d-463a-84c6-7acff769c9e8%40eisentraut.org
2024-04-15 08:34:45 +02:00
Noah Misch
68ba46dfe3 Correct "improve role option documentation".
This corrects doc commit 21912e3c02.
Back-patch to v16, like that one.

Reviewed by David G. Johnston.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240331061642.07@rfd.leadboat.com
2024-04-13 07:56:14 -07:00
Heikki Linnakangas
4cc1c76fe9 Document PG_TEST_EXTRA=libpq_encryption and also check 'kerberos'
In the libpq encryption negotiation tests, don't run the GSSAPI tests
unless PG_TEST_EXTRA='kerberos' is also set. That makes it possible to
still run most of the tests when GSSAPI support is compiled in, but
there's no MIT Kerberos installation.
2024-04-12 19:52:39 +03:00
Tom Lane
6d4f062714 Doc: fix bogus to_date() examples.
November doesn't have 31 days.  Remarkably, this thinko
has escaped detection since commit 3f1998727.

Noted by Y. Saburov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171276122213.681.531905738590773705@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-04-11 11:09:00 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov
772faafca1 Revert: Implement pg_wal_replay_wait() stored procedure
This commit reverts 06c418e163, e37662f221, bf1e650806, 25f42429e2,
ee79928441, and 74eaf66f98 per review by Heikki Linnakangas.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b155606b-e744-4218-bda5-29379779da1a%40iki.fi
2024-04-11 17:28:15 +03:00
Daniel Gustafsson
52b49b796c Doc: Update ulinks to RFC documents to avoid redirect
The tools.ietf.org site has been decommissioned and replaced by a
number of sites serving various purposes.  Links to RFCs and BCPs
are now 301 redirected to their new respective IETF sites.  Since
this serves no purpose and only adds network overhead, update our
links to the new locations.

Backpatch to all supported versions.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3C1CEA99-FCED-447D-9858-5A579B4C6687@yesql.se
Backpatch-through: v12
2024-04-10 13:53:25 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov
ff9f72c68f revert: Transform OR clauses to ANY expression
This commit reverts 72bd38cc99 due to implementation and design issues.

Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3604469.1712628736%40sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-04-10 02:28:09 +03:00
David Rowley
b1b13d2b52 Doc: use "an SQL" instead of "a SQL"
Although which is correct depends entirely on whether you pronounce SQL
as "ess-que-ell" or "sequel", we have standardized on the former in our
user-facing documentation, so use the correct article according to that
pronunciation.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvp3osQwQam+wNTp9BdhP+QfWO6aY6ZTixQQMfM-UArKCw@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-10 10:43:31 +12:00
Daniel Gustafsson
ad55cc9845 doc: Remove stray comma from list of psql options
Back in 7.2 the list of options had short options and long options
on the same line separated by comma, but since 7.3 they are listed
separate lines. The comma on -X was left behind so fix by removing
and backpatching all the way.

Reported-by: y.saburov@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171267154345.684.7212826057932148541@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: v12
2024-04-09 23:39:38 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
43a9cab484 Fix whitespace 2024-04-09 11:32:48 +02:00
Heikki Linnakangas
e9f29233fd Fix typo in docs
Author: Erik Rijkers
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/0167b1e1-676c-66ba-e857-3ad7cd84404f@xs4all.nl
2024-04-09 08:04:20 +03:00
Amit Langote
bb766cde63 JSON_TABLE: Add support for NESTED paths and columns
A NESTED path allows to extract data from nested levels of JSON
objects given by the parent path expression, which are projected as
columns specified using a nested COLUMNS clause, just like the parent
COLUMNS clause.  Rows comprised from a NESTED columns are "joined"
to the row comprised from the parent columns.  If a particular NESTED
path evaluates to 0 rows, then the nested COLUMNS will emit NULLs,
making it an OUTER join.

NESTED columns themselves may include NESTED paths to allow
extracting data from arbitrary nesting levels, which are likewise
joined against the rows at the parent level.

Multiple NESTED paths at a given level are called "sibling" paths
and their rows are combined by UNIONing them, that is, after being
joined against the parent row as described above.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order):

Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup,
Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson,
Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera, Jian He

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-08 16:14:13 +09:00
Thomas Munro
13453eedd3 Add pg_buffercache_evict() function for testing.
When testing buffer pool logic, it is useful to be able to evict
arbitrary blocks.  This function can be used in SQL queries over the
pg_buffercache view to set up a wide range of buffer pool states.  Of
course, buffer mappings might change concurrently so you might evict a
block other than the one you had in mind, and another session might
bring it back in at any time.  That's OK for the intended purpose of
setting up developer testing scenarios, and more complicated interlocking
schemes to give stronger guararantees about that would likely be less
flexible for actual testing work anyway.  Superuser-only.

Author: Palak Chaturvedi <chaturvedipalak1911@gmail.com>
Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com> (docs, small tweaks)
Reviewed-by: Nitin Jadhav <nitinjadhavpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Cary Huang <cary.huang@highgo.ca>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Villemain <cedric.villemain+pgsql@abcsql.com>
Reviewed-by: Jim Nasby <jim.nasby@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Orlov <orlovmg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALfch19pW48ZwWzUoRSpsaV9hqt0UPyaBPC4bOZ4W+c7FF566A@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-08 16:23:40 +12:00
Heikki Linnakangas
91044ae4ba Send ALPN in TLS handshake, require it in direct SSL connections
libpq now always tries to send ALPN. With the traditional negotiated
SSL connections, the server accepts the ALPN, and refuses the
connection if it's not what we expect, but connecting without ALPN is
still OK. With the new direct SSL connections, ALPN is mandatory.

NOTE: This uses "TBD-pgsql" as the protocol ID. We must register a
proper one with IANA before the release!

Author: Greg Stark, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent, Jacob Champion
2024-04-08 04:24:51 +03:00
Heikki Linnakangas
d39a49c1e4 Support TLS handshake directly without SSLRequest negotiation
By skipping SSLRequest, you can eliminate one round-trip when
establishing a TLS connection. It is also more friendly to generic TLS
proxies that don't understand the PostgreSQL protocol.

This is disabled by default in libpq, because the direct TLS handshake
will fail with old server versions. It can be enabled with the
sslnegotation=direct option. It will still fall back to the negotiated
TLS handshake if the server rejects the direct attempt, either because
it is an older version or the server doesn't support TLS at all, but
the fallback can be disabled with the sslnegotiation=requiredirect
option.

Author: Greg Stark, Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent, Jacob Champion
2024-04-08 04:24:49 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
72bd38cc99 Transform OR clauses to ANY expression
Replace (expr op C1) OR (expr op C2) ... with expr op ANY(ARRAY[C1, C2, ...])
on the preliminary stage of optimization when we are still working with the
expression tree.

Here Cn is a n-th constant expression, 'expr' is non-constant expression, 'op'
is an operator which returns boolean result and has a commuter (for the case
of reverse order of constant and non-constant parts of the expression,
like 'Cn op expr').

Sometimes it can lead to not optimal plan.  This is why there is a
or_to_any_transform_limit GUC.  It specifies a threshold value of length of
arguments in an OR expression that triggers the OR-to-ANY transformation.
Generally, more groupable OR arguments mean that transformation will be more
likely to win than to lose.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/567ED6CA.2040504%40sigaev.ru
Author: Alena Rybakina <lena.ribackina@yandex.ru>
Author: Andrey Lepikhov <a.lepikhov@postgrespro.ru>
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-by: Ranier Vilela <ranier.vf@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>
2024-04-08 01:27:52 +03:00
Tom Lane
626603d463 Doc: clarify behavior of boolean options in replication protocol commands.
Same idea as ec7e053a9, but applying to the walsender commands
described in protocol.sgml.

Peter Smith

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PvwjZfdGt2R8HTXgSZft=jZKymrS8KUg31pS7zqaaWKKw@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-07 17:16:32 -04:00
Tom Lane
2daeba6a4e Doc: show how to get the equivalent of LIMIT for UPDATE/DELETE.
Add examples showing use of a CTE and a self-join to perform
partial UPDATEs and DELETEs.

Corey Huinker, reviewed by Laurenz Albe

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADkLM=caNEQsUwPWnfi2jR4ix99E0EJM_3jtcE-YjnEQC7Rssw@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-07 16:26:47 -04:00
Tom Lane
1973d9fb31 Doc: update documentation about EXCLUDE constraint elements.
What the documentation calls an exclude_element is an index_elem
according to gram.y, and it allows all the same options that
a CREATE INDEX column specification does.  The COLLATE patch
neglected to update the CREATE/ALTER TABLE docs about that,
and later the opclass-parameters patch made the same oversight.
Add those options to the syntax synopses, and polish the
associated text a bit.

Back-patch to v13 where opclass parameters came in.  We could
update v12 with just the COLLATE omission, but it doesn't quite
seem worth the trouble at this point.

Shihao Zhong, reviewed by Daniel Vérité, Shubham Khanna and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGRkXqShbVyB8E3gapfdtuwiWTiK=Q67Qb9qwxu=+-w0w46EBA@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-07 15:36:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
4643a2b265 Support retrieval of results in chunks with libpq.
This patch generalizes libpq's existing single-row mode to allow
individual partial-result PGresults to contain up to N rows, rather
than always one row.  This reduces malloc overhead compared to plain
single-row mode, and it is very useful for psql's FETCH_COUNT feature,
since otherwise we'd have to add code (and cycles) to either merge
single-row PGresults into a bigger one or teach psql's
results-printing logic to accept arrays of PGresults.

To avoid API breakage, PQsetSingleRowMode() remains the same, and we
add a new function PQsetChunkedRowsMode() to invoke the more general
case.  Also, PGresults obtained the old way continue to carry the
PGRES_SINGLE_TUPLE status code, while if PQsetChunkedRowsMode() is
used then their status code is PGRES_TUPLES_CHUNK.  The underlying
logic is the same either way, though.

Daniel Vérité, reviewed by Laurenz Albe and myself (and whacked
around a bit by me, so any remaining bugs are my fault)

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKZiRmxsVTkO928CM+-ADvsMyePmU3L9DQCa9NwqjvLPcEe5QA@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-06 20:45:11 -04:00
Alexander Korotkov
87c21bb941 Implement ALTER TABLE ... SPLIT PARTITION ... command
This new DDL command splits a single partition into several parititions.
Just like ALTER TABLE ... MERGE PARTITIONS ... command, new patitions are
created using createPartitionTable() function with parent partition as the
template.

This commit comprises quite naive implementation which works in single process
and holds the ACCESS EXCLUSIVE LOCK on the parent table during all the
operations including the tuple routing.  This is why this new DDL command
can't be recommended for large partitioned tables under a high load.  However,
this implementation come in handy in certain cases even as is.
Also, it could be used as a foundation for future implementations with lesser
locking and possibly parallel.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c73a1746-0cd0-6bdd-6b23-3ae0b7c0c582%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Dmitry Koval
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent, Laurenz Albe, Zhihong Yu, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Stephane Tachoires
2024-04-07 01:18:44 +03:00
Alexander Korotkov
1adf16b8fb Implement ALTER TABLE ... MERGE PARTITIONS ... command
This new DDL command merges several partitions into the one partition of the
target table.  The target partition is created using new
createPartitionTable() function with parent partition as the template.

This commit comprises quite naive implementation which works in single process
and holds the ACCESS EXCLUSIVE LOCK on the parent table during all the
operations including the tuple routing.  This is why this new DDL command
can't be recommended for large partitioned tables under a high load.  However,
this implementation come in handy in certain cases even as is.
Also, it could be used as a foundation for future implementations with lesser
locking and possibly parallel.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c73a1746-0cd0-6bdd-6b23-3ae0b7c0c582%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Dmitry Koval
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent, Laurenz Albe, Zhihong Yu, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Robert Haas, Stephane Tachoires
2024-04-07 01:18:43 +03:00
Peter Geoghegan
5bf748b86b Enhance nbtree ScalarArrayOp execution.
Commit 9e8da0f7 taught nbtree to handle ScalarArrayOpExpr quals
natively.  This works by pushing down the full context (the array keys)
to the nbtree index AM, enabling it to execute multiple primitive index
scans that the planner treats as one continuous index scan/index path.
This earlier enhancement enabled nbtree ScalarArrayOp index-only scans.
It also allowed scans with ScalarArrayOp quals to return ordered results
(with some notable restrictions, described further down).

Take this general approach a lot further: teach nbtree SAOP index scans
to decide how to execute ScalarArrayOp scans (when and where to start
the next primitive index scan) based on physical index characteristics.
This can be far more efficient.  All SAOP scans will now reliably avoid
duplicative leaf page accesses (just like any other nbtree index scan).
SAOP scans whose array keys are naturally clustered together now require
far fewer index descents, since we'll reliably avoid starting a new
primitive scan just to get to a later offset from the same leaf page.

The scan's arrays now advance using binary searches for the array
element that best matches the next tuple's attribute value.  Required
scan key arrays (i.e. arrays from scan keys that can terminate the scan)
ratchet forward in lockstep with the index scan.  Non-required arrays
(i.e. arrays from scan keys that can only exclude non-matching tuples)
"advance" without the process ever rolling over to a higher-order array.

Naturally, only required SAOP scan keys trigger skipping over leaf pages
(non-required arrays cannot safely end or start primitive index scans).
Consequently, even index scans of a composite index with a high-order
inequality scan key (which we'll mark required) and a low-order SAOP
scan key (which we won't mark required) now avoid repeating leaf page
accesses -- that benefit isn't limited to simpler equality-only cases.
In general, all nbtree index scans now output tuples as if they were one
continuous index scan -- even scans that mix a high-order inequality
with lower-order SAOP equalities reliably output tuples in index order.
This allows us to remove a couple of special cases that were applied
when building index paths with SAOP clauses during planning.

Bugfix commit 807a40c5 taught the planner to avoid generating unsafe
path keys: path keys on a multicolumn index path, with a SAOP clause on
any attribute beyond the first/most significant attribute.  These cases
are now all safe, so we go back to generating path keys without regard
for the presence of SAOP clauses (just like with any other clause type).
Affected queries can now exploit scan output order in all the usual ways
(e.g., certain "ORDER BY ... LIMIT n" queries can now terminate early).

Also undo changes from follow-up bugfix commit a4523c5a, which taught
the planner to produce alternative index paths, with path keys, but
without low-order SAOP index quals (filter quals were used instead).
We'll no longer generate these alternative paths, since they can no
longer offer any meaningful advantages over standard index qual paths.
Affected queries thereby avoid all of the disadvantages that come from
using filter quals within index scan nodes.  They can avoid extra heap
page accesses from using filter quals to exclude non-matching tuples
(index quals will never have that problem).  They can also skip over
irrelevant sections of the index in more cases (though only when nbtree
determines that starting another primitive scan actually makes sense).

There is a theoretical risk that removing restrictions on SAOP index
paths from the planner will break compatibility with amcanorder-based
index AMs maintained as extensions.  Such an index AM could have the
same limitations around ordered SAOP scans as nbtree had up until now.
Adding a pro forma incompatibility item about the issue to the Postgres
17 release notes seems like a good idea.

Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Author: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-By: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wz=ksvN_sjcnD1+Bt-WtifRA5ok48aDYnq3pkKhxgMQpcw@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-06 11:47:10 -04:00
Thomas Munro
98f320eb2e Increase default vacuum_buffer_usage_limit to 2MB.
The BAS_VACUUM ring size has been 256kB since commit d526575f introduced
the mechanism 17 years ago.  Commit 1cbbee03 recently made it
configurable but retained the traditional default.  The correct default
size has been debated for years, but 256kB is certainly very small.
VACUUM soon needs to write back data it dirtied only 32 blocks ago,
which usually requires flushing the WAL.  New experiments in prefetching
pages for VACUUM exacerbated the problem by crashing into dirty data
even sooner.  Let's make the default 2MB.  That's 1.6% of the default
toy buffer pool size, and 0.2% of 1GB, which would be a considered a
small shared_buffers setting for a real system these days.  Users are
still free to set the GUC to a different value.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240403221257.md4gfki3z75cdyf6%40awork3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLY4Q4ZY4f1rvnFtv6%2BPkjNf8MejdPkcju3Qii9DYqqcQ%40mail.gmail.com
2024-04-06 23:12:03 +13:00
Tomas Vondra
f8ce4ed78c Allow copying files using clone/copy_file_range
Adds --clone/--copy-file-range options to pg_combinebackup, to allow
copying files using file cloning or copy_file_range(). These methods may
be faster than the standard block-by-block copy, but the main advantage
is that they enable various features provided by CoW filesystems.

This commit only uses these copy methods for files that did not change
and can be copied as a whole from a single backup.

These new copy methods may not be available on all platforms, in which
case the command throws an error (immediately, even if no files would be
copied as a whole). This early failure seems better than failing later
when trying to copy the first file, after performing a lot of work on
earlier files.

If the requested copy method is available, but a checksum needs to be
recalculated (e.g. because of a different checksum type), the file is
still copied using the requested method, but it is also read for the
checksum calculation. Depending on the filesystem this may be more
expensive than just performing the simple copy, but it does enable the
CoW benefits.

Initial patch by Jakub Wartak, various reworks and improvements by me.

Author: Tomas Vondra, Jakub Wartak
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro, Jakub Wartak, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3024283a-7491-4240-80d0-421575f6bb23%40enterprisedb.com
2024-04-05 18:01:32 +02:00
Robert Haas
fe8eaa5442 docs: Merge separate chapters on built-in index AMs into one.
The documentation index is getting very long, which makes it hard
to find things. Since these chapters are all very similar in structure
and content, merging them is a natural way of reducing the size of
the toplevel index.

Rather than actually combining all of the SGML into a single file,
keep one file per <sect1>, and add a glue file that includes all
of them.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob7_uoYuS2=rVwpVXaRwP-UXz+++saYTC-BCZ42QzSNKQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-05 10:34:04 -04:00
Amit Kapila
6f132ed693 Allow synced slots to have their inactive_since.
This commit does two things:
1) Maintains inactive_since for sync slots whenever the slot is released
just like any other regular slot.

2) Ensures the value is set to the current timestamp during the promotion
of standby to help correctly interpret the time after promotion. We don't
want the slots to appear inactive for a long time after promotion if they
haven't been synchronized recently. This would also avoid the invalidation
of such slots immediately after promotion if tomorrow we have a feature
that invalidates slots based on their inactivity time. Whoever acquires
the slot i.e. makes the slot active will reset it to NULL.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Amit Kapila, Shveta Malik, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1KrPGwfZV9LYGidjxHeW+rxJ=E2ThjXvwRGLO=iLNuo=Q@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACW4aUe-_uFQOjdWCEN-xXoLGhmvRFnL8SNw_TZ5nJe+aw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob_Ta-t2ty8QrKHBGnNLrf4ZYcwhGHGFsuUoFrAEDw4sA@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-05 09:48:49 +05:30
Amit Langote
de3600452b Add basic JSON_TABLE() functionality
JSON_TABLE() allows JSON data to be converted into a relational view
and thus used, for example, in a FROM clause, like other tabular
data.  Data to show in the view is selected from a source JSON object
using a JSON path expression to get a sequence of JSON objects that's
called a "row pattern", which becomes the source to compute the
SQL/JSON values that populate the view's output columns.  Column
values themselves are computed using JSON path expressions applied to
each of the JSON objects comprising the "row pattern", for which the
SQL/JSON query functions added in 6185c9737c are used.

To implement JSON_TABLE() as a table function, this augments the
TableFunc and TableFuncScanState nodes that are currently used to
support XMLTABLE() with some JSON_TABLE()-specific fields.

Note that the JSON_TABLE() spec includes NESTED COLUMNS and PLAN
clauses, which are required to provide more flexibility to extract
data out of nested JSON objects, but they are not implemented here
to keep this commit of manageable size.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order):

Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup,
Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson,
Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera, Jian He

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-04 20:20:15 +09:00
Tom Lane
06286709ee Invent SERIALIZE option for EXPLAIN.
EXPLAIN (ANALYZE, SERIALIZE) allows collection of statistics about
the volume of data emitted by a query, as well as the time taken
to convert the data to the on-the-wire format.  Previously there
was no way to investigate this without actually sending the data
to the client, in which case network transmission costs might
swamp what you wanted to see.  In particular this feature allows
investigating the costs of de-TOASTing compressed or out-of-line
data during formatting.

Stepan Rutz and Matthias van de Meent,
reviewed by Tomas Vondra and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ca0adb0e-fa4e-c37e-1cd7-91170b18cae1@gmx.de
2024-04-03 17:41:57 -04:00
Robert Haas
f470b5c679 docs: Demote "Monitoring Disk Usage" from chapter to section.
This chapter is very short, and the immediately preceding chapter is
called "Monitoring Database Activity". So, instead of having a
separate chapter for this, make it the last section of the preceding
chapter instead.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob7_uoYuS2=rVwpVXaRwP-UXz+++saYTC-BCZ42QzSNKQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-03 16:09:41 -04:00
Nathan Bossart
c627d944e6 Add built-in ERROR handling for archive callbacks.
Presently, the archiver process restarts when an archive callback
ERRORs.  To avoid this, archive module authors can use sigsetjmp(),
manage a memory context, etc., but that requires a lot of extra
code that will likely look roughly the same between modules.  This
commit adds basic archive callback ERROR handling to pgarch.c so
that module authors won't ordinarily need to worry about this.
While this built-in handler attempts to clean up anything that an
archive module could conceivably have left behind, it is possible
that some modules are doing unexpected things that require
additional cleanup.  Module authors should be sure to do any extra
required cleanup in a PG_CATCH block within the archiving callback.

The archiving callback is now called in a short-lived memory
context that the archiver process resets between invocations.  If a
module requires longer-lived storage, it must maintain its own
memory context.

Thanks to these changes, the basic_archive module can be greatly
simplified.

Suggested-by: Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Yong Li
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230217215624.GA3131134%40nathanxps13
2024-04-02 22:28:11 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
06c418e163 Implement pg_wal_replay_wait() stored procedure
pg_wal_replay_wait() is to be used on standby and specifies waiting for
the specific WAL location to be replayed before starting the transaction.
This option is useful when the user makes some data changes on primary and
needs a guarantee to see these changes on standby.

The queue of waiters is stored in the shared memory array sorted by LSN.
During replay of WAL waiters whose LSNs are already replayed are deleted from
the shared memory array and woken up by setting of their latches.

pg_wal_replay_wait() needs to wait without any snapshot held.  Otherwise,
the snapshot could prevent the replay of WAL records implying a kind of
self-deadlock.  This is why it is only possible to implement
pg_wal_replay_wait() as a procedure working in a non-atomic context,
not a function.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eb12f9b03851bb2583adab5df9579b4b%40postgrespro.ru
Author: Kartyshov Ivan, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Peter Eisentraut, Dilip Kumar, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Alexander Lakhin, Bharath Rupireddy, Euler Taveira
2024-04-02 22:48:03 +03:00
Robert Haas
f5e4dedfa8 Expose PQsocketPoll via libpq
This is useful when connecting to a database asynchronously via
PQconnectStart(), since it handles deciding between poll() and
select(), and some of the required boilerplate.

Tristan Partin, reviewed by Gurjeet Singh, Heikki Linnakangas, Jelte
Fennema-Nio, and me.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/D08WWCPVHKHN.3QELIKZJ2D9RZ@neon.tech
2024-04-02 10:15:56 -04:00
Thomas Munro
210622c60e Provide vectored variant of ReadBuffer().
Break ReadBuffer() up into two steps.  StartReadBuffers() and
WaitReadBuffers() give us two main advantages:

1.  Multiple consecutive blocks can be read with one system call.
2.  Advice (hints of future reads) can optionally be issued to the
kernel ahead of time.

The traditional ReadBuffer() function is now implemented in terms of
those functions, to avoid duplication.

A new GUC io_combine_limit is defined, and the functions for limiting
per-backend pin counts are made into public APIs.  Those are provided
for use by callers of StartReadBuffers(), when deciding how many buffers
to read at once.  The following commit will add a higher level mechanism
for doing that automatically with a practical interface.

With some more infrastructure in later work, StartReadBuffers() could
be extended to start real asynchronous I/O instead of just issuing
advice and leaving WaitReadBuffers() to do the work synchronously.

Author: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (some optimization tweaks)
Reviewed-by: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dilip Kumar <dilipbalaut@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Tested-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJkOiOCa+mag4BF+zHo7qo=o9CFheB8=g6uT5TUm2gkvA@mail.gmail.com
2024-04-03 00:23:20 +13:00
Masahiko Sawada
667e65aac3 Use TidStore for dead tuple TIDs storage during lazy vacuum.
Previously, we used a simple array for storing dead tuple IDs during
lazy vacuum, which had a number of problems:

* The array used a single allocation and so was limited to 1GB.
* The allocation was pessimistically sized according to table size.
* Lookup with binary search was slow because of poor CPU cache and
  branch prediction behavior.

This commit replaces that array with the TID store from commit
30e144287a.

Since the backing radix tree makes small allocations as needed, the
1GB limit is now gone. Further, the total memory used is now often
smaller by an order of magnitude or more, depending on the
distribution of blocks and offsets. These two features should make
multiple rounds of heap scanning and index cleanup an extremely rare
event. TID lookup during index cleanup is also several times faster,
even more so when index order is correlated with heap tuple order.

Since there is no longer a predictable relationship between the number
of dead tuples vacuumed and the space taken up by their TIDs, the
number of tuples no longer provides any meaningful insights for users,
nor is the maximum number predictable. For that reason this commit
also changes to byte-based progress reporting, with the relevant
columns of pg_stat_progress_vacuum renamed accordingly to
max_dead_tuple_bytes and dead_tuple_bytes.

For parallel vacuum, both the TID store and supplemental information
specific to vacuum are shared among the parallel vacuum workers. As
with the previous array, we don't take any locks on TidStore during
parallel vacuum since writes are still only done by the leader
process.

Bump catalog version.

Reviewed-by: John Naylor, (in an earlier version) Dilip Kumar
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAfOZvmfR0j8VmZorZjL7RhTiQdVttNuC4W-Shdc2a-AA%40mail.gmail.com
2024-04-02 10:15:37 +09:00
Tom Lane
959b38d770 Invent --transaction-size option for pg_restore.
This patch allows pg_restore to wrap its commands into transaction
blocks, somewhat like --single-transaction, except that we commit
and start a new block after every N objects.  Using this mode
with a size limit of 1000 or so objects greatly reduces the number
of transactions consumed by the restore, while preventing any
one transaction from taking enough locks to overrun the receiving
server's shared lock table.

(A value of 1000 works well with the default lock table size of
around 6400 locks.  Higher --transaction-size values can be used
if one has increased the receiving server's lock table size.)

Excessive consumption of XIDs has been reported as a problem for
pg_upgrade in particular, but it could be bad for any restore; and the
change also reduces the number of fsyncs and amount of WAL generated,
so it should provide speed benefits too.

This patch does not try to make parallel workers batch the SQL
commands they issue.  The trouble with doing that is that other
workers may need to see the objects a worker creates right away.
Possibly this can be improved later.

In this patch I have hard-wired pg_upgrade to use a transaction size
of 1000 divided by the number of parallel restore jobs allowed
(without that, we'd still be at risk of overrunning the shared lock
table).  Perhaps there would be value in adding another pg_upgrade
option to allow user control of that, but I'm unsure that it's worth
the trouble; I think few users would use it, and any who did would see
not that much benefit compared to the default.

Patch by me, but the original idea to batch SQL commands during
restore is due to Robins Tharakan.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a9f9376f1c3343a6bb319dce294e20ac@EX13D05UWC001.ant.amazon.com
2024-04-01 16:46:24 -04:00
Masahiko Sawada
f5a227895e Add new COPY option LOG_VERBOSITY.
This commit adds a new COPY option LOG_VERBOSITY, which controls the
amount of messages emitted during processing. Valid values are
'default' and 'verbose'.

This is currently used in COPY FROM when ON_ERROR option is set to
ignore. If 'verbose' is specified, a NOTICE message is emitted for
each discarded row, providing additional information such as line
number, column name, and the malformed value. This helps users to
identify problematic rows that failed to load.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Atsushi Torikoshi, Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALj2ACUk700cYhx1ATRQyRw-fBM%2BaRo6auRAitKGff7XNmYfqQ%40mail.gmail.com
2024-04-01 15:25:25 +09:00
Tom Lane
b154d8a6d0 Add pg_basetype() function to extract a domain's base type.
This SQL-callable function behaves much like our internal utility
function getBaseType(), except it returns NULL rather than failing for
an invalid type OID.  (That behavior is modeled on our experience with
other catalog-inquiry functions such as the ACL checking functions.)
The key advantage over doing a join to pg_type is that it will loop
as needed to find the bottom base type of a nest of domains.

Steve Chavez, reviewed by jian he and others

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGRrpzZSX8j=MQcbCSEisFA=ic=K3bknVfnFjAv1diVJxFHJvg@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-30 13:57:19 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
056c565742
doc: Improve "Partition Maintenance" section
This adds some reference links and clarifies the wording a bit.

Author: Robert Treat <rob@xzilla.net>
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABV9wwNGn-pweak6_pvL5PJ1mivDNPKfg0Tck_1oTUETv5Y=dg@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-30 14:08:13 +01:00
Dean Rasheed
0294df2f1f Add support for MERGE ... WHEN NOT MATCHED BY SOURCE.
This allows MERGE commands to include WHEN NOT MATCHED BY SOURCE
actions, which operate on rows that exist in the target relation, but
not in the data source. These actions can execute UPDATE, DELETE, or
DO NOTHING sub-commands.

This is in contrast to already-supported WHEN NOT MATCHED actions,
which operate on rows that exist in the data source, but not in the
target relation. To make this distinction clearer, such actions may
now be written as WHEN NOT MATCHED BY TARGET.

Writing WHEN NOT MATCHED without specifying BY SOURCE or BY TARGET is
equivalent to writing WHEN NOT MATCHED BY TARGET.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Alvaro Herrera, Ted Yu and Vik Fearing.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWqnKGc57Y_JanUBHQXNKcXd7r=0R4NEZUVwP+syRkWbA@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-30 10:00:26 +00:00
Robert Haas
d3ae2a24f2 Add allow_alter_system GUC.
This is marked PGC_SIGHUP, so it can only be set in a configuration
file, not anywhere else; and it is also marked GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE,
so it can't be set using ALTER SYSTEM. When set to false, the
ALTER SYSTEM command is disallowed.

There was considerable concern that this would be misinterpreted as
a security feature, which it is not, because a determined superuser
has various ways of bypassing it. Hence, a lot of work has gone into
wordsmithing the documentation, in the hopes of avoiding any such
confusion.

Jelte Fennemia-Nio and Gabriele Bartolini, with wording suggestions
for the documentation from many others.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA%2BVUV5rEKt2%2BCdC_KUaPoihMu%2Bi5ChT4WVNTr4CD5-xXZUfuQw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-03-29 08:45:11 -04:00
Tom Lane
0075d78947 Allow "internal" subtransactions in parallel mode.
Allow use of BeginInternalSubTransaction() in parallel mode, so long
as the subtransaction doesn't attempt to acquire an XID or increment
the command counter.  Given those restrictions, the other parallel
processes don't need to know about the subtransaction at all, so
this should be safe.  The benefit is that it allows subtransactions
intended for error recovery, such as pl/pgsql exception blocks,
to be used in PARALLEL SAFE functions.

Another reason for doing this is that the API of
BeginInternalSubTransaction() doesn't allow reporting failure.
pl/python for one, and perhaps other PLs, copes very poorly with an
error longjmp out of BeginInternalSubTransaction().  The headline
feature of this patch removes the only easily-triggerable failure
case within that function.  There remain some resource-exhaustion
and similar cases, which we now deal with by promoting them to FATAL
errors, so that callers need not try to clean up.  (It is likely
that such errors would leave us with corrupted transaction state
inside xact.c, making recovery difficult if not impossible anyway.)

Although this work started because of a report of a pl/python crash,
we're not going to do anything about that in the back branches.
Back-patching this particular fix is obviously not very wise.
While we could contemplate some narrower band-aid, pl/python is
already an untrusted language, so it seems okay to classify this
as a "so don't do that" case.

Patch by me, per report from Hao Zhang.  Thanks to Robert Haas for
review.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALY6Dr-2yLVeVPhNMhuBnRgOZo1UjoTETgtKBx1B2gUi8yy+3g@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-28 12:43:10 -04:00
Bruce Momjian
d1cf5319e9 doc: fix CREATE ROLE typo
This wording typo was added in PG 16.

Reported-by: s.bailey@chorusintel.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/171150077554.7105.801523271545956671@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 16
2024-03-27 17:58:11 -04:00
Nathan Bossart
44a4cca991 Adjust documentation for syncfs().
Commit 8c16ad3b43 created a new appendix for syncfs(), which is
excessive for such a small amount of content.  This commit moves
the description of the caveats to be aware of when using syncfs()
back to the documentation for recovery_init_sync_method.  The
documentation for the other utilities with syncfs() support now
directs readers to recovery_init_sync_method for information about
these caveats.

Reported-by: Peter Eisentraut, Robert Haas
Suggested-by: Robert Haas
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/42804669-7063-1320-ed37-3226d5f1067d%40eisentraut.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmobUiqKr%2BZMCLc5Qap-sXBnjfGUU%2BZBmzYEjUuWyjsGr1g%40mail.gmail.com
2024-03-27 10:23:13 -05:00
Dean Rasheed
e6341323a8 Add functions to generate random numbers in a specified range.
This adds 3 new variants of the random() function:

    random(min integer, max integer) returns integer
    random(min bigint, max bigint) returns bigint
    random(min numeric, max numeric) returns numeric

Each returns a random number x in the range min <= x <= max.

For the numeric function, the number of digits after the decimal point
is equal to the number of digits that "min" or "max" has after the
decimal point, whichever has more.

The main entry points for these functions are in a new C source file.
The existing random(), random_normal(), and setseed() functions are
moved there too, so that they can all share the same PRNG state, which
is kept private to that file.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Jian He, David Zhang, Aleksander Alekseev,
and Tomas Vondra.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCV89Vxuq93xQdmc0t-0Y2zeeNQTdsjbmV7dyFBPykbV4Q@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-27 10:12:39 +00:00
Amit Kapila
6d49c8d4b4 Change last_inactive_time to inactive_since in pg_replication_slots.
Commit a11f330b55 added last_inactive_time to show the last time the slot
was inactive. But, it tells the last time that a currently-inactive slot
previously *WAS* active. This could be unclear, so we changed the name to
inactive_since.

Reported-by: Robert Haas
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Shveta Malik, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob_Ta-t2ty8QrKHBGnNLrf4ZYcwhGHGFsuUoFrAEDw4sA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACUXS0SfbHzsX8bqo+7CZhocsV52Kiu7OWGb5HVPAmJqnA@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-27 09:27:44 +05:30
Nathan Bossart
3ff01b2b6e Adjust pgbench option for debug mode.
Many other utilities use -d to specify the database to use, but
pgbench uses it to enable debug mode.  This is causing some users
to accidentally enable it.  This commit changes -d to accept the
database name and introduces --dbname.  Debug mode can still be
enabled with --debug.  This is a backward-incompatible change, but
it has been judged to be worth the trade-off, i.e., some scripts
that use pgbench will need to be updated.

Author: Greg Sabino Mullane
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Euler Taveira, Alvaro Herrera, David Christensen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKAnmmLjAzwVtb%3DVEaeuCtnmOLpzkJ1uJ_XiQ362YdD9B72HSg%40mail.gmail.com
2024-03-25 11:08:53 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
374c7a2290
Allow specifying an access method for partitioned tables
It's now possible to specify a table access method via
CREATE TABLE ... USING for a partitioned table, as well change it with
ALTER TABLE ... SET ACCESS METHOD.  Specifying an AM for a partitioned
table lets the value be used for all future partitions created under it,
closely mirroring the behavior of the TABLESPACE option for partitioned
tables.  Existing partitions are not modified.

For a partitioned table with no AM specified, any new partitions are
created with the default_table_access_method.

Also add ALTER TABLE ... SET ACCESS METHOD DEFAULT, which reverts to the
original state of using the default for new partitions.

The relcache of partitioned tables is not changed: rd_tableam is not
set, even if a partitioned table has a relam set.

Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty <soumyadeep2007@gmail.com>
Author: Michaël Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: The authors themselves
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE-ML+9zM4wJCGCBGv01k96qQ3gFv4WFcFy=zqPHKeaEFwwv6A@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210308010707.GA29832%40telsasoft.com
2024-03-25 16:30:36 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson
68174679fe doc: Document error handling in PGTYPESnumeric_to_long
The documentation for PGTYPESnumeric_to_long only mentioned errno
being set to indicate overflow but the code also sets errno when
underflow happens.

Reported-by: Aidar Imamov <a.imamov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/eebf0ad50ad4321d65d2d64dd6b7f17d@postgrespro.ru
2024-03-25 14:18:39 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
d44032d014 pg_createsubscriber: creates a new logical replica from a standby server
It must be run on the target server and should be able to connect to
the source server (publisher) and the target server (subscriber).  All
tables in the specified database(s) are included in the logical
replication setup.  A pair of publication and subscription objects are
created for each database.

The main advantage of pg_createsubscriber over the common logical
replication setup is the initial data copy.  It also reduces the
catchup phase.

Some prerequisites must be met to successfully run it.  It is
basically the logical replication requirements.  It starts creating a
publication using FOR ALL TABLES and a replication slot for each
specified database.  Write recovery parameters into the target data
directory and start the target server.  It specifies the LSN of the
last replication slot (replication start point) up to which the
recovery will proceed.  Wait until the target server is promoted.
Create one subscription per specified database (using publication and
replication slot created in a previous step) on the target server.
Set the replication progress to the replication start point for each
subscription.  Enable the subscription for each specified database on
the target server.  And finally, change the system identifier on the
target server.

Author: Euler Taveira <euler.taveira@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hayato Kuroda <kuroda.hayato@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shlok Kyal <shlok.kyal.oss@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C <vignesh21@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shubham Khanna <khannashubham1197@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5ac50071-f2ed-4ace-a8fd-b892cffd33eb@www.fastmail.com
2024-03-25 12:42:47 +01:00
Amit Kapila
a11f330b55 Track last_inactive_time in pg_replication_slots.
This commit adds a new property called last_inactive_time for slots. It is
set to 0 whenever a slot is made active/acquired and set to the current
timestamp whenever the slot is inactive/released or restored from the disk.
Note that we don't set the last_inactive_time for the slots currently being
synced from the primary to the standby because such slots are typically
inactive as decoding is not allowed on those.

The 'last_inactive_time' will be useful on production servers to debug and
analyze inactive replication slots. It will also help to know the lifetime
of a replication slot - one can know how long a streaming standby, logical
subscriber, or replication slot consumer is down.

The 'last_inactive_time' will also be useful to implement inactive
timeout-based replication slot invalidation in a future commit.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Amit Kapila, Shveta Malik
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALj2ACW4aUe-_uFQOjdWCEN-xXoLGhmvRFnL8SNw_TZ5nJe+aw@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-25 16:34:33 +05:30
Alexander Korotkov
47f99a407d reindexdb: Add the index-level REINDEX with multiple jobs
Straight-forward index-level REINDEX is not supported with multiple jobs as
we cannot control the concurrent processing of multiple indexes depending on
the same relation.  Instead, we dedicate the whole table to certain reindex
job.  Thus, if indexes in the lists belong to different tables, that gives us
a fair level of parallelism.

This commit teaches get_parallel_object_list() to fetch table names for
indexes in the case of index-level REINDEX.  The same tables are grouped
together in the output order, and the list of indexes is also rebuilt to
match that order.  Later during processingof that list, we push indexes
belonging to the same table into the same job.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezZU_VwDi-1PN8RUSE6mcYG%2BYx1NH_rJO4%2BKe-mKqLp%3DNw%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Maxim Orlov, Svetlana Derevyanko, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier
2024-03-25 02:07:15 +02:00
Nathan Bossart
3330a8d1b7 doc: Clarify requirements for SET ROLE.
Since commit 3d14e171e9, SET ROLE has required the current session
user to have membership with the SET option in the target role, but
the SET ROLE documentation only mentions the membership
requirement.  This commit adds this important detail to the SET
ROLE page.

Reviewed-by: Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BRLCQysHtME0znk2KUMJN343ksboSRQSU-hCnOjesX6VK300Q%40mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 16
2024-03-24 15:23:55 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
34768ee361 Add temporal FOREIGN KEY contraints
Add PERIOD clause to foreign key constraint definitions.  This is
supported for range and multirange types.  Temporal foreign keys check
for range containment instead of equality.

This feature matches the behavior of the SQL standard temporal foreign
keys, but it works on PostgreSQL's native ranges instead of SQL's
"periods", which don't exist in PostgreSQL (yet).

Reference actions ON {UPDATE,DELETE} {CASCADE,SET NULL,SET DEFAULT}
are not supported yet.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-24 07:37:13 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson
697f8d266c Revert "Add notBefore and notAfter to SSL cert info display"
This reverts commit 6acb0a628e since
LibreSSL didn't support ASN1_TIME_diff until OpenBSD 7.1, leaving
the older OpenBSD animals in the buildfarm complaining.

Per plover in the buildfarm.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/F0DF7102-192D-4C21-96AE-9A01AE153AD1@yesql.se
2024-03-22 22:58:41 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson
6acb0a628e Add notBefore and notAfter to SSL cert info display
This adds the X509 attributes notBefore and notAfter to sslinfo
as well as pg_stat_ssl to allow verifying and identifying the
validity period of the current client certificate. OpenSSL has
APIs for extracting notAfter and notBefore, but they are only
supported in recent versions so we have to calculate the dates
by hand in order to make this work for the older versions of
OpenSSL that we still support.

Original patch by Cary Huang with additional hacking by Jacob
and myself.

Author: Cary Huang <cary.huang@highgo.ca>
Co-author: Jacob Champion <jacob.champion@enterprisedb.com>
Co-author: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/182b8565486.10af1a86f158715.2387262617218380588@highgo.ca
2024-03-22 21:25:25 +01:00
Amit Kapila
6ae701b437 Track invalidation_reason in pg_replication_slots.
Till now, the reason for replication slot invalidation is not tracked
directly in pg_replication_slots. A recent commit 007693f2a3 added
'conflict_reason' to show the reasons for slot conflict/invalidation, but
only for logical slots.

This commit adds a new column 'invalidation_reason' to show invalidation
reasons for both physical and logical slots. And, this commit also turns
'conflict_reason' text column to 'conflicting' boolean column (effectively
reverting commit 007693f2a3). The 'conflicting' column is true for
invalidation reasons 'rows_removed' and 'wal_level_insufficient' because
those make the slot conflict with recovery. When 'conflicting' is true,
one can now look at the new 'invalidation_reason' column for the reason
for the logical slot's conflict with recovery.

The new 'invalidation_reason' column will also be useful to track other
invalidation reasons in the future commit.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Bertrand Drouvot, Amit Kapila, Shveta Malik
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ZfR7HuzFEswakt/a%40ip-10-97-1-34.eu-west-3.compute.internal
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CALj2ACW4aUe-_uFQOjdWCEN-xXoLGhmvRFnL8SNw_TZ5nJe+aw@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-22 13:52:05 +05:30
Tom Lane
485f0aa859 Add hash support functions and hash opclass for contrib/ltree.
This also enables hash join and hash aggregation on ltree columns.

Tommy Pavlicek, reviewed by jian he

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEhP-W9ZEoHeaP_nKnPCVd_o1c3BAUvq1gWHrq8EbkNRiS9CvQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-21 18:27:49 -04:00
Robert Haas
57184c3b5d docs: Make claims about the benefits of HOT updates more precise.
The old text claims that HOT completely removes old row versions.
It was unclear whether it just meant the tuples themselves, or the
tuples together with their line pointers. If it meant the former,
it was wrong because we can remove dead row versions even when no
HOT updates have occurred, so it's not describing a benefit of HOT.
If it meant the latter, it was wrong because HOT doesn't allow
reclaiming the root tuple's line pointer.

This section does seems like it's intended to be more of an
informal introduction to HOT than a precise technical description
of every detail of how it works, but we still don't want it to
say things that are just not true, so update the text enough
to avoid that.

Patch by me, reviewed by James Coleman (although he would have
preferred more extensive changes) and Shubham Khanna.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobH6DPmR-u--Xgeg8cYUwhDhypNsv38nDrAJyf_xno=TQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-21 12:54:58 -04:00
Amit Langote
6185c9737c Add SQL/JSON query functions
This introduces the following SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON
data using jsonpath expressions:

JSON_EXISTS(), which can be used to apply a jsonpath expression to a
JSON value to check if it yields any values.

JSON_QUERY(), which can be used to to apply a jsonpath expression to
a JSON value to get a JSON object, an array, or a string.  There are
various options to control whether multi-value result uses array
wrappers and whether the singleton scalar strings are quoted or not.

JSON_VALUE(), which can be used to apply a jsonpath expression to a
JSON value to return a single scalar value, producing an error if it
multiple values are matched.

Both JSON_VALUE() and JSON_QUERY() functions have options for
handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions, which can be used to specify
the behavior when no values are matched and when an error occurs
during jsonpath evaluation, respectively.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Author: Jian He <jian.universality@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order):

Andres Freund, Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup,
Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson,
Justin Pryzby, Álvaro Herrera, Jian He, Anton A. Melnikov,
Nikita Malakhov, Peter Eisentraut, Tomas Vondra

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHROpf9e644D8BRqYvaAPmgBZVup-xKMDPk-nd4EpgzHw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-21 17:07:03 +09:00
Amit Kapila
a145f424d5 Allow dbname to be written as part of connstring via pg_basebackup's -R option.
Commit cca97ce6a6 allowed dbname in pg_basebackup connstring and in this
commit we allow it to be written in postgresql.auto.conf when -R option is
used. The database name in the connection string will be used by the
logical replication slot synchronization on standby.

The dbname will be recorded only if specified explicitly in the connection
string or environment variable.

Masahiko Sawada hasn't reviewed the code in detail but endorsed the idea.

Author: Vignesh C, Kuroda Hayato
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=hdKdg+UeXhReeHpHA6N6v3e0qFF+ZsPFHk9_ThWKf=2A@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-21 10:50:33 +05:30
Tom Lane
1218ca9956 Add to_regtypemod function to extract typemod from a string type name.
In combination with to_regtype, this allows converting a string to
the "canonicalized" form emitted by format_type.  That usage requires
parsing the string twice, which is slightly annoying but not really
too expensive.  We considered alternatives such as returning a record
type, but that way was notationally uglier than this, and possibly
less flexible.

Like to_regtype(), we'd rather that this return NULL for any bad
input, but the underlying type-parsing logic isn't yet capable of
not throwing syntax errors.  Adjust the documentation for both
functions to point that out.

In passing, fix up a couple of nearby entries in the System Catalog
Information Functions table that had not gotten the word about our
since-v13 convention for displaying function usage examples.

David Wheeler and Erik Wienhold, reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Jim Jones,
and others.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DF2324CA-2673-4ABE-B382-26B5770B6AA3@justatheory.com
2024-03-20 17:11:28 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
a0390f6ca6
Review wording on tablespaces w.r.t. partitioned tables
Remove a redundant comment, and document pg_class.reltablespace properly
in catalogs.sgml.

After commits a36c84c3e4, 87259588d0 and others.

Backpatch to 12.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202403191013.w2kr7wqlamqz@alvherre.pgsql
2024-03-20 15:28:14 +01:00
Dean Rasheed
522ed12f7c Add "--exclude-extension" to pg_dump's options.
This option (or equivalently specifying "exclude extension pattern" in
a filter file) allows extensions matching the specified pattern to be
excluded from the dump.

Ayush Vatsa, reviewed by Junwang Zhao, Dean Rasheed, and Daniel
Gustafsson.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACX+KaP=VgVy9h-EUh598DTu+-fNr1jyEmpghC8rRp9s=w33Kg@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-20 08:05:44 +00:00
Jeff Davis
f69319f2f1 Support C.UTF-8 locale in the new builtin collation provider.
The builtin C.UTF-8 locale has similar semantics to the libc locale of
the same name. That is, code point sort order (fast, memcmp-based)
combined with Unicode semantics for character operations such as
pattern matching, regular expressions, and
LOWER()/INITCAP()/UPPER(). The character semantics are based on
Unicode simple case mappings.

The builtin provider's C.UTF-8 offers several important advantages
over libc:

 * faster sorting -- benefits from additional optimizations such as
   abbreviated keys and varstrfastcmp_c
 * faster case conversion, e.g. LOWER(), at least compared with some
   libc implementations
 * available on all platforms with identical semantics, and the
   semantics are stable, testable, and documentable within a given
   Postgres major version

Being based on memcmp, the builtin C.UTF-8 locale does not offer
natural language sort order. But it is an improvement for most use
cases that might otherwise use libc's "C.UTF-8" locale, as well as
many use cases that use libc's "C" locale.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ff4c2f2f9c8fc7ca27c1c24ae37ecaeaeaff6b53.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vérité, Peter Eisentraut, Jeremy Schneider
2024-03-19 15:24:41 -07:00
Tom Lane
fd0398fcb0 Improve EXPLAIN's display of SubPlan nodes and output parameters.
Historically we've printed SubPlan expression nodes as "(SubPlan N)",
which is pretty uninformative.  Trying to reproduce the original SQL
for the subquery is still as impractical as before, and would be
mighty verbose as well.  However, we can still do better than that.
Displaying the "testexpr" when present, and adding a keyword to
indicate the SubLinkType, goes a long way toward showing what's
really going on.

In addition, this patch gets rid of EXPLAIN's use of "$n" to represent
subplan and initplan output Params.  Instead we now print "(SubPlan
N).colX" or "(InitPlan N).colX" to represent the X'th output column
of that subplan.  This eliminates confusion with the use of "$n" to
represent PARAM_EXTERN Params, and it's useful for the first part of
this change because it eliminates needing some other indication of
which subplan is referenced by a SubPlan that has a testexpr.

In passing, this adds simple regression test coverage of the
ROWCOMPARE_SUBLINK code paths, which were entirely unburdened
by testing before.

Tom Lane and Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Aleksander Alekseev.
Thanks to Chantal Keller for raising the question of whether
this area couldn't be improved.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2838538.1705692747@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-03-19 18:19:24 -04:00
Peter Eisentraut
794f10f6b9 Add some UUID support functions
Add uuid_extract_timestamp() and uuid_extract_version().

Author: Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Sergey Prokhorenko, Kirk Wolak, Przemysław Sztoch
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Samokhvalov, Jelte Fennema-Nio, Aleksander Alekseev
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Chris Travers, Lukas Fittl
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAhFRxitJv%3DyoGnXUgeLB_O%2BM7J2BJAmb5jqAT9gZ3bij3uLDA%40mail.gmail.com
2024-03-19 09:32:04 +01:00
Jeff Davis
bb5604ba9e Fix documentation oversights from 2d819a08a1. 2024-03-18 17:13:18 -07:00
Jeff Davis
846311051e Address more review comments on commit 2d819a08a1.
Based on comments from Peter Eisentraut.

 * Document CREATE DATABASE ... BUILTIN_LOCALE.
 * Determine required encoding based on locale name for CREATE
   COLLATION. Use -1 for "C" (requires catversion bump).
 * initdb output fixups.
 * Make ctype_is_c a constant true for now.
 * Fixups to ICU 010_create_database.pl test.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4135cf11-206d-40ed-96c0-9363c1232379@eisentraut.org
2024-03-18 11:58:13 -07:00
Dean Rasheed
7eb9a82018 Fix PDF doc generation.
Commit c649fa24a4 broke PDF generation, due to a misplaced id
attribute.

Per buildfarm member crake.
2024-03-17 14:48:39 +00:00
Dean Rasheed
c649fa24a4 Add RETURNING support to MERGE.
This allows a RETURNING clause to be appended to a MERGE query, to
return values based on each row inserted, updated, or deleted. As with
plain INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands, the returned values are
based on the new contents of the target table for INSERT and UPDATE
actions, and on its old contents for DELETE actions. Values from the
source relation may also be returned.

As with INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE, the output of MERGE ... RETURNING may be
used as the source relation for other operations such as WITH queries
and COPY commands.

Additionally, a special function merge_action() is provided, which
returns 'INSERT', 'UPDATE', or 'DELETE', depending on the action
executed for each row. The merge_action() function can be used
anywhere in the RETURNING list, including in arbitrary expressions and
subqueries, but it is an error to use it anywhere outside of a MERGE
query's RETURNING list.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Isaac Morland, Vik Fearing, Alvaro Herrera,
Gurjeet Singh, Jian He, Jeff Davis, Merlin Moncure, Peter Eisentraut,
and Wolfgang Walther.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWePEGQR5LBn-vD6SfeLZafzEm2Qy_L_Oky2=qw2w3Pzg@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-17 13:58:59 +00:00
Peter Eisentraut
012460ee93 Make stxstattarget nullable
To match attstattarget change (commit 4f622503d6).  The logic inside
CreateStatistics() is clarified a bit compared to that previous patch,
and so here we also update ATExecSetStatistics() to match.

Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4da8d211-d54d-44b9-9847-f2a9f1184c76@eisentraut.org
2024-03-17 12:26:26 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson
4665cebc8a Login event trigger documentation wordsmithing
Minor wordsmithing on the login trigger documentation and code
comments to improve readability, as well as fixing a few small
incorrect statements in the comments.

Author: Robert Treat <rob@xzilla.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJSLCQ0aMWUh1m6E9YdjeqV61baQ=EhteJX8XOxXg8H_2Lcr0Q@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-14 23:35:35 +01:00
Nathan Bossart
d1162cfda8 Add pg_column_toast_chunk_id().
This function returns the chunk_id of an on-disk TOASTed value.  If
the value is un-TOASTed or not on-disk, it returns NULL.  This is
useful for identifying which values are actually TOASTed and for
investigating "unexpected chunk number" errors.

Bumps catversion.

Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Jian He
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230329105507.d764497456eeac1ca491b5bd%40sraoss.co.jp
2024-03-14 10:58:00 -05:00
Jeff Davis
2d819a08a1 Introduce "builtin" collation provider.
New provider for collations, like "libc" or "icu", but without any
external dependency.

Initially, the only locale supported by the builtin provider is "C",
which is identical to the libc provider's "C" locale. The libc
provider's "C" locale has always been treated as a special case that
uses an internal implementation, without using libc at all -- so the
new builtin provider uses the same implementation.

The builtin provider's locale is independent of the server environment
variables LC_COLLATE and LC_CTYPE. Using the builtin provider, the
database collation locale can be "C" while LC_COLLATE and LC_CTYPE are
set to "en_US", which is impossible with the libc provider.

By offering a new builtin provider, it clarifies that the semantics of
a collation using this provider will never depend on libc, and makes
it easier to document the behavior.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ab925f69-5f9d-f85e-b87c-bd2a44798659@joeconway.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/dd9261f4-7a98-4565-93ec-336c1c110d90@manitou-mail.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ff4c2f2f9c8fc7ca27c1c24ae37ecaeaeaff6b53.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Daniel Vérité, Peter Eisentraut, Jeremy Schneider
2024-03-13 23:33:44 -07:00
Alexander Korotkov
e820db5b56 Improve documentation for pg_stat_checkpointer fields
pg_stat_checkpointer contains statistics for checkpoints and restartpoints.
Before 12915a58ee documentation said only about checkpoints implying that
restartpoint is the variation of checkpoint.  12915a58ee introduced
new separate statistics fields for restartpoints.  This commit explicitly
documents fields that are relevant for both checkpoints and restartpoints.

Reported-by: Magnus Hagander
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevExav5-SR0x%2BG9kBUMV0G8XsvSUfuyyqmYBBJi6VHns6sw%40mail.gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Anton A. Melnikov
2024-03-14 02:17:59 +02:00
Nathan Bossart
ecb0fd3372 Reintroduce MAINTAIN privilege and pg_maintain predefined role.
Roles with MAINTAIN on a relation may run VACUUM, ANALYZE, REINDEX,
REFRESH MATERIALIZE VIEW, CLUSTER, and LOCK TABLE on the relation.
Roles with privileges of pg_maintain may run those same commands on
all relations.

This was previously committed for v16, but it was reverted in
commit 151c22deee due to concerns about search_path tricks that
could be used to escalate privileges to the table owner.  Commits
2af07e2f74, 59825d1639, and c7ea3f4229 resolved these concerns by
restricting search_path when running maintenance commands.

Bumps catversion.

Reviewed-by: Jeff Davis
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240305161235.GA3478007%40nathanxps13
2024-03-13 14:49:26 -05:00
Robert Haas
2041bc4276 Add the system identifier to backup manifests.
Before this patch, if you took a full backup on server A and then
tried to use the backup manifest to take an incremental backup on
server B, it wouldn't know that the manifest was from a different
server and so the incremental backup operation could potentially
complete without error. When you later tried to run pg_combinebackup,
you'd find out that your incremental backup was and always had been
invalid. That's poor timing, because nobody likes finding out about
backup problems only at restore time.

With this patch, you'll get an error when trying to take the (invalid)
incremental backup, which seems a lot nicer.

Amul Sul, revised by me. Review by Michael Paquier.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYLZzbSAMM3cAjV4Y+iCRZn-bR9H2+Mdz7NdaJFU1Zb5w@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-13 15:12:33 -04:00
Dean Rasheed
97d4262683 doc: Improve a couple of places in the MERGE docs.
In the synopsis, make the syntax for merge_update consistent with the
syntax for a plain UPDATE command. It was missing the optional "ROW"
keyword that can be used in a multi-column assignment, and the option
to assign from a multi-column subquery, both of which have been
supported by MERGE since it was introduced.

In the parameters section for the with_query parameter, mention that
WITH RECURSIVE isn't supported, since this is different from plain
INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands. While at it, move that entry to
the top of the list, for consistency with the other pages.

Back-patch to v15, where MERGE was introduced.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCWoQyWkMFfu7JXXQr8dA6%3DgxjhYzgpuBP2oz0QoJTxGWw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-03-13 13:16:24 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
61461a300c
libpq: Add encrypted and non-blocking query cancellation routines
The existing PQcancel API uses blocking IO, which makes PQcancel
impossible to use in an event loop based codebase without blocking the
event loop until the call returns.  It also doesn't encrypt the
connection over which the cancel request is sent, even when the original
connection required encryption.

This commit adds a PQcancelConn struct and assorted functions, which
provide a better mechanism of sending cancel requests; in particular all
the encryption used in the original connection are also used in the
cancel connection.  The main entry points are:

- PQcancelCreate creates the PQcancelConn based on the original
  connection (but does not establish an actual connection).
- PQcancelStart can be used to initiate non-blocking cancel requests,
  using encryption if the original connection did so, which must be
  pumped using
- PQcancelPoll.
- PQcancelReset puts a PQcancelConn back in state so that it can be
  reused to send a new cancel request to the same connection.
- PQcancelBlocking is a simpler-to-use blocking API that still uses
  encryption.

Additional functions are
 - PQcancelStatus, mimicks PQstatus;
 - PQcancelSocket, mimicks PQcancelSocket;
 - PQcancelErrorMessage, mimicks PQerrorMessage;
 - PQcancelFinish, mimicks PQfinish.

Author: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reviewed-by: Denis Laxalde <denis.laxalde@dalibo.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM5PR83MB0178D3B31CA1B6EC4A8ECC42F7529@AM5PR83MB0178.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
2024-03-12 17:32:25 +01:00
Nathan Bossart
24c928ad9a reindexdb: Allow specifying objects to process in all databases.
Presently, reindexdb's --table, --schema, --index, and --system
options cannot be used together with --all, i.e., you cannot
specify objects to process in all databases.  This commit removes
this unnecessary restriction.  Furthermore, it removes the
restriction that --system cannot be used with --table, --schema,
and --index.  There is no such restriction for the latter options,
and there is no technical reason to disallow these combinations.

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230628232402.GA1954626%40nathanxps13
2024-03-11 15:42:27 -05:00
Nathan Bossart
1b49d56d35 clusterdb: Allow specifying tables to process in all databases.
Presently, clusterdb's --table option cannot be used together with
--all, i.e., you cannot specify tables to process in all databases.
This commit removes this unnecessary restriction.  In passing,
change the synopsis in the documentation to use "[option...]"
instead of "[--verbose | -v]".  There are other general-purpose
options (e.g., --quiet and --echo), but the synopsis currently only
lists --verbose.

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230628232402.GA1954626%40nathanxps13
2024-03-11 13:11:20 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5fb4cea1b4 doc: add missing word "the"
Reported-by: doughale@gmail.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170993253510.640.5664117187431542912@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-03-11 13:31:13 -04:00
Alvaro Herrera
095493a377
Add missing connection statuses to docs
The list of connection statuses that PQstatus might return during an
asynchronous connection attempt was outdated:

1. CONNECTION_SETENV is never returned anymore and is only part of the
   enum for backwards compatibility, so remove it from the docs.
2. CONNECTION_CHECK_STANDBY and CONNECTION_GSS_STARTUP were not listed,
   so add them.

CONNECTION_NEEDED and CONNECTION_CHECK_TARGET are not listed in the docs
on purpose, since these are internal states that can never be observed
by a caller of PQstatus.

Author: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAGECzQRb21spiiykQ48rzz8w+Hcykz+mB2_hxR65D9Qk6nnw=w@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-11 17:20:36 +01:00
Nathan Bossart
648928c79b vacuumdb: Allow specifying objects to process in all databases.
Presently, vacuumdb's --table, --schema, and --exclude-schema
options cannot be used together with --all, i.e., you cannot
specify tables or schemas to process in all databases.  This commit
removes this unnecessary restriction, thus enabling potentially
useful commands like "vacuumdb --all --schema pg_catalog".

Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Dean Rasheed
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230628232402.GA1954626%40nathanxps13
2024-03-11 10:33:36 -05:00
Amit Kapila
21e3a8bc35 Doc: Warn about two_phase when altering a subscription's slot name.
We expect the 'two_phase' and 'failover' properties to match between the
slot on the publisher and a subscription option on the subscriber.
Otherwise, the slot on the publisher may behave differently from what the
subscription's failover option says.

Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Tristen Raab, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZbkYrLPhH+RxpZlW@ip-10-97-1-34.eu-west-3.compute.internal
2024-03-11 09:33:04 +05:30
Jeff Davis
f696c0cd5f Catalog changes preparing for builtin collation provider.
Rename pg_collation.colliculocale to colllocale, and
pg_database.daticulocale to datlocale. These names reflects that the
fields will be useful for the upcoming builtin provider as well, not
just for ICU.

This is purely a rename; no changes to the meaning of the fields.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ff4c2f2f9c8fc7ca27c1c24ae37ecaeaeaff6b53.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut
2024-03-09 14:48:18 -08:00
Amit Kapila
bf279ddd1c Introduce a new GUC 'standby_slot_names'.
This patch provides a way to ensure that physical standbys that are
potential failover candidates have received and flushed changes before
the primary server making them visible to subscribers. Doing so guarantees
that the promoted standby server is not lagging behind the subscribers
when a failover is necessary.

The logical walsender now guarantees that all local changes are sent and
flushed to the standby servers corresponding to the replication slots
specified in 'standby_slot_names' before sending those changes to the
subscriber.

Additionally, the SQL functions pg_logical_slot_get_changes,
pg_logical_slot_peek_changes and pg_replication_slot_advance are modified
to ensure that they process changes for failover slots only after physical
slots specified in 'standby_slot_names' have confirmed WAL receipt for those.

Author: Hou Zhijie and Shveta Malik
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Peter Smith, Bertrand Drouvot, Ajin Cherian, Nisha Moond, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514f6f2f-6833-4539-39f1-96cd1e011f23@enterprisedb.com
2024-03-08 08:10:45 +05:30
Michael Paquier
d61a6cad64 Add support for DEFAULT in ALTER TABLE .. SET ACCESS METHOD
This option can be used to switch a relation to use the access method
set by default_table_access_method when running the command.

This has come up when discussing the possibility to support setting
pg_class.relam for partitioned tables (left out here as future work),
while being useful on its own for relations with physical storage as
these must have an access method set.

Per suggestion from Justin Pryzby.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZeCZ89xAVFeOmrQC@pryzbyj2023
2024-03-08 09:31:52 +09:00
Amit Kapila
60c07820d6 Doc: Improve replication slot synchronization section.
Author: Peter Smith
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Laurenz Albe
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Ps01fV9bjhj6njCFiHu0W0gu1Jcu0tKo0RYMhHx-hZZ7g@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-06 11:16:51 +05:30
Thomas Munro
d93627bcbe Add --copy-file-range option to pg_upgrade.
The copy_file_range() system call is available on at least Linux and
FreeBSD, and asks the kernel to use efficient ways to copy ranges of a
file.  Options available to the kernel include sharing block ranges
(similar to --clone mode), and pushing down block copies to the storage
layer.

For automated testing, see PG_TEST_PG_UPGRADE_MODE.  (Perhaps in a later
commit we could consider setting this mode for one of the CI targets.)

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKe7Hb0-UNih8VD5UNZy5-ojxFb3Pr3xSBBL8qj2M2%3DdQ%40mail.gmail.com
2024-03-06 12:01:01 +13:00
Jeff Davis
7a9328e8e4 docs: Update HOT update docs for 19d8e2308b
Commit 19d8e2308b changed when the HOT update optimization is possible
but neglected to update the Heap-Only Tuples (HOT) documentation.  This
patch updates that documentation accordingly.

Author: Elizabeth Christensen
Backpatch-through: 16
Reviewed-By: Stephen Frost, Alvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABoUFXRjisr58Ct_3VsFEdQx+fJeQTWTdJnM7XAp=8MUbtoa9A@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-05 09:25:46 -08:00
Peter Eisentraut
030e10ff1a Rename pg_constraint.conwithoutoverlaps to conperiod
pg_constraint.conwithoutoverlaps was recently added to support primary
keys and unique constraints with the WITHOUT OVERLAPS clause.  An
upcoming patch provides the foreign-key side of this functionality,
but the syntax there is different and uses the keyword PERIOD.  It
would make sense to use the same pg_constraint field for both of
these, but then we should pick a more general name that conveys "this
constraint has a temporal/period-related feature".  conperiod works
for that and is nicely compact.  Changing this now avoids possibly
having to introduce versioning into clients.  Note there are still
some "without overlaps" variables left, which deal specifically with
the parsing of the primary key/unique constraint feature.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-05 11:24:17 +01:00
Jeff Davis
2af07e2f74 Fix search_path to a safe value during maintenance operations.
While executing maintenance operations (ANALYZE, CLUSTER, REFRESH
MATERIALIZED VIEW, REINDEX, or VACUUM), set search_path to
'pg_catalog, pg_temp' to prevent inconsistent behavior.

Functions that are used for functional indexes, in index expressions,
or in materialized views and depend on a different search path must be
declared with CREATE FUNCTION ... SET search_path='...'.

This change was previously committed as 05e1737351, then reverted in
commit 2fcc7ee7af because it was too late in the cycle.

Preparation for the MAINTAIN privilege, which was previously reverted
due to search_path manipulation hazards.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d4ccaf3658cb3c281ec88c851a09733cd9482f22.camel@j-davis.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1q7j7Y-000z1H-Hr%40gemulon.postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e44327179e5c9015c8dda67351c04da552066017.camel%40j-davis.com
Reviewed-by: Greg Stark, Nathan Bossart, Noah Misch
2024-03-04 17:31:38 -08:00
Nathan Bossart
2c29e7fc95 Add macro for customizing an archiving WARNING message.
Presently, if an archive module's check_configured_cb callback
returns false, a generic WARNING message is emitted, which
unfortunately provides no actionable details about the reason why
the module is not configured.  This commit introduces a macro that
archive module authors can use to add a DETAIL line to this WARNING
message.

Co-authored-by: Tung Nguyen
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4109578306242a7cd5661171647e11b2%40oss.nttdata.com
2024-03-04 15:41:42 -06:00
Daniel Gustafsson
cc09e6549f Remove the adminpack contrib extension
The adminpack extension was only used to support pgAdmin III,  which
in turn was declared EOL many years ago. Removing the extension also
allows us to remove functions from core as well which were only used
to support old version of adminpack.

Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACUmL5TraYBUBqDZBi1C+Re8_=SekqGYqYprj_W8wygQ8w@mail.gmail.com
2024-03-04 12:39:22 +01:00
Dean Rasheed
8545b28679 Fix doc omission for MERGE into updatable views.
Commit 5f2e179bd3 missed one place in rules.sgml that should have
mentioned MERGE. Also, be more specific when saying that MERGE doesn't
support rules, since it does support SELECT rules.
2024-03-04 10:48:40 +00:00
Daniel Gustafsson
0cf79a7f68 doc: Fix datatype for postgres_fdw option
The datatype for analyze_sampling had accidentally been set to text
and not string.  Backpatch to v16 where analyze_sampling first was
introduced.

Author: Shinya Kato <Shinya11.Kato@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7fd9166b9fda267411793f39986d7f24@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: v16
2024-03-04 10:52:19 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
024c521117 Replace BackendIds with 0-based ProcNumbers
Now that BackendId was just another index into the proc array, it was
redundant with the 0-based proc numbers used in other places. Replace
all usage of backend IDs with proc numbers.

The only place where the term "backend id" remains is in a few pgstat
functions that expose backend IDs at the SQL level. Those IDs are now
in fact 0-based ProcNumbers too, but the documentation still calls
them "backend ids". That term still seems appropriate to describe what
the numbers are, so I let it be.

One user-visible effect is that pg_temp_0 is now a valid temp schema
name, for backend with ProcNumber 0.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/8171f1aa-496f-46a6-afc3-c46fe7a9b407@iki.fi
2024-03-03 19:38:22 +02:00
Jeff Davis
875e46a0a2 Documentation update for Standard Collations.
Correct out-of-date text that said the "default" collation is always
based on LC_COLLATE and LC_CTYPE.

Also reformat into a list to make it easier to understand and compare
the available collations, and briefly document the stability
characteristics of each one.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4a69d067374d2f6bfb66f5bfb2ab9a020493d49f.camel@j-davis.com
2024-03-02 13:37:43 -08:00
Dean Rasheed
5f2e179bd3 Support MERGE into updatable views.
This allows the target relation of MERGE to be an auto-updatable or
trigger-updatable view, and includes support for WITH CHECK OPTION,
security barrier views, and security invoker views.

A trigger-updatable view must have INSTEAD OF triggers for every type
of action (INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE) mentioned in the MERGE command.
An auto-updatable view must not have any INSTEAD OF triggers. Mixing
auto-update and trigger-update actions (i.e., having a partial set of
INSTEAD OF triggers) is not supported.

Rule-updatable views are also not supported, since there is no
rewriter support for non-SELECT rules with MERGE operations.

Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Jian He and Alvaro Herrera.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVcB1g0nmxuEc-A+gGB0HnfcGQNGYH7gS=7rq0u0zOBXA@mail.gmail.com
2024-02-29 15:56:59 +00:00
Alvaro Herrera
53c2a97a92
Improve performance of subsystems on top of SLRU
More precisely, what we do here is make the SLRU cache sizes
configurable with new GUCs, so that sites with high concurrency and big
ranges of transactions in flight (resp. multixacts/subtransactions) can
benefit from bigger caches.  In order for this to work with good
performance, two additional changes are made:

1. the cache is divided in "banks" (to borrow terminology from CPU
   caches), and algorithms such as eviction buffer search only affect
   one specific bank.  This forestalls the problem that linear searching
   for a specific buffer across the whole cache takes too long: we only
   have to search the specific bank, whose size is small.  This work is
   authored by Andrey Borodin.

2. Change the locking regime for the SLRU banks, so that each bank uses
   a separate LWLock.  This allows for increased scalability.  This work
   is authored by Dilip Kumar.  (A part of this was previously committed as
   d172b717c6f4.)

Special care is taken so that the algorithms that can potentially
traverse more than one bank release one bank's lock before acquiring the
next.  This should happen rarely, but particularly clog.c's group commit
feature needed code adjustment to cope with this.  I (Álvaro) also added
lots of comments to make sure the design is sound.

The new GUCs match the names introduced by bcdfa5f2e2 in the
pg_stat_slru view.

The default values for these parameters are similar to the previous
sizes of each SLRU.  commit_ts, clog and subtrans accept value 0, which
means to adjust by dividing shared_buffers by 512 (so 2MB for every 1GB
of shared_buffers), with a cap of 8MB.  (A new slru.c function
SimpleLruAutotuneBuffers() was added to support this.)  The cap was
previously 1MB for clog, so for sites with more than 512MB of shared
memory the total memory used increases, which is likely a good tradeoff.
However, other SLRUs (notably multixact ones) retain smaller sizes and
don't support a configured value of 0.  These values based on
shared_buffers may need to be revisited, but that's an easy change.

There was some resistance to adding these new GUCs: it would be better
to adjust to memory pressure automatically somehow, for example by
stealing memory from shared_buffers (where the caches can grow and
shrink naturally).  However, doing that seems to be a much larger
project and one which has made virtually no progress in several years,
and because this is such a pain point for so many users, here we take
the pragmatic approach.

Author: Andrey Borodin <x4mmm@yandex-team.ru>
Author: Dilip Kumar <dilipbalaut@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amul Sul, Gilles Darold, Anastasia Lubennikova,
	Ivan Lazarev, Robert Haas, Thomas Munro, Tomas Vondra,
	Yura Sokolov, Васильев Дмитрий (Dmitry Vasiliev).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2BEC2B3F-9B61-4C1D-9FB5-5FAB0F05EF86@yandex-team.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFiTN-vzDvNz=ExGXz6gdyjtzGixKSqs0mKHMmaQ8sOSEFZ33A@mail.gmail.com
2024-02-28 17:05:31 +01:00
Heikki Linnakangas
0b16bb8776 Remove AIX support
There isn't a lot of user demand for AIX support, we have a bunch of
hacks to work around AIX-specific compiler bugs and idiosyncrasies,
and no one has stepped up to the plate to properly maintain it.
Remove support for AIX to get rid of that maintenance overhead. It's
still supported for stable versions.

The acute issue that triggered this decision was that after commit
8af2565248, the AIX buildfarm members have been hitting this
assertion:

    TRAP: failed Assert("(uintptr_t) buffer == TYPEALIGN(PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE, buffer)"), File: "md.c", Line: 472, PID: 2949728

Apperently the "pg_attribute_aligned(a)" attribute doesn't work on AIX
for values larger than PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE, for a static const variable.
That could be worked around, but we decided to just drop the AIX support
instead.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20240224172345.32@rfd.leadboat.com
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Noah Misch, Thomas Munro
2024-02-28 15:17:23 +04:00
Alvaro Herrera
bcdfa5f2e2
Rename SLRU elements in view pg_stat_slru
The new names are intended to match those in an upcoming patch that adds
a few GUCs to configure the SLRU buffer sizes.

Backwards compatibility concern: this changes the accepted names for
function pg_stat_slru_rest().  Since this function recognizes "any other
string" as a request to reset the entry for "other", this means that
calling it with the old names would silently reset "other" instead of
doing nothing or throwing an error.

Reviewed-by: Andrey M. Borodin <x4mmm@yandex-team.ru>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202402261616.dlriae7b6emv@alvherre.pgsql
2024-02-28 09:39:52 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
6979ea2638
Revise MERGE documentation
Add a note about the additional privileges required after the fix in
4989ce7264 (wording per Tom Lane); also change marked-up mentions of
"target_table_name" to be simply "the target table" or the like.  Also,
note that "join_condition" is scouted for requisite privileges.

Backpatch to 15.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202402211653.zuh6objy3z72@alvherre.pgsql
2024-02-26 18:19:03 +01:00
Tom Lane
57b28c0830 Doc: fix minor typos in two ECPG function descriptions.
Noted by Aidar Imamov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170869935022.643.3709087848818148291@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-02-25 15:29:09 -05:00
Alexander Korotkov
28e858c0f9 Improve documentation and GUC description for transaction_timeout
Reported-by: Alexander Lakhin
2024-02-25 20:30:17 +02:00
Amit Kapila
93db6cbda0 Add a new slot sync worker to synchronize logical slots.
By enabling slot synchronization, all the failover logical replication
slots on the primary (assuming configurations are appropriate) are
automatically created on the physical standbys and are synced
periodically. The slot sync worker on the standby server pings the primary
server at regular intervals to get the necessary failover logical slots
information and create/update the slots locally. The slots that no longer
require synchronization are automatically dropped by the worker.

The nap time of the worker is tuned according to the activity on the
primary. The slot sync worker waits for some time before the next
synchronization, with the duration varying based on whether any slots were
updated during the last cycle.

A new parameter sync_replication_slots enables or disables this new
process.

On promotion, the slot sync worker is shut down by the startup process to
drop any temporary slots acquired by the slot sync worker and to prevent
the worker from trying to fetch the failover slots.

A functionality to allow logical walsenders to wait for the physical will
be done in a subsequent commit.

Author: Shveta Malik, Hou Zhijie based on design inputs by Masahiko Sawada and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Bertrand Drouvot, Peter Smith, Dilip Kumar, Ajin Cherian, Nisha Moond, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514f6f2f-6833-4539-39f1-96cd1e011f23@enterprisedb.com
2024-02-22 15:25:15 +05:30
Daniel Gustafsson
690805ca75 doc: Fix link to pg_ident_file_mappings view
Commit a2c84990be accidentally used the link for pg_hba_file_rules
when linking to pg_ident_file_mappings.  Backpatch to v16 where this
was introduced.

Author: Erik Wienhold <ewie@ewie.name>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/qt5hvgvfi4qzlgml2dfssaut2t2x5nwf7b5l63fklr7fpxwm6g@hle3mtglpm4y
Backpatch-through: v16
2024-02-21 09:08:28 +01:00
Tom Lane
fcd210d496 Doc: improve explanation of type interval, especially extract().
The explanation of interval's behavior in datatype.sgml wasn't wrong
exactly, but it was unclear, partly because it buried the lede about
there being three internal fields.  Rearrange and wordsmith for more
clarity.

The discussion of extract() claimed that input of type date was
handled by casting, but actually there's been a separate SQL function
taking date for a very long time.  Also, it was mostly silent about
how interval inputs are handled, but there are several field types
for which it seems useful to be specific.

Improve discussion of justify_days()/justify_hours() too.

In passing, remove vertical space in some groups of examples,
as there was little consistency about whether to have such space
or not.  (I only did this within the datetime functions section;
there are some related inconsistencies elsewhere.)

Per discussion of bug #18348 from Michael Bondarenko.  There
may be some code changes coming out of that discussion too,
but we likely won't back-patch them.  This docs-only patch
seems useful to back-patch, though I only carried it back to
v13 because it didn't apply easily in v12.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/18348-b097a3587dfde8a4@postgresql.org
2024-02-20 14:35:12 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
74563f6b90 Revert "Improve compression and storage support with inheritance"
This reverts commit 0413a55699.

pg_dump cannot currently dump all the structures that are allowed by
this patch.  This needs more work in pg_dump and more test coverage.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/24656cec-d6ef-4d15-8b5b-e8dfc9c833a7@eisentraut.org
2024-02-20 11:10:59 +01:00
Michael Paquier
01ec4d89b9 doc: Use system-username instead of system-user
This inconsistency has been introduced in efb6f4a4f9.

Reported-by: Julien Rouhaud
Author: Bertrand Drouvot
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZdMWux1HpIebkEmd@ip-10-97-1-34.eu-west-3.compute.internal
Backpatch-through: 16
2024-02-20 11:59:03 +09:00
Tom Lane
7f27185324 Doc: fix typo in SECURITY LABEL synopsis.
One case missed its trailing "|".

Reported by Tim Needham.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170833547220.3279712.700702770281879175@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-02-19 14:17:11 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
0413a55699 Improve compression and storage support with inheritance
A child table can specify a compression or storage method different
from its parents.  This was previously an error.  (But this was
inconsistently enforced because for example the settings could be
changed later using ALTER TABLE.)  This now also allows an explicit
override if multiple parents have different compression or storage
settings, which was previously an error that could not be overridden.

The compression and storage properties remains unchanged in a child
inheriting from parent(s) after its creation, i.e., when using ALTER
TABLE ...  INHERIT.  (This is not changed.)

Before this change, the error detail would mention the first pair of
conflicting parent compression or storage methods.  But with this
change it waits till the child specification is considered by which
time we may have encountered many such conflicting pairs.  Hence the
error detail after this change does not include the conflicting
compression/storage methods.  Those can be obtained from parent
definitions if necessary.  The code to maintain list of all
conflicting methods or even the first conflicting pair does not seem
worth the convenience it offers.  This change is inline with what we
do with conflicting default values.

Before this commit, the specified storage method could be stored in
ColumnDef::storage (CREATE TABLE ... LIKE) or ColumnDef::storage_name
(CREATE TABLE ...).  This caused the MergeChildAttribute() and
MergeInheritedAttribute() to ignore a storage method specified in the
child definition since it looked only at ColumnDef::storage.  This
commit removes ColumnDef::storage and instead uses
ColumnDef::storage_name to save any storage method specification. This
is similar to how compression method specification is handled.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/24656cec-d6ef-4d15-8b5b-e8dfc9c833a7@eisentraut.org
2024-02-16 13:27:46 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov
51efe38cb9 Introduce transaction_timeout
This commit adds timeout that is expected to be used as a prevention
of long-running queries. Any session within the transaction will be
terminated after spanning longer than this timeout.

However, this timeout is not applied to prepared transactions.
Only transactions with user connections are affected.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAhFRxiQsRs2Eq5kCo9nXE3HTugsAAJdSQSmxncivebAxdmBjQ%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Andrey Borodin <amborodin@acm.org>
Author: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Author: Junwang Zhao <zhjwpku@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Samokhvalov <samokhvalov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Fujii Masao <masao.fujii@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: bt23nguyent <bt23nguyent@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuhang Qiu <iamqyh@gmail.com>
2024-02-15 23:56:12 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
995d400cec Allow passing extra options to initdb for tests
Setting the environment variable PG_TEST_INITDB_EXTRA_OPTS passes
extra options to initdb run by pg_regress or
PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster's init.

This can be useful for a wide variety of uses, like running all tests
with checksums enabled, or with JIT enabled, or with different GUC
settings, or with different locale settings.  (Not all tests are going
to pass with arbitrary options, but it is useful to run this against
specific test suites.)

Reviewed-by: Ian Lawrence Barwick <barwick@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/d4d2ad9f-1c1d-47a1-bb4d-c10a747d4f15%40eisentraut.org
2024-02-15 10:29:18 +01:00
Nathan Bossart
28e4632509 Centralize logic for restoring errno in signal handlers.
Presently, we rely on each individual signal handler to save the
initial value of errno and then restore it before returning if
needed.  This is easily forgotten and, if missed, often goes
undetected for a long time.

In commit 3b00fdba9f, we introduced a wrapper signal handler
function that checks whether MyProcPid matches getpid().  This
commit moves the aforementioned errno restoration code from the
individual signal handlers to the new wrapper handler so that we no
longer need to worry about missing it.

Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Noah Misch
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231121212008.GA3742740%40nathanxps13
2024-02-14 16:34:18 -06:00
Nathan Bossart
8d8afd48d3 Allow pg_monitor to execute pg_current_logfile().
We allow roles with privileges of pg_monitor to execute functions
like pg_ls_logdir(), so it seems natural that such roles would also
be able to execute this function.

Bumps catversion.

Co-authored-by: Pavlo Golub
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAK7ymcLmEYWyQkiCZ64WC-HCzXAB0omM%3DYpj9B3rXe8vUAFMqw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-02-14 11:48:29 -06:00
Daniel Gustafsson
b8f9e77725 doc: Remove links to further reading from pgcrypto docs
The pgcrypto docs contained a set of links for useful reading and
technical references. These sets of links were however not actively
curated and had stale content and dead links. Rather than investing
time into maintining these, this removes them altogether since there
are lots of resources online which are actively maintained.

Backpatch to all supported versions since these links have been in
the docs for a long time.

Reported-by: Hanefi Onaldi <hanefi.onaldi@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170774255387.3279713.2822272755998870925@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: v12
2024-02-14 11:05:10 +01:00
Amit Kapila
ddd5f4f54a Add a slot synchronization function.
This commit introduces a new SQL function pg_sync_replication_slots()
which is used to synchronize the logical replication slots from the
primary server to the physical standby so that logical replication can be
resumed after a failover or planned switchover.

A new 'synced' flag is introduced in pg_replication_slots view, indicating
whether the slot has been synchronized from the primary server. On a
standby, synced slots cannot be dropped or consumed, and any attempt to
perform logical decoding on them will result in an error.

The logical replication slots on the primary can be synchronized to the
hot standby by using the 'failover' parameter of
pg-create-logical-replication-slot(), or by using the 'failover' option of
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION during slot creation, and then calling
pg_sync_replication_slots() on standby. For the synchronization to work,
it is mandatory to have a physical replication slot between the primary
and the standby aka 'primary_slot_name' should be configured on the
standby, and 'hot_standby_feedback' must be enabled on the standby. It is
also necessary to specify a valid 'dbname' in the 'primary_conninfo'.

If a logical slot is invalidated on the primary, then that slot on the
standby is also invalidated.

If a logical slot on the primary is valid but is invalidated on the
standby, then that slot is dropped but will be recreated on the standby in
the next pg_sync_replication_slots() call provided the slot still exists
on the primary server. It is okay to recreate such slots as long as these
are not consumable on standby (which is the case currently). This
situation may occur due to the following reasons:
- The 'max_slot_wal_keep_size' on the standby is insufficient to retain
WAL records from the restart_lsn of the slot.
- 'primary_slot_name' is temporarily reset to null and the physical slot
is removed.

The slot synchronization status on the standby can be monitored using the
'synced' column of pg_replication_slots view.

A functionality to automatically synchronize slots by a background worker
and allow logical walsenders to wait for the physical will be done in
subsequent commits.

Author: Hou Zhijie, Shveta Malik, Ajin Cherian based on an earlier version by Peter Eisentraut
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, Bertrand Drouvot, Peter Smith, Dilip Kumar, Nisha Moond, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514f6f2f-6833-4539-39f1-96cd1e011f23@enterprisedb.com
2024-02-14 09:45:36 +05:30
Daniel Gustafsson
c1fc502f59 Skip .DS_Store files in server side utils
The macOS Finder application creates .DS_Store files in directories
when opened,  which creates problems for serverside utilities which
expect all files to be PostgreSQL specific files.  Skip these files
when encountered in pg_checksums, pg_rewind and pg_basebackup.

This was extracted from a larger patchset for skipping hidden files
and system files, where the concencus was to just skip these. Since
this is equally likely to happen in every version, backpatch to all
supported versions.

Reported-by: Mark Guertin <markguertin@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Bussmann <t.bussmann@gmx.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E258CE50-AB0E-455D-8AAD-BB4FE8F882FB@gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v12
2024-02-13 13:47:12 +01:00
Amit Kapila
703c7a3c54 Doc: Improve upgrade for streaming replication section.
Currently the documentation of upgrade for streaming replication section
says that logical replication slots will be copied, but the logical
replication slots are copied only if the old primary is version 17.0 or
later.

Author: Shubham Khanna
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHv8RjJHCw0jpUo9PZxjcguzGt3j2W1_NH=QuREoN0nYiVdVeA@mail.gmail.com
2024-02-13 09:45:01 +05:30
Alexander Korotkov
5fce30e77f Fix some typos in event trigger docs
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWFUW4jX9EW7CLxbzSS%2Bb7b0Z%3DxKYrqzj2Rstc9MCEx7g%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
2024-02-12 00:52:25 +02:00
Andrew Dunstan
4697454686 Disallow jsonpath methods involving TZ in immutable functions
Timezones are not immutable and so neither is any function that relies on
them. In commit 66ea94e8, we introduced a few methods which do casting
from one time to another and thus may involve the current timezone.  To
preserve the immutability of jsonpath functions currently marked
immutable, disallow these methods from being called from non-TZ aware
functions.

Jeevan Chalke, per a report from Jian He.
2024-02-10 12:12:39 -05:00
Daniel Gustafsson
fdfb92c030 doc: Remove superfluous bracket in synopsis
Commit 9c08aea6a3 accidentally added one too many end brackets
in the synopsis for CREATE DATABASE .. strategy = strat. Fix by
removing. Backpatch to v15 where it was introduced.

Reported-by: tim.needham2@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170734160862.3279712.810853722572951776@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: v15
2024-02-08 12:19:34 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
5869aef9a1 Fix documentation build with older docbook-xsl
Commit b0f0a9432d backpatched some code from upstream DocBook XSL to
our customization layer.  It turned out that this failed to work with
anything but the latest DocBook XSL upstream version (1.79.*), because
the backpatched code references an XSLT parameter (autolink.index.see)
that is not defined in earlier versions (because the feature it is
used for did not exist yet).

There is no way in XSLT to test whether a parameter is declared before
the stylesheet processor tries and fails to access it.  So the
possibilities to fix this would be to either remove the code that uses
the parameter (and thus give up on the feature it is used for) or
declare the parameter in our customization layer.  The latter seems
easier, and with a few more lines of code we can backport the entire
autolink.index.see feature, so let's do that.  (If we didn't, then
with older stylesheets the parameter will appear as on, but it won't
actually do anything, because of the way the stylesheets are laid out,
so it's less confusing to just make it work.)

With this, the documentation build should work again with docbook-xsl
versions 1.77.*, 1.78.*, and 1.79.* (which already worked before).
Version 1.76.1 already didn't work before all this, so was not
considered here.

Reported-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9077b779-a9f8-09c8-6e85-da1ebfba15af@eisentraut.org
2024-02-08 11:38:46 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
254361cf1a Update comment
The documentation output format htmlhelp is no longer supported, but a
comment still mentioned it.
2024-02-08 10:22:42 +01:00
Alvaro Herrera
a39f1a365a
Update PQparameterStatus and ParameterStatus docs
Cover scram_iterations, which was added in commit b577743000.  While
at it, turn the list into a <simplelist> with 2 columns, which is much
nicer to read.

In master, remove mentions of antediluvian versions before which some
parameters were not reported.

Noticed while investigating a question by Maiquel Grassi.

Backpatch to 16.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202401301236.mc5ebrohhtsd@alvherre.pgsql
2024-02-07 19:25:07 +01:00
Amit Kapila
22f7e61a63 Clean-ups for 776621a5e4 and 7329240437.
Following are a few clean-ups related to failover option support in slots:
1. Improve the documentation in create_subscription.sgml.
2. Remove the spurious blank line in subscriptioncmds.c.
3. Remove the NOTICE for alter_replication_slot in subscriptioncmds.c as
we would sometimes print it even when nothing has changed. One can find
the change by enabling log_replication_commands on the publisher.
4. Optimize ReplicationSlotAlter() function to prevent disk flushing when
the slot's data remains unchanged.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514f6f2f-6833-4539-39f1-96cd1e011f23@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB57164904651FB588A518E98894472@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-02-07 10:04:04 +05:30
Michael Paquier
1f61680327 doc: Spell I/O consistently
The pg_stat_io and pg_stat_copy_progress view docs spelled "I/O" as "IO"
or even "io" in some places when not referring to literal names or
string values.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87fry6lx5s.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2024-02-06 13:29:22 +09:00
Alexander Korotkov
40bbc8cf0a Improve documentation for COPY ... ON_ERROR ...
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240126112829.d420b28859fbe84379fdb7ad%40sraoss.co.jp
Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada, David G. Johnston, Atsushi Torikoshi
2024-02-03 01:49:51 +02:00
Bruce Momjian
21912e3c02 doc: improve role option documentation
Role option management was changed in Postgres 16.  This patch improves
the docs around these changes, including CREATE ROLE's INHERIT option,
inheritance handling, and grant's ability to change role options.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Zab9GiV63EENDcWG@momjian.us

Co-authored-by: David G. Johnston

Backpatch-through: 16
2024-02-01 06:11:53 -05:00
Daniel Gustafsson
16a80e8912 doc: remove incorrect grammar for ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
The Parameters subsection had an extra TRIGGER in the grammar
for DISABLE/ENABLE which is incorrect.  Backpatch down to all
supported versions since it's been like this all along.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0AFB171E-7E78-4A90-A140-46AB270212CA@yesql.se
Backpatch-through: v12
2024-02-01 10:45:37 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson
0293f8579c doc: Fix incorrect openssl option
The openssl command for displaying the DN of a client certificate was
using --subject and not the single-dash option -subject. While recent
versions of openssl handles double dash options,  earlier does not so
fix by using just -subject  (which is per the openssl documentation).

Backpatch to v14 where this was introduced.

Reported-by: konkove@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170672168899.666.10442618407194498217@wrigleys.postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: v14
2024-02-01 09:36:34 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
d0283387d3 doc: Document more that relations share a namespace
This was already documented in the CREATE INDEX reference, but not in
the introductory "Data Definition" chapter.  Also, document that the
index that implements a constraint has the same name as the
constraint.

Author: Laurenz Albe <laurenz.albe@cybertec.at>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David G. Johnston <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CACJufxFG682tYcP9aH_F-jrqq5End8MHZR77zcp1%3DDUrEsSu1Q%40mail.gmail.com
2024-01-31 12:05:41 +01:00
Amit Kapila
776621a5e4 Add a failover option to subscriptions.
This commit introduces a new subscription option named 'failover', which
provides users with the ability to set the failover property of the
replication slot on the publisher when creating or altering a
subscription.

This uses the replication commands introduced by commit 7329240437 to
enable the failover option for a logical replication slot.

If the failover option is set to true, the associated replication slots
(i.e. the main slot and the table sync slots) in the upstream database are
enabled to be synchronized to the standbys. Note that the capability to
sync the replication slots will be added in subsequent commits.

Thanks to Masahiko Sawada for the design inputs.

Author: Shveta Malik, Hou Zhijie, Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Bertrand Drouvot, Dilip Kumar, Masahiko Sawada, Nisha Moond, Kuroda Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514f6f2f-6833-4539-39f1-96cd1e011f23@enterprisedb.com
2024-01-30 16:49:28 +05:30
David Rowley
c85977d8fe Doc: mention foreign keys can reference unique indexes
We seem to have only documented a foreign key can reference the columns of
a primary key or unique constraint.  Here we adjust the documentation
to mention columns in a non-partial unique index can be mentioned too.

The header comment for transformFkeyCheckAttrs() also didn't mention
unique indexes, so fix that too.  In passing make that header comment
reflect reality in the various other aspects where it deviated from it.

Bug: 18295
Reported-by: Gilles PARC
Author: Laurenz Albe, David Rowley
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/18295-0ed0fac5c9f7b17b%40postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 12
2024-01-30 10:15:17 +13:00
Alvaro Herrera
5de890e361
Add EXPLAIN (MEMORY) to report planner memory consumption
This adds a new "Memory:" line under the "Planning:" group (which
currently only has "Buffers:") when the MEMORY option is specified.

In order to make the reporting reasonably accurate, we create a separate
memory context for planner activities, to be used only when this option
is given.  The total amount of memory allocated by that context is
reported as "allocated"; we subtract memory in the context's freelists
from that and report that result as "used".  We use
MemoryContextStatsInternal() to obtain the quantities.

The code structure to show buffer usage during planning was not in
amazing shape, so I (Álvaro) modified the patch a bit to clean that up
in passing.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat
Reviewed-by: David Rowley, Andrey Lepikhov, Jian He, Andy Fan
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAExHW5sZA=5LJ_ZPpRO-w09ck8z9p7eaYAqq3Ks9GDfhrxeWBw@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-29 17:53:03 +01:00
Amit Kapila
cf765ff824 Doc: Fix incorrect reference to conflicting column in pg_replication_slots.
Commit 007693f2a3 changes the existing 'conflicting' field to
'conflict_reason' in pg_replication_slots but missed updating one of its
existing references.

Author: Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB571690299199ACA80F602D97947E2@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
2024-01-29 12:13:39 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
54fac0e505 Remove make function vpathsearch
This function served to support having prebuilt files in the source
tree for vpath builds.  This is no longer possible (since
721856ff24); all built files are now always in the build tree.  The
invocations of this function are no longer required.
2024-01-29 07:24:59 +01:00
Amit Kapila
7329240437 Allow setting failover property in the replication command.
This commit implements a new replication command called
ALTER_REPLICATION_SLOT and a corresponding walreceiver API function named
walrcv_alter_slot. Additionally, the CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT command has
been extended to support the failover option.

These new additions allow the modification of the failover property of a
replication slot on the publisher. A subsequent commit will make use of
these commands in subscription commands and will add the tests as well to
cover the functionality added/changed by this commit.

Author: Hou Zhijie, Shveta Malik
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Bertrand Drouvot, Dilip Kumar, Masahiko Sawada, Nisha Moond, Kuroda, Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514f6f2f-6833-4539-39f1-96cd1e011f23@enterprisedb.com
2024-01-29 09:37:23 +05:30
Alvaro Herrera
8c9da1441d
Make spelling of cancelled/cancellation consistent
This fixes places where words derived from cancel were not using their
common en-US ugly^H^H^H^Hspelling.

Author: Jelte Fennema-Nio <postgres@jeltef.nl>
Reported-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKG+Lrq+ty6yWXF5572qNQ8KwxGwG5n4fsEcCUap685nWvQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-26 12:38:15 +01:00
Tom Lane
8ba6fdf905 Support TZ and OF format codes in to_timestamp().
Formerly, these were only supported in to_char(), but there seems
little reason for that restriction.  We should at least have enough
support to permit round-tripping the output of to_char().

In that spirit, TZ accepts either zone abbreviations or numeric
(HH or HH:MM) offsets, which are the cases that to_char() can output.
In an ideal world we'd make it take full zone names too, but
that seems like it'd introduce an unreasonable amount of ambiguity,
since the rules for POSIX-spec zone names are so lax.

OF is a subset of this, accepting only HH or HH:MM.

One small benefit of this improvement is that we can simplify
jsonpath's executeDateTimeMethod function, which no longer needs
to consider the HH and HH:MM cases separately.  Moreover, letting
it accept zone abbreviations means it will accept "Z" to mean UTC,
which is emitted by JSON.stringify() for example.

Patch by me, reviewed by Aleksander Alekseev and Daniel Gustafsson

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1681086.1686673242@sss.pgh.pa.us
2024-01-25 17:47:08 -05:00
Tom Lane
7014c9a4bb Doc: improve documentation for jsonpath behavior.
Clarify the behavior of jsonpath operators and functions by
describing their two different modes of operation explicitly.
In addition to the SQL-spec behavior, where a path returns
a list of matching items, we have a "predicate check" form
that always returns a single boolean result.  That was mentioned
in only one place, but it seems better to annotate each operator
and function as to which form(s) it takes.  Also improve the
examples by converting them into actual executable SQL with
results, and do a bunch of incidental wordsmithing.

David Wheeler, reviewed by Erik Wienhold, Jian He, and myself

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7262A188-59CA-4A8A-AAD7-83D4FF0B9758@justatheory.com
2024-01-25 11:32:18 -05:00
Andrew Dunstan
66ea94e8e6 Implement various jsonpath methods
This commit implements ithe jsonpath .bigint(), .boolean(),
.date(), .decimal([precision [, scale]]), .integer(), .number(),
.string(), .time(), .time_tz(), .timestamp(), and .timestamp_tz()
methods.

.bigint() converts the given JSON string or a numeric value to
the bigint type representation.

.boolean() converts the given JSON string, numeric, or boolean
value to the boolean type representation.  In the numeric case, only
integers are allowed. We use the parse_bool() backend function
to convert a string to a bool.

.decimal([precision [, scale]]) converts the given JSON string
or a numeric value to the numeric type representation.  If precision
and scale are provided for .decimal(), then it is converted to the
equivalent numeric typmod and applied to the numeric number.

.integer() and .number() convert the given JSON string or a
numeric value to the int4 and numeric type representation.

.string() uses the datatype's output function to convert numeric
and various date/time types to the string representation.

The JSON string representing a valid date/time is converted to the
specific date or time type representation using jsonpath .date(),
.time(), .time_tz(), .timestamp(), .timestamp_tz() methods.  The
changes use the infrastructure of the .datetime() method and perform
the datatype conversion as appropriate.  Unlike the .datetime()
method, none of these methods accept a format template and use ISO
DateTime format instead.  However, except for .date(), the
date/time related methods take an optional precision to adjust the
fractional seconds.

Jeevan Chalke, reviewed by Peter Eisentraut and Andrew Dunstan.
2024-01-25 10:15:43 -05:00
Amit Kapila
c393308b69 Allow to enable failover property for replication slots via SQL API.
This commit adds the failover property to the replication slot. The
failover property indicates whether the slot will be synced to the standby
servers, enabling the resumption of corresponding logical replication
after failover. But note that this commit does not yet include the
capability to sync the replication slot; the subsequent commits will add
that capability.

A new optional parameter 'failover' is added to the
pg_create_logical_replication_slot() function. We will also enable to set
'failover' option for slots via the subscription commands in the
subsequent commits.

The value of the 'failover' flag is displayed as part of
pg_replication_slots view.

Author: Hou Zhijie, Shveta Malik, Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Bertrand Drouvot, Dilip Kumar, Masahiko Sawada, Nisha Moond, Kuroda, Hayato, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/514f6f2f-6833-4539-39f1-96cd1e011f23@enterprisedb.com
2024-01-25 12:15:46 +05:30
Thomas Munro
820b5af73d jit: Require at least LLVM 10.
Remove support for older LLVM versions.  The default on common software
distributions will be at least LLVM 10 when PostgreSQL 17 ships.

Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLhNs5geZaVNj2EJ79Dx9W8fyWUU3HxcpZy55sMGcY%3DiA%40mail.gmail.com
2024-01-25 15:42:34 +13:00
Masahiko Sawada
729439607a Add progress reporting of skipped tuples during COPY FROM.
9e2d870119 enabled the COPY command to skip malformed data, however
there was no visibility into how many tuples were actually skipped
during the COPY FROM.

This commit adds a new "tuples_skipped" column to
pg_stat_progress_copy view to report the number of tuples that were
skipped because they contain malformed data.

Bump catalog version.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d12fd8c99adcae2744212cb23feff6ed%40oss.nttdata.com
2024-01-25 10:57:41 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
46a0cd4cef Add temporal PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints
Add WITHOUT OVERLAPS clause to PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints.
These are backed by GiST indexes instead of B-tree indexes, since they
are essentially exclusion constraints with = for the scalar parts of
the key and && for the temporal part.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-24 16:34:37 +01:00
Michael Paquier
94edfe250c pgbench: Add \syncpipeline
This change adds a new meta-command called \syncpipeline to pgbench,
able to send a sync message without flushing using the new libpq
function PQsendPipelineSync().

This meta-command is available within a block made of \startpipeline and
\endpipeline.

Author: Anthonin Bonnefoy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAO6_XqpcNhW6LZHLF-2NpPzdTbyMm4-RVkr3+AP5cOKSm9hrWA@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-24 16:55:19 +09:00
Amit Langote
1edb3b491b Adjust populate_record_field() to handle errors softly
This adds a Node *escontext parameter to it and a bunch of functions
downstream to it, replacing any ereport()s in that path by either
errsave() or ereturn() as appropriate.  This also adds code to those
functions where necessary to return early upon encountering a soft
error.

The changes here are mainly intended to suppress errors in the
functions of jsonfuncs.c.  Functions in any external modules, such as
arrayfuncs.c, that those functions may in turn call are not changed
here based on the assumption that the various checks in jsonfuncs.c
functions should ensure that only values that are structurally valid
get passed to the functions in those external modules.  An exception
is made for domain_check() to allow handling domain constraint
violation errors softly.

For testing, this adds a function jsonb_populate_record_valid(),
which returns true if jsonb_populate_record() would finish without
causing an error for the provided JSON object, false otherwise.  Note
that jsonb_populate_record() internally calls populate_record(),
which in turn uses populate_record_field().

Extracted from a much larger patch to add SQL/JSON query functions.

Author: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Author: Teodor Sigaev <teodor@sigaev.ru>
Author: Oleg Bartunov <obartunov@gmail.com>
Author: Alexander Korotkov <aekorotkov@gmail.com>
Author: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>

Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund,
Alexander Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers,
Zihong Yu, Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby,
Álvaro Herrera, Jian He, Peter Eisentraut

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220616233130.rparivafipt6doj3@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/abd9b83b-aa66-f230-3d6d-734817f0995d%40postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqHROpf9e644D8BRqYvaAPmgBZVup-xKMDPk-nd4EpgzHw@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqE4XTdfb1nW=Ojoy_tQSRhYt-q_kb6i5d4xcKyrLC1Nbg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-24 15:04:33 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson
68387f9bdc doc: Add acronym and glossary term for Access Method
AM was used throughout the documentation to denote Access Method, but
the acronym was not described.  This adds an acronym entry as well as
a glossary term which the acronym links to.  Each page which describe
AMs have the first occurrence with <acronym> markup.

Reported-by: alaa.attya91@gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/169974408805.398198.6927340566912872957@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-01-23 13:20:15 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
b0f0a9432d Make documentation builds reproducible
Currently, the documentation builds are not fully reproducible (in the
sense of https://reproducible-builds.org/).  A fix is available
upstream (https://github.com/docbook/xslt10-stylesheets/issues/54) but
not released.  This commit patches the upstream fix into our
customization layer.

This patch addresses both the HTML and the FO output.  The man output
is already reproducible.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9077b779-a9f8-09c8-6e85-da1ebfba15af@eisentraut.org
2024-01-22 11:01:06 +01:00
Michael Paquier
d86d20f0ba Add backend support for injection points
Injection points are a new facility that makes possible for developers
to run custom code in pre-defined code paths.  Its goal is to provide
ways to design and run advanced tests, for cases like:
- Race conditions, where processes need to do actions in a controlled
ordered manner.
- Forcing a state, like an ERROR, FATAL or even PANIC for OOM, to force
recovery, etc.
- Arbitrary sleeps.

This implements some basics, and there are plans to extend it more in
the future depending on what's required.  Hence, this commit adds a set
of routines in the backend that allows developers to attach, detach and
run injection points:
- A code path calling an injection point can be declared with the macro
INJECTION_POINT(name).
- InjectionPointAttach() and InjectionPointDetach() to respectively
attach and detach a callback to/from an injection point.  An injection
point name is registered in a shmem hash table with a library name and a
function name, which will be used to load the callback attached to an
injection point when its code path is run.

Injection point names are just strings, so as an injection point can be
declared and run by out-of-core extensions and modules, with callbacks
defined in external libraries.

This facility is hidden behind a dedicated switch for ./configure and
meson, disabled by default.

Note that backends use a local cache to store callbacks already loaded,
cleaning up their cache if a callback has found to be removed on a
best-effort basis.  This could be refined further but any tests but what
we have here was fine with the tests I've written while implementing
these backend APIs.

Author: Michael Paquier, with doc suggestions from Ashutosh Bapat.
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat, Nathan Bossart, Álvaro Herrera, Dilip
Kumar, Amul Sul, Nazir Bilal Yavuz
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZTiV8tn_MIb_H2rE@paquier.xyz
2024-01-22 10:15:50 +09:00
Nathan Bossart
8b2bcf3f28 Introduce the dynamic shared memory registry.
Presently, the most straightforward way for a shared library to use
shared memory is to request it at server startup via a
shmem_request_hook, which requires specifying the library in
shared_preload_libraries.  Alternatively, the library can create a
dynamic shared memory (DSM) segment, but absent a shared location
to store the segment's handle, other backends cannot use it.  This
commit introduces a registry for DSM segments so that these other
backends can look up existing segments with a library-specified
string.  This allows libraries to easily use shared memory without
needing to request it at server startup.

The registry is accessed via the new GetNamedDSMSegment() function.
This function handles allocating the segment and initializing it
via a provided callback.  If another backend already created and
initialized the segment, it simply attaches the segment.
GetNamedDSMSegment() locks the registry appropriately to ensure
that only one backend initializes the segment and that all other
backends just attach it.

The registry itself is comprised of a dshash table that stores the
DSM segment handles keyed by a library-specified string.

Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier, Andrei Lepikhov, Nikita Malakhov, Robert Haas, Bharath Rupireddy, Zhang Mingli, Amul Sul
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231205034647.GA2705267%40nathanxps13
2024-01-19 14:24:36 -06:00
Nathan Bossart
964152c476 doc: Reorganize section for shared memory and LWLocks.
Presently, this section meanders through a few different features,
and the text itself is terse.  This commit attempts to improve
matters by splitting the section into smaller sections and by
expanding the text for clarity.  This is preparatory work for a
follow-up commit that will introduce a way for libraries to use
shared memory without needing to request it at startup time.

Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Bharath Rupireddy, Abhijit Menon-Sen
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240112041430.GA3557928%40nathanxps13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231205034647.GA2705267%40nathanxps13
2024-01-19 11:18:32 -06:00
Daniel Gustafsson
b2a296b0cf doc: Update compiler for FreeBSD specific instructions
FreeBSD has since v13 switched to Clang from GCC, so update our
instructions to cc instead of gcc to reflect that.

Reported-by: digitaldog4@gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJR80-xzR49jEkAC98Yo-wuSdFDV2=2H4j9Z2AukSVU=-UpynA@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-19 16:27:27 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
6db4598fcb Add stratnum GiST support function
This is support function 12 for the GiST AM and translates
"well-known" RT*StrategyNumber values into whatever strategy number is
used by the opclass (since no particular numbers are actually
required).  We will use this to support temporal PRIMARY
KEY/UNIQUE/FOREIGN KEY/FOR PORTION OF functionality.

This commit adds two implementations, one for internal GiST opclasses
(just an identity function) and another for btree_gist opclasses.  It
updates btree_gist from 1.7 to 1.8, adding the support function for
all its opclasses.

Author: Paul A. Jungwirth <pj@illuminatedcomputing.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CA+renyUApHgSZF9-nd-a0+OPGharLQLO=mDHcY4_qQ0+noCUVg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-19 15:42:13 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov
b725b7eec4 Rename COPY option from SAVE_ERROR_TO to ON_ERROR
The option names now are "stop" (default) and "ignore".  The future options
could be "file 'filename.log'" and "table 'tablename'".

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20240117.164859.2242646601795501168.horikyota.ntt%40gmail.com
Author: Jian He
Reviewed-by: Atsushi Torikoshi
2024-01-19 15:15:51 +02:00
Nathan Bossart
d891dcc065 Improve some documentation about the bootstrap superuser.
This commit adds some notes about the inability to remove superuser
privileges from the bootstrap superuser.  This has been blocked
since commit e530be2c5c, but it wasn't intended be a supported
feature before that, either.

In passing, change "bootstrap user" to "bootstrap superuser" in a
couple places.

Author: Yurii Rashkovskii
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, David G. Johnston
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BRLCQzSx_eTC2Fch0EzeNHD3zFUcPvBYOoB%2BpPScFLch1DEQw%40mail.gmail.com
2024-01-18 21:39:51 -06:00
Robert Haas
0a157a4d44 Clarify language in incremental backup glossary entry.
These changes were intended to be included in commit
7b1dbf0a8d, but I goofed.
2024-01-18 10:09:38 -05:00
Robert Haas
7b1dbf0a8d More documentation updates for incremental backup.
Add new terms to glossary. Add a reference to walsummarizer
to monitoring.sgml.

Matthias van de Meent and Robert Haas

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WjhdVCqEe_qqEok3NA6DwUdOGSBjAxzmYdAqiaaH1uRcg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-18 09:25:28 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
27d04ed531
Rework text in replication slots documentation
This is cosmetic, so no backpatch.

Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230413111838.e7yxke2dtwrxw3qy@alvherre.pgsql
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202401151537.ryhysqfncs6d@alvherre.pgsql
2024-01-18 11:30:53 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov
9e2d870119 Add new COPY option SAVE_ERROR_TO
Currently, when source data contains unexpected data regarding data type or
range, the entire COPY fails. However, in some cases, such data can be ignored
and just copying normal data is preferable.

This commit adds a new option SAVE_ERROR_TO, which specifies where to save the
error information. When this option is specified, COPY skips soft errors and
continues copying.

Currently, SAVE_ERROR_TO only supports "none". This indicates error information
is not saved and COPY just skips the unexpected data and continues running.

Later works are expected to add more choices, such as 'log' and 'table'.

Author: Damir Belyalov, Atsushi Torikoshi, Alex Shulgin, Jian He
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87k31ftoe0.fsf_-_%40commandprompt.com
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule, Andres Freund, Tom Lane, Daniel Gustafsson,
Reviewed-by: Alena Rybakina, Andy Fan, Andrei Lepikhov, Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Vignesh C, Atsushi Torikoshi
2024-01-16 23:08:53 +02:00
Peter Eisentraut
6995863157 Support identity columns in partitioned tables
Previously, identity columns were disallowed on partitioned tables.
(The reason was mainly that no one had gotten around to working
through all the details to make it work.)  This makes it work now.

Some details on the behavior:

* A newly created partition inherits identity property

  The partitions of a partitioned table are integral part of the
  partitioned table.  A partition inherits identity columns from the
  partitioned table.  An identity column of a partition shares the
  identity space with the corresponding column of the partitioned
  table.  In other words, the same identity column across all
  partitions of a partitioned table share the same identity space.
  This is effected by sharing the same underlying sequence.

  When INSERTing directly into a partition, the sequence associated
  with the topmost partitioned table is used to calculate the value of
  the corresponding identity column.

  In regular inheritance, identity columns and their properties in a
  child table are independent of those in its parent tables.  A child
  table does not inherit identity columns or their properties
  automatically from the parent.  (This is unchanged.)

* Attached partition inherits identity column

  A table being attached as a partition inherits the identity property
  from the partitioned table.  This should be fine since we expect
  that the partition table's column has the same type as the
  partitioned table's corresponding column.  If the table being
  attached is a partitioned table, the identity properties are
  propagated down its partition hierarchy.

  An identity column in the partitioned table is also marked as NOT
  NULL.  The corresponding column in the partition needs to be marked
  as NOT NULL for the attach to succeed.

* Drop identity property when detaching partition

  A partition's identity column shares the identity space
  (i.e. underlying sequence) as the corresponding column of the
  partitioned table.  If a partition is detached it can longer share
  the identity space as before.  Hence the identity columns of the
  partition being detached loose their identity property.

  When identity of a column of a regular table is dropped it retains
  the NOT NULL constraint that came with the identity property.
  Similarly the columns of the partition being detached retain the NOT
  NULL constraints that came with identity property, even though the
  identity property itself is lost.

  The sequence associated with the identity property is linked to the
  partitioned table (and not the partition being detached).  That
  sequence is not dropped as part of detach operation.

* Partitions with their own identity columns are not allowed.

* The usual ALTER operations (add identity column, add identity
  property to existing column, alter properties of an indentity
  column, drop identity property) are supported for partitioned
  tables.  Changing a column only in a partitioned table or a
  partition is not allowed; the change needs to be applied to the
  whole partition hierarchy.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAExHW5uOykuTC+C6R1yDSp=o8Q83jr8xJdZxgPkxfZ1Ue5RRGg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-16 17:24:52 +01:00
Daniel Gustafsson
7bcf57a0ca Decorate WITH with literal markup tags
One instance of "WITH clause" was not using <literal> tags around
WITH, while others were, so add markup to the last one to ensure
consistency.  Backpatch to v15 where MERGE was added.

Reported-by: jian he <jian.universality@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACJufxGJKY9ZCPV2WDM6xFsXq9C8r7r3vU6AkScN+p9k6CEpMw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: v15
2024-01-16 13:51:15 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
a37bb7c139 doc: Add Identity Column section under Data Definition chapter
This seems to be missing since identity column support was added.  Add
the same.  This gives a place to document various pieces of
information in one place that are currently distributed over several
command reference pages or just not documented (e.g., inheritance
behavior).

Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Author: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAExHW5uOykuTC+C6R1yDSp=o8Q83jr8xJdZxgPkxfZ1Ue5RRGg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-16 09:42:40 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
58b20e6d75 doc: Decorate PostgreSQL with productname tag
... in the section about Generated Columns.

Author: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAExHW5uOykuTC+C6R1yDSp=o8Q83jr8xJdZxgPkxfZ1Ue5RRGg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-16 08:56:00 +01:00
Michael Paquier
4794c2d317 libpq: Add PQsendPipelineSync()
This new function is equivalent to PQpipelineSync(), except that it does
not flush anything to the server except if the size threshold of the
output buffer is reached; the user must subsequently call PQflush()
instead.

Its purpose is to reduce the system call overhead of pipeline mode, by
giving to applications more control over the timing of the flushes when
manipulating commands in pipeline mode.

Author: Anton Kirilov
Reviewed-by: Jelte Fennema-Nio, Robert Haas, Álvaro Herrera, Denis
Laxalde, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACV6eE5arHFZEA717=iKEa_OewpVFfWJOmsOdGrqqsr8CJVfWQ@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-16 10:13:42 +09:00
Michael Paquier
83eb244e41 Fix a typo and some doc indentation related to libpq pipeline functions
Noticed while reviewing the area for a different patch.  This is
cosmetic, so no backpatch is done.
2024-01-16 09:17:51 +09:00
Robert Haas
237d01139b Fix typos.
Alexander Lakhin

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/212b0987-83e5-e2ae-c5e8-b8170fdaf3a0@gmail.com
2024-01-15 11:50:44 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
556799660f doc: Update catalog documentation for attstattarget nullable
Fixup for 4f622503d6.
2024-01-14 07:46:01 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
4f622503d6 Make attstattarget nullable
This changes the pg_attribute field attstattarget into a nullable
field in the variable-length part of the row.  If no value is set by
the user for attstattarget, it is now null instead of previously -1.
This saves space in pg_attribute and tuple descriptors for most
practical scenarios.  (ATTRIBUTE_FIXED_PART_SIZE is reduced from 108
to 104.)  Also, null is the semantically more correct value.

The ANALYZE code internally continues to represent the default
statistics target by -1, so that that code can avoid having to deal
with null values.  But that is now contained to the ANALYZE code.
Only the DDL code deals with attstattarget possibly null.

For system columns, the field is now always null.  The ANALYZE code
skips system columns anyway.

To set a column's statistics target to the default value, the new
command form ALTER TABLE ... SET STATISTICS DEFAULT can be used.  (SET
STATISTICS -1 still works.)

Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/4da8d211-d54d-44b9-9847-f2a9f1184c76@eisentraut.org
2024-01-13 18:14:53 +01:00
Jeff Davis
5c31669058 Re-validate connection string in libpqrcv_connect().
A superuser may create a subscription with password_required=true, but
which uses a connection string without a password.

Previously, if the owner of such a subscription was changed to a
non-superuser, the non-superuser was able to utilize a password from
another source (like a password file or the PGPASSWORD environment
variable), which should not have been allowed.

This commit adds a step to re-validate the connection string before
connecting.

Reported-by: Jeff Davis
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Robert Haas, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/e5892973ae2a80a1a3e0266806640dae3c428100.camel%40j-davis.com
Backpatch-through: 16
2024-01-12 13:41:36 -08:00
Robert Haas
882887e9b4 Fix typo.
Noriyoshi Shinoda

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/DM4PR84MB17347D9466419413698105D8EE6F2@DM4PR84MB1734.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
2024-01-12 09:46:46 -05:00
Alvaro Herrera
6780b79d5c
Added literal tag for RETURNING
This is an old mistake (92e38182d7); backpatch all the way back.

Author: Atsushi Torikoshi <torikoshia@oss.nttdata.com>
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Bapat <ashutosh.bapat.oss@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c0aa00b60a16c0ea2a4c5123b013acb9@oss.nttdata.com
2024-01-12 12:44:20 +01:00
Robert Haas
ee1bfd1683 Add new pg_walsummary tool.
This can dump the contents of the WAL summary files found in
pg_wal/summaries. Normally, this shouldn't really be something anyone
needs to do, but it may be needed for debugging problems with
incremental backup, or could possibly be useful to external tools.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobvqqj-DW9F7uUzT-cQqs6wcVb-Xhs=w=hzJnXSE-kRGw@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-11 12:48:27 -05:00
Robert Haas
d9ef650fca Add new function pg_get_wal_summarizer_state().
This makes it possible to access information about the progress
of WAL summarization from SQL. The previously-added functions
pg_available_wal_summaries() and pg_wal_summary_contents() only
examine on-disk state, but this function exposes information from
the server's shared memory.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobvqqj-DW9F7uUzT-cQqs6wcVb-Xhs=w=hzJnXSE-kRGw@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-11 12:41:18 -05:00
Magnus Hagander
ba2d2784f3 Fix omission in partitioning limitation documentation
UNIQUE and PRIMARY KEY constraints can be created on ONLY the
partitioned table.  We already had an example demonstrating that,
but forgot to mention it in the documentation of the limits of
partitioning.

Author: Laurenz Albe
Reviewed-By: shihao zhong, Shubham Khanna, Ashutosh Bapat
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/167299368731.659.16130012959616771853@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-01-11 14:27:10 +01:00
John Naylor
f7f694b214 Update documentation of default fdw_tuple_cost
Follow up to cac169d68

Umair Shahid

Reviewed by Richard Guo and Chris Travers

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALVUYo9RECc5gwD%2B4SRM5Es%2Bbg9cpNfhd3_qUjf7kVTGyLpFJg%40mail.gmail.com
2024-01-11 08:58:18 +07:00
Bruce Momjian
5b2da240e0 doc: clarify who owns the initdb-created cluster, by default
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZZoTBSdKeBG_HZ7A@momjian.us

Backpatch-through: 16
2024-01-10 11:20:15 -05:00
Robert Haas
f896057e46 Document WAL summarization information functions.
Commit 174c480508 added two new
information functions but failed to document them anywhere.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobvqqj-DW9F7uUzT-cQqs6wcVb-Xhs=w=hzJnXSE-kRGw@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-09 13:04:46 -05:00
Nathan Bossart
d97ef756af Fix documentation for wal_summary_keep_time.
The documentation for this parameter lists its type as boolean, but
it is actually an integer.  Furthermore, there is no mention of how
the value is interpreted when specified without units.  This commit
fixes these oversights in commit 174c480508.

Co-authored-by: Hubert Depesz Lubaczewski
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZZwkujFihO2uqKwp%40depesz.com
2024-01-09 11:35:10 -06:00
Joe Conway
a7be2a6c26 Add new function, PQchangePassword(), to libpq
Essentially this moves the non-interactive part of psql's "\password"
command into an exported client function. The password is not sent to the
server in cleartext because it is "encrypted" (in the case of scram and md5
it is actually hashed, but we have called these encrypted passwords for a
long time now) on the client side. This is good because it ensures the
cleartext password is never known by the server, and therefore won't end up
in logs, pg_stat displays, etc.

In other words, it exists for the same reason as PQencryptPasswordConn(), but
is more convenient as it both builds and runs the "ALTER USER" command for
you. PQchangePassword() uses PQencryptPasswordConn() to do the password
encryption. PQencryptPasswordConn() is passed a NULL for the algorithm
argument, hence encryption is done according to the server's
password_encryption setting.

Also modify the psql client to use the new function. That provides a builtin
test case. Ultimately drivers built on top of libpq should expose this
function and its use should be generally encouraged over doing ALTER USER
directly for password changes.

Author: Joe Conway
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/b75955f7-e8cc-4bbd-817f-ef536bacbe93%40joeconway.com
2024-01-09 09:16:48 -05:00
Tatsuo Ishii
d596736a49 Doc: fix character_sets view.
The note regarding character encoding form in "The Information Schema"
said that LATIN1 character repertoires only use one encoding form
LATIN1. This is not correct because LATIN1 has another encoding form
ISO-2022-JP-2. To fix this, replace LATIN1 with LATIN2, which is not
supported by ISO-2022-JP-2, thus it can be said that LATIN2 only uses
one encoding form.

Back-patch to supported branches.

Author: Tatsuo Ishii
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/20240102.153925.1147403616414525145.t-ishii%40sranhm.sra.co.jp
2024-01-09 19:43:19 +09:00
Noah Misch
d3c5f37dd5 Make dblink interruptible, via new libpqsrv APIs.
This replaces dblink's blocking libpq calls, allowing cancellation and
allowing DROP DATABASE (of a database not involved in the query).  Apart
from explicit dblink_cancel_query() calls, dblink still doesn't cancel
the remote side.  The replacement for the blocking calls consists of
new, general-purpose query execution wrappers in the libpqsrv facility.
Out-of-tree extensions should adopt these.  Use them in postgres_fdw,
replacing a local implementation from which the libpqsrv implementation
derives.  This is a bug fix for dblink.  Code inspection identified the
bug at least thirteen years ago, but user complaints have not appeared.
Hence, no back-patch for now.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231122012945.74@rfd.leadboat.com
2024-01-08 11:39:56 -08:00
Tom Lane
5e8674dc83 In plpgsql, allow %TYPE and %ROWTYPE to be followed by array decoration.
This provides the useful ability to declare a variable that is an array
of the type of some other variable or some table column.

Quan Zongliang, Pavel Stehule

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ec4523e1-9e7e-f3ef-f9ce-bafd680ad6f6@yeah.net
2024-01-04 15:24:15 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
5d06e99a3c ALTER TABLE command to change generation expression
This adds a new ALTER TABLE subcommand ALTER COLUMN ... SET EXPRESSION
that changes the generation expression of a generated column.

The syntax is not standard but was adapted from other SQL
implementations.

This command causes a table rewrite, using the usual ALTER TABLE
mechanisms.  The implementation is similar to and makes use of some of
the infrastructure of the SET DATA TYPE subcommand (for example,
rebuilding constraints and indexes afterwards).  The new command
requires a new pass in AlterTablePass, and the ADD COLUMN pass had to
be moved earlier so that combinations of ADD COLUMN and SET EXPRESSION
can work.

Author: Amul Sul <sulamul@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAAJ_b94yyJeGA-5M951_Lr+KfZokOp-2kXicpmEhi5FXhBeTog@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-04 16:28:54 +01:00
Amit Kapila
007693f2a3 Track conflict_reason in pg_replication_slots.
This patch changes the existing 'conflicting' field to 'conflict_reason'
in pg_replication_slots. This new field indicates the reason for the
logical slot's conflict with recovery. It is always NULL for physical
slots, as well as for logical slots which are not invalidated. The
non-NULL values indicate that the slot is marked as invalidated. Possible
values are:

wal_removed = required WAL has been removed.
rows_removed = required rows have been removed.
wal_level_insufficient = the primary doesn't have a wal_level sufficient
to perform logical decoding.

The existing users of 'conflicting' column can get the same answer by
using 'conflict_reason' IS NOT NULL.

Author: Shveta Malik
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Bertrand Drouvot, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZYOE8IguqTbp-seF@paquier.xyz
2024-01-04 08:26:25 +05:30
Bruce Momjian
29275b1d17 Update copyright for 2024
Reported-by: Michael Paquier

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZZKTDPxBBMt3C0J9@paquier.xyz

Backpatch-through: 12
2024-01-03 20:49:05 -05:00
Michael Paquier
793ecff7df doc: fix typo "vertexes" -> "vertices"
The "vertexes" spelling is also valid, but we consistently use
"vertices" elsewhere.

Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Reviewed-by: Shubham Khanna
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87le9fmi01.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
2024-01-04 08:47:34 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
0958f8f6bf Revert "Reorganise jsonpath operators and methods"
This reverts commit 283a95da92.

The reordering of JsonPathItemType affects the binary on-disk
compatibility of the jsonpath type, so we must not change it.  Revert
for now and consider.
2024-01-03 21:02:49 +01:00
Tom Lane
76ba8a8b63 Doc: Python's control flow construct is try/except not try/catch.
Very ancient thinko, dating evidently to 22690719e.
Spotted by gweatherby.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170423637139.1288848.11840082988774620003@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2024-01-03 12:22:00 -05:00
Peter Eisentraut
283a95da92 Reorganise jsonpath operators and methods
Various jsonpath operators and methods add various keywords, switch
cases, and documentation entries in some order.  However, they are not
consistent; reorder them for better maintainability or readability.

Author: Jeevan Chalke <jeevan.chalke@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAM2+6=XjTyqrrqHAOj80r0wVQxJSxc0iyib9bPC55uFO9VKatg@mail.gmail.com
2024-01-03 11:25:33 +01:00
Amit Kapila
9a17be1e24 Allow upgrades to preserve the full subscription's state.
This feature will allow us to replicate the changes on subscriber nodes
after the upgrade.

Previously, only the subscription metadata information was preserved.
Without the list of relations and their state, it's not possible to
re-enable the subscriptions without missing some records as the list of
relations can only be refreshed after enabling the subscription (and
therefore starting the apply worker).  Even if we added a way to refresh
the subscription while enabling a publication, we still wouldn't know
which relations are new on the publication side, and therefore should be
fully synced, and which shouldn't.

To preserve the subscription relations, this patch teaches pg_dump to
restore the content of pg_subscription_rel from the old cluster by using
binary_upgrade_add_sub_rel_state SQL function. This is supported only
in binary upgrade mode.

The subscription's replication origin is needed to ensure that we don't
replicate anything twice.

To preserve the replication origins, this patch teaches pg_dump to update
the replication origin along with creating a subscription by using
binary_upgrade_replorigin_advance SQL function to restore the
underlying replication origin remote LSN. This is supported only in
binary upgrade mode.

pg_upgrade will check that all the subscription relations are in 'i'
(init) or in 'r' (ready) state and will error out if that's not the case,
logging the reason for the failure. This helps to avoid the risk of any
dangling slot or origin after the upgrade.

Author: Vignesh C, Julien Rouhaud, Shlok Kyal
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Masahiko Sawada, Michael Paquier, Amit Kapila, Hayato Kuroda
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20230217075433.u5mjly4d5cr4hcfe@jrouhaud
2024-01-02 08:08:46 +05:30
Peter Eisentraut
a740b213d4 Add GUC backtrace_on_internal_error
When enabled (default off), this logs a backtrace anytime elog() or an
equivalent ereport() for internal errors is called.

This is not well covered by the existing backtrace_functions, because
there are many equally-worded low-level errors in many functions.  And
if you find out where the error is, then you need to manually rewrite
the elog() to ereport() to attach the errbacktrace(), which is
annoying.  Having a backtrace automatically on every elog() call could
be very helpful during development for various kinds of common errors
from palloc, syscache, node support, etc.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/ba76c6bc-f03f-4285-bf16-47759cfcab9e@eisentraut.org
2023-12-30 11:43:57 +01:00
Peter Eisentraut
c538592959 Make all Perl warnings fatal
There are a lot of Perl scripts in the tree, mostly code generation
and TAP tests.  Occasionally, these scripts produce warnings.  These
are probably always mistakes on the developer side (true positives).
Typical examples are warnings from genbki.pl or related when you make
a mess in the catalog files during development, or warnings from tests
when they massage a config file that looks different on different
hosts, or mistakes during merges (e.g., duplicate subroutine
definitions), or just mistakes that weren't noticed because there is a
lot of output in a verbose build.

This changes all warnings into fatal errors, by replacing

    use warnings;

by

    use warnings FATAL => 'all';

in all Perl files.

Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/06f899fd-1826-05ab-42d6-adeb1fd5e200%40eisentraut.org
2023-12-29 18:20:00 +01:00
Michael Paquier
f246c48ac4 doc: Mention AttributeRelationId in FDW validator function description
The documentation has been missing one value in the list of catalog OIDs
that can be given to the validator function of a FDW, as of
AttributeRelationId, when changing the attribute options of a foreign
table.

Author: Ian Lawrence Barwick
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAB8KJ=i16t2yJU_Pq2Z+hnNGWFhagp_bJmzxHZu3ZkOjZm-+rQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2023-12-28 20:09:12 +09:00
Tom Lane
6c361d323b Doc: specify aclitem syntax more clearly.
The previous wording here relied solely on an example to explain
aclitem output format.  Add an actual syntax synopsis and
explanation of the elements to make it clearer.

David Johnston and Tom Lane, per gripe from Eugen Konkov.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170326116972.1876499.18357820037829248593@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2023-12-27 13:52:01 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
f67a3d4268 doc: add ISO 8601 extended format example using to_char()
Reported-by: juha.mustonen@iki.fi

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170217160154.6101.52806@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Co-authored-by: Erik Wienhold

Backpatch-through: master
2023-12-26 15:31:50 -05:00
Amit Kapila
0eac3c798c Doc: Add missing pgoutput options.
We forgot to update the docs while adding new options in pgoutput.

Author: Emre Hasegeli
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Amit Kapila
Backpatch-through: 12
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE2gYzwdwtUbs-tPSV-QBwgTubiyGD2ZGsSnAVsDfAGGLDrGOA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-12-26 10:31:50 +05:30
Alexander Korotkov
12915a58ee Enhance checkpointer restartpoint statistics
Bhis commit introduces enhancements to the pg_stat_checkpointer view by adding
three new columns: restartpoints_timed, restartpoints_req, and
restartpoints_done. These additions aim to improve the visibility and
monitoring of restartpoint processes on replicas.

Previously, it was challenging to differentiate between successful and failed
restartpoint requests. This limitation arises because restartpoints on replicas
are dependent on checkpoint records from the primary, and cannot occur more
frequently than these checkpoints.

The new columns allow for clear distinction and tracking of restartpoint
requests, their triggers, and successful completions.  This enhancement aids
database administrators and developers in better understanding and diagnosing
issues related to restartpoint behavior, particularly in scenarios where
restartpoint requests may fail.

System catalog is changed.  Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/99b2ccd1-a77a-962a-0837-191cdf56c2b9%40inbox.ru
Author: Anton A. Melnikov
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Alexander Korotkov
2023-12-25 01:12:36 +02:00
Tom Lane
e2b73f4a4d Stop generating plain-text INSTALL instructions.
Up to now, our distribution tarballs have included a plain-text form
of the installation.sgml chapter.  The rationale for that was that a
recipient might not have either ready internet access or HTML-viewing
tools; a theory that seems downright quaint today.  Maintaining the
ability to generate this file is not without cost, because it puts
special requirements on installation.sgml that are often overlooked.
Moreover, we are moving in the direction of making our distribution
tarballs be pure git snapshots for traceability/reproducibility
reasons; including generated files doesn't fit into that plan.
Hence, let's just drop INSTALL and remove the infrastructure for
generating it.  The top-level README will now recommend visiting
our website to see the installation instructions.  As a useful
side-effect, we can get rid of README.git which has provoked
confusion.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20231220114927.faccqqprmuyrzdip@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e07408d9-e5f2-d9fd-5672-f53354e9305e@eisentraut.org
2023-12-22 13:32:15 -05:00
Robert Haas
49f2194ed5 Fix numerous typos in incremental backup commits.
Apparently, spell check would have been a really good idea.

Alexander Lakhin, with a few additions as per an off-list report
from Andres Freund.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/f08f7c60-1ad3-0b57-d580-54b11f07cddf@gmail.com
2023-12-21 15:36:17 -05:00
Daniel Gustafsson
e6c56f2a9d doc: Fix typo in pg_combinebackup documentation
Commit dc2123400 accidentally misspelled "combination".
2023-12-20 23:07:44 +01:00
Robert Haas
dc21234005 Add support for incremental backup.
To take an incremental backup, you use the new replication command
UPLOAD_MANIFEST to upload the manifest for the prior backup. This
prior backup could either be a full backup or another incremental
backup.  You then use BASE_BACKUP with the INCREMENTAL option to take
the backup.  pg_basebackup now has an --incremental=PATH_TO_MANIFEST
option to trigger this behavior.

An incremental backup is like a regular full backup except that
some relation files are replaced with files with names like
INCREMENTAL.${ORIGINAL_NAME}, and the backup_label file contains
additional lines identifying it as an incremental backup. The new
pg_combinebackup tool can be used to reconstruct a data directory
from a full backup and a series of incremental backups.

Patch by me.  Reviewed by Matthias van de Meent, Dilip Kumar, Jakub
Wartak, Peter Eisentraut, and Álvaro Herrera. Thanks especially to
Jakub for incredibly helpful and extensive testing.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYOYZfMCyOXFyC-P+-mdrZqm5pP2N7S-r0z3_402h9rsA@mail.gmail.com
2023-12-20 09:49:12 -05:00
Robert Haas
174c480508 Add a new WAL summarizer process.
When active, this process writes WAL summary files to
$PGDATA/pg_wal/summaries. Each summary file contains information for a
certain range of LSNs on a certain TLI. For each relation, it stores a
"limit block" which is 0 if a relation is created or destroyed within
a certain range of WAL records, or otherwise the shortest length to
which the relation was truncated during that range of WAL records, or
otherwise InvalidBlockNumber. In addition, it stores a list of blocks
which have been modified during that range of WAL records, but
excluding blocks which were removed by truncation after they were
modified and never subsequently modified again.

In other words, it tells us which blocks need to copied in case of an
incremental backup covering that range of WAL records. But this
doesn't yet add the capability to actually perform an incremental
backup; the next patch will do that.

A new parameter summarize_wal enables or disables this new background
process.  The background process also automatically deletes summary
files that are older than wal_summarize_keep_time, if that parameter
has a non-zero value and the summarizer is configured to run.

Patch by me, with some design help from Dilip Kumar and Andres Freund.
Reviewed by Matthias van de Meent, Dilip Kumar, Jakub Wartak, Peter
Eisentraut, and Álvaro Herrera.

Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYOYZfMCyOXFyC-P+-mdrZqm5pP2N7S-r0z3_402h9rsA@mail.gmail.com
2023-12-20 08:42:28 -05:00
Michael Paquier
00498b7185 Fix generation of distribution tarball
1301c80b21 has introduced in installation.sgml a link reference that
`make dist` was not able to understand.

Per buildfarm member guaibasaurus.
2023-12-20 15:07:55 +09:00
Michael Paquier
1301c80b21 Remove MSVC scripts
This commit removes all the scripts located in src/tools/msvc/ to build
PostgreSQL with Visual Studio on Windows, meson becoming the recommended
way to achieve that.  The scripts held some information that is still
relevant with meson, information kept and moved to better locations.
Comments that referred directly to the scripts are removed.

All the documentation still relevant that was in install-windows.sgml
has been moved to installation.sgml under a new subsection for Visual.
All the content specific to the scripts is removed.  Some adjustments
for the documentation are planned in a follow-up set of changes.

Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZQzp_VMJcerM1Cs_@paquier.xyz
2023-12-20 09:44:37 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson
e52e271b23 doc: Fix syntax in ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER example
The example for dropping an option was incorrectly quoting the
option key thus making it a value turning the command into an
unqualified ADD operation. The result of dropping became adding
a new key/value pair instead:

 d=# alter foreign data wrapper f options (drop 'b');
 ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
 d=# select fdwoptions from pg_foreign_data_wrapper where fdwname='f';
  fdwoptions
 ------------
  {drop=b}
 (1 row)

This has been incorrect for a long time so backpatch to all
supported branches.

Author: Tim <tim.needham2@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170292280173.1876505.5204623074024041738@wrigleys.postgresql.org
2023-12-19 14:13:50 +01:00
Thomas Munro
4908c58720 Provide vectored variants of smgrread() and smgrwrite().
smgrreadv() and smgrwritev() and their md.c implementations call
FileReadV() and FileWriteV().  A range of disk blocks beginning at
'blocknum' and extending for 'nblocks' can be scattered to or gathered
from multiple buffers with a single system call.  The traditional
smgrread() and smgrwrite() functions are implemented in terms of the new
functions.

Later commits will introduce calls with nblocks > 1, but the following
behavioral changes can be seen already:

* After a short transfer we'll now retry until we eventually read 0
  bytes (= EOF) or get ENOSPC, EDQUOT, EFBIG etc, where previously we
  would infer the reason.  Retrying is consistent with xlog.c's
  treatment of large WAL writes, and arguably also xlog.c and fd.c's
  treatment of EINTR.  Arbitrary short returns for larger transfers have
  been observed on several OSes, and might in theory also happen for
  transient reasons with our own pg_p*v() fallback code.

* After unexpected EOF or -1, the error thrown now talks about
  a range even for the single block case, eg "blocks 42..42".

Reviewed-by: Heikki Linnakangas <hlinnaka@iki.fi>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJkOiOCa+mag4BF+zHo7qo=o9CFheB8=g6uT5TUm2gkvA@mail.gmail.com
2023-12-18 15:01:50 +13:00
Tom Lane
b7412e293b Doc: add a bit to indices.sgml about what is an indexable clause.
We didn't explain this clearly until somewhere deep in the
"Extending SQL" chapter, but really it ought to be mentioned
in the introductory material too.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4097442.1694967650@sss.pgh.pa.us
2023-12-17 16:49:44 -05:00
Daniel Gustafsson
741fb0056e docs: Fix typo in pg_stat_statements documentation
Commit dc9f8a7983 accidentally misspelled minimum as minimun.
2023-12-13 11:32:13 +01:00
Michael Paquier
c7a3e6b46d Remove trace_recovery_messages
This GUC was intended as a debugging help in the 9.0 area when hot
standby and streaming replication were being developped, able to offer
more information at LOG level rather than DEBUGn.  There are more tools
available these days that are able to offer rather equivalent
information, like pg_waldump introduced in 9.3.  It is not obvious how
this facility is useful these days, so let's remove it.

Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ZXEXEAUVFrvpquSd@paquier.xyz
2023-12-11 11:49:02 +01:00
Tomas Vondra
b437571714 Allow parallel CREATE INDEX for BRIN indexes
Allow using multiple worker processes to build BRIN index, which until
now was supported only for BTREE indexes. For large tables this often
results in significant speedup when the build is CPU-bound.

The work is split in a simple way - each worker builds BRIN summaries on
a subset of the table, determined by the regular parallel scan used to
read the data, and feeds them into a shared tuplesort which sorts them
by blkno (start of the range). The leader then reads this sorted stream
of ranges, merges duplicates (which may happen if the parallel scan does
not align with BRIN pages_per_range), and adds the resulting ranges into
the index.

The number of duplicate results produced by workers (requiring merging
in the leader process) should be fairly small, thanks to how parallel
scans assign chunks to workers. The likelihood of duplicate results may
increase for higher pages_per_range values, but then there are fewer
page ranges in total. In any case, we expect the merging to be much
cheaper than summarization, so this should be a win.

Most of the parallelism infrastructure is a simplified copy of the code
used by BTREE indexes, omitting the parts irrelevant for BRIN indexes
(e.g. uniqueness checks).

This also introduces a new index AM flag amcanbuildparallel, determining
whether to attempt to start parallel workers for the index build.

Original patch by me, with reviews and substantial reworks by Matthias
van de Meent, certainly enough to make him a co-author.

Author: Tomas Vondra, Matthias van de Meent
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c2ee7d69-ce17-43f2-d1a0-9811edbda6e6%40enterprisedb.com
2023-12-08 18:15:26 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
2cc2d02dd0 doc: clarify handling of ON CONFLICT with triggers
The previous wording was confusing.  Also move partitioning mention to a
more logical location.

Reported-by: neil@fairwindsoft.com

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20170703200710.27956.64565@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2023-12-07 21:35:50 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
c0fcf07770 doc, pg_upgrade: add vacuumdb w/ tips for generating quick stats
Reported-by: Magnus Hagander

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CABUevEwGBY-W7EkTbjMY1rC+mmRL3fMrnX6YaUkcr+7o9PSa3w@mail.gmail.com

Backpatch-through: master
2023-12-07 20:06:23 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
5134e9d295 doc: FOR UPDATE / KEY / SHARE / KEY SHARE takes an table alias
Previously only a table name was documented for this SELECT clause.

Reported-by: robert <lists@humanleg.org.uk>

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/152483686904.19805.3369061025704720797@wrigleys.postgresql.org

Backpatch-through: master
2023-12-07 19:43:04 -05:00
Bruce Momjian
651030a3d7 doc, intagg: fix one-to-many mention to many-to-many
Reported-by: Christophe Courtois

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/aa7cfd73-0d8d-596a-b684-39faa479afa5@dalibo.com

Author: Christophe Courtois

Backpatch-through: master
2023-12-07 19:36:52 -05:00
Michael Paquier
f21848de20 Add support for REINDEX in event triggers
This commit adds support for REINDEX in event triggers, making this
command react for the events ddl_command_start and ddl_command_end.  The
indexes rebuilt are collected with the ReindexStmt emitted by the
caller, for the concurrent and non-concurrent paths.

Thanks to that, it is possible to know a full list of the indexes that a
single REINDEX command has worked on.

Author: Garrett Thornburg, Jian He
Reviewed-by: Jim Jones, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEEqfk5bm32G7sbhzHbES9WejD8O8DCEOaLkxoBP7HNWxjPpvg@mail.gmail.com
2023-12-04 09:53:49 +09:00
Michael Paquier
d78b6cbb60 doc: Remove reference to trigger file regarding promotion
The wording changed here comes from 991bfe11d2, when the only way to
trigger a promotion was with a trigger file.  There are more options to
achieve this operation these days, like the SQL function pg_promote() or
the command `pg_ctl promote`, so it is confusing to assume that only a
trigger file is able to do the work.

Note also that promote_trigger_file has been removed as of cd4329d939
in 16~.

Author: Shinya Kato
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/201b08ea29aa61f96162080e75be503c@oss.nttdata.com
Backpatch-through: 12
2023-12-04 08:09:51 +09:00
Peter Eisentraut
5b2dcead39 doc: Update info on information schema usage tables
Commit f40c6969d0 added the information schema usage tables but added
documentation that they did not fully work yet.  Commit e717a9a18b
then added SQL-standard function bodies, which made the information
schema views fully functional, but it neglected to update the
documentation.  This is now done here.

Reported-by: Erki Eessaar <erki.eessaar@taltech.ee>
Reviewed-by: Erki Eessaar <erki.eessaar@taltech.ee>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/AM9PR01MB8268EC7B696F9FE346CA5B93FEB8A%40AM9PR01MB8268.eurprd01.prod.exchangelabs.com
2023-12-01 08:41:41 +01:00
Masahiko Sawada
e255b646a1 Add tests for XID wraparound.
The test module includes helper functions to quickly burn through lots
of XIDs. They are used in the tests, and are also handy for manually
testing XID wraparound.

Since these tests are very expensive the entire suite is disabled by
default. It requires to set PG_TEST_EXTRA to run it.

Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson, John Naylor, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: vignesh C
Author: Heikki Linnakangas, Masahiko Sawada, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAD21AoDVhkXp8HjpFO-gp3TgL6tCKcZQNxn04m01VAtcSi-5sA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-11-30 14:29:48 +09:00
Michael Paquier
a243569bf6 doc: Mention how to use quotes with GUC names in error messages
Quotes should not be used except if a GUC name is a natural English
word.

Author: Álvaro Herrera
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pv-kSN8SkxSdoHano_wPubqcg5789ejhCDZAcLFceBR-w@mail.gmail.com
2023-11-30 14:19:29 +09:00
Daniel Gustafsson
a5cf808be5 Read include/exclude commands for dump/restore from file
When there is a need to filter multiple tables with include and/or exclude
options it's quite possible to run into the limitations of the commandline.
This adds a --filter=FILENAME feature to pg_dump, pg_dumpall and pg_restore
which is used to supply a file containing object exclude/include commands
which work just like their commandline counterparts. The format of the file
is one command per row like:

    <command> <object> <objectpattern>

<command> can be "include" or "exclude", <object> can be table_data, index
table_data_and_children, database, extension, foreign_data, function, table
schema, table_and_children or trigger.

This patch has gone through many revisions and design changes over a long
period of time, the list of reviewers reflect reviewers of some version of
the patch, not necessarily the final version.

Patch by Pavel Stehule with some additional hacking by me.

Author: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: vignesh C <vignesh21@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed <dean.a.rasheed@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Rijkers <er@xs4all.nl>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRB10wvW0CC9Xq=1XDs=zCQxer3cbLcNZa+qiX4cUH-G_A@mail.gmail.com
2023-11-29 14:56:24 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov
2cdf131c46 Use larger segment file names for pg_notify
This avoids the wraparound in async.c and removes the corresponding code
complexity. The maximum amount of allocated SLRU pages for NOTIFY / LISTEN
queue is now determined by the max_notify_queue_pages GUC. The default
value is 1048576. It allows to consume up to 8 GB of disk space which is
exactly the limit we had previously.

Author: Maxim Orlov, Aleksander Alekseev, Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev
Author: Nikita Glukhov, Pavel Borisov, Yura Sokolov
Reviewed-by: Jacob Champion, Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov
Reviewed-by: Japin Li, Pavel Borisov, Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Dilip Kumar, Aleksander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CACG%3DezZe1NQSCnfHOr78AtAZxJZeCvxrts0ygrxYwe%3DpyyjVWA%40mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAJ7c6TPDOYBYrnCAeyndkBktO0WG2xSdYduTF0nxq%2BvfkmTF5Q%40mail.gmail.com
2023-11-29 01:41:48 +02:00
Alvaro Herrera
8a553f2aed
Fix CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY example
It fails to use the CONCURRENTLY keyword where it was necessary, so add
it.  This text was added to pg11 in commit 5efd604ec0a3; backpatch to pg12.

Author: Nikolay Samokhvalov <nik@postgres.ai>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAM527d9iz6+=_c7EqSKaGzjqWvSeCeRVVvHZ1v3gDgjTtvgsbw@mail.gmail.com
2023-11-27 19:18:03 +01:00
Alexander Korotkov
dc9f8a7983 Track statement entry timestamp in contrib/pg_stat_statements
This patch adds 'stats_since' and 'minmax_stats_since' columns to the
pg_stat_statements view and pg_stat_statements() function.  The new min/max
reset mode for the pg_stat_stetments_reset() function is controlled by the
parameter minmax_only.

'stat_since' column is populated with the current timestamp when a new
statement is added to the pg_stat_statements hashtable.  It provides clean
information about statistics collection time intervals for each statement.
Besides it can be used by sampling solutions to detect situations when a
statement was evicted and stored again between samples.

Such a sampling solution could derive any pg_stat_statements statistic values
for an interval between two samples with the exception of all min/max
statistics. To address this issue this patch adds the ability to reset
min/max statistics independently of the statement reset using the new
minmax_only parameter of the pg_stat_statements_reset(userid oid, dbid oid,
queryid bigint, minmax_only boolean) function. The timestamp of such reset
is stored in the minmax_stats_since field for each statement.
pg_stat_statements_reset() function now returns the timestamp of a reset as the
result.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/72e80e7b160a6eb189df9ef6f068cce3765d37f8.camel%40moonset.ru
Author: Andrei Zubkov
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Hayato Kuroda, Yuki Seino, Chengxi Sun
Reviewed-by: Anton Melnikov, Darren Rush, Michael Paquier, Sergei Kornilov
Reviewed-by: Alena Rybakina, Andrei Lepikhov
2023-11-27 02:52:17 +02:00
Alexander Korotkov
bc3c8db8ae Display length and bounds histograms in pg_stats
Values corresponding to STATISTIC_KIND_RANGE_LENGTH_HISTOGRAM and
STATISTIC_KIND_BOUNDS_HISTOGRAM were not exposed to pg_stats when these
slot kinds were introduced in 918eee0c49.

This commit adds the missing fields to pg_stats.

Catversion is bumped.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/b67d8b57-9357-7e82-a2e7-f6ce6eaeec67@postgrespro.ru
Author: Egor Rogov, Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby, Jian He
2023-11-27 01:32:17 +02:00
Tom Lane
3558f120f8 Doc: list AT TIME ZONE and COLLATE in operator precedence table.
These constructs have precedence, but we forgot to list them.
In HEAD, mention AT LOCAL as well as AT TIME ZONE.

Per gripe from Shay Rojansky.

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADT4RqBPdbsZW7HS1jJP319TMRHs1hzUiP=iRJYR6UqgHCrgNQ@mail.gmail.com
2023-11-26 16:40:24 -05:00
Tomas Vondra
c1ec02be1d Reuse BrinDesc and BrinRevmap in brininsert
The brininsert code used to initialize (and destroy) BrinDesc and
BrinRevmap for each tuple, which is not free. This patch initializes
these structures only once, and reuses them for all inserts in the same
command. The data is passed through indexInfo->ii_AmCache.

This also introduces an optional AM callback "aminsertcleanup" that
allows performing custom cleanup in case simply pfree-ing ii_AmCache is
not sufficient (which is the case when the cache contains TupleDesc,
Buffers, and so on).

Author: Soumyadeep Chakraborty
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Matthias van de Meent, Tomas Vondra
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE-ML%2B9r2%3DaO1wwji1sBN9gvPz2xRAtFUGfnffpd0ZqyuzjamA%40mail.gmail.com
2023-11-25 20:27:28 +01:00
Bruce Momjian
9890a855ae doc: gin_page_opaque_info() must be a _compressed_ GIN page
Reported-by: Jeff Janes

Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1xvzQxTAiYNM2PWJ6snMTPh3u3Ammbwss7mvAShS2Ohww@mail.gmail.com

Author: Jeff Janes

Backpatch-through: master
2023-11-24 22:02:07 -05:00